Currently mesh uses mandatory rates as the default basic rates. Allow basic
rates to be configured during mesh join. Basic rates are applied only if
channel is also provided with mesh join command.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
[some whitespace fixes, refuse basic rates w/o channel]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The time it takes to see the peer link expire may differ
by a minute since sta_expire() is run once a minute as a
mesh housekeeping task.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "cfg80211/mac80211: use cfg80211 wdev mutex in
mac80211" introduced several deadlocks by converting the
ifmsh->mtx to wdev->mtx. Solve these by:
1. drop the cancel_work_sync() in ieee80211_stop_mesh().
Instead make the mesh work conditional on whether the mesh
is running or not.
2. lock the mesh work with sdata_lock() to protect beacon
updates and prevent races with wdev->mesh_id_len or
cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Merge 'net' bug fixes into 'net-next' as we have patches
that will build on top of them.
This merge commit includes a change from Emil Goode
(emilgoode@gmail.com) that fixes a warning that would
have been introduced by this merge. Specifically it
fixes the pingv6_ops method ipv6_chk_addr() to add a
"const" to the "struct net_device *dev" argument and
likewise update the dummy_ipv6_chk_addr() declaration.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently beacon availability upon association is marked by have_beacon
flag of assoc_data structure that becomes unavailable when association
completes. However beacon availability indication is required also after
association to inform a driver. Currently dtim_period parameter is used
for this purpose. Move have_beacon flag to another structure, persistant
throughout a interface's life cycle. Use suitable sematics for beacon
availability indication.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
[fix another instance of BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD in docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_rx_bss_info() deals with dtim_period setting and PS update
when associated. Move all these to another locations cleaning this
function. Also, the current implementation is buggy because when it
calls ieee80211_recalc_ps() bss_conf->dtim_period is notset properly
yet and thus nothing will happen.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do some cleanups in the cfg80211 SME APIs, which are
only used by mac80211.
Most of these functions get a frame passed, and there
isn't really any reason to export multiple functions
as cfg80211 can check the frame type instead, do that.
Additionally, the API functions have confusing names
like cfg80211_send_...() which was meant to indicate
that it sends an event to userspace, but gets a bit
confusing when there's both TX and RX and they're not
all clearly labeled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The connection monitor needs to know the tx status of
nullframes to work properly.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to take up the space for devices that don't
support WoWLAN, and most drivers can even make the support
data static const (except where it's modified at runtime.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cap max peerings at 63 in accordance with IEEE-2012 8.4.2.100.7.
Triggers a beacon regeneration every time the number of peerings changes.
Previously this would only happen if the "accepting peerings" bit changed.
Signed-off-by: Jacob Minshall <jacob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
nl80211 has already verified the mesh TTL on setting the
mesh config, so no need to check it again in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My cfg80211/mac80211 locking unification broke the sdata
locking in ieee80211_set_power_mgmt, it needs to acquire
the lock for __ieee80211_request_smps(). Add the locking.
Reported-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver advertised support for a CAB queue, then we
should put all multicast frames there, otherwise sending
them can be racy with clients going to sleep while we TX
a frame. To avoid this, always TX multicast frames on the
multicast queue.
It seems like even drivers not using the queue framework
might want to do this which would mean also moving the
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM flag assignment, but it
also seems that drivers behave differently here so that
just moving it wouldn't be a good idea. It'd be better to
modify those drivers to use the queue framework.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support them only if the driver advertises support for them via
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ACTIVE_MONITOR. Unlike normal monitor interfaces,
they are added to the driver, along with their MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
So far, only net_device * could be passed along with netdevice notifier
event. This patch provides a possibility to pass custom structure
able to provide info that event listener needs to know.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jiri@resnulli.us>
v2->v3: fix typo on simeth
shortened dev_getter
shortened notifier_info struct name
v1->v2: fix notifier_call parameter in call_netdevice_notifier()
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When changing the MAC address of a single vif mac80211 will check if
the new address fits into the address mask specified by the driver.
This only needs to be done when using multiple BSSIDs. Hence, check
the new address only against all other vifs.
Also fix the MAC address assignment on new interfaces if the user
changed the address of a vif such that perm_addr is not covered by
addr_mask anymore.
Resolves:
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=57371
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Reported-by: Alessandro Lannocca <alessandro.lannocca@gmail.com>
Cc: Alessandro Lannocca <alessandro.lannocca@gmail.com>
Cc: Bruno Randolf <br1@thinktube.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since Eric's commit efe117ab8 ("Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces")
there's a bug in mac80211 when it unregisters with AP_VLAN interfaces
up. If the AP_VLAN interface was registered after the AP it belongs
to (which is the typical case) and then we get into this code path,
unregister_netdevice_many() will crash because it isn't prepared to
deal with interfaces being closed in the middle of it. Exactly this
happens though, because we iterate the list, find the AP master this
AP_VLAN belongs to and dev_close() the dependent VLANs. After this,
unregister_netdevice_many() won't pick up the fact that the AP_VLAN
is already down and will do it again, causing a crash.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [2.6.33+]
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of code in mac80211 assumes that the hw queues are
set up correctly for all interfaces (except for monitor)
but this isn't true for AP_VLAN interfaces. Fix this by
copying the AP master configuration when an AP VLAN is
brought up, after this the AP interface can't change its
configuration any more and needs to be brought down to
change it, which also forces AP_VLAN interfaces down, so
just copying in open() is sufficient.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using separate locks in cfg80211 and mac80211 has always
caused issues, for example having to unlock in places in
mac80211 to call cfg80211, which even needed a framework
to make cfg80211 calls after some functions returned etc.
Additionally, I suspect some issues people have reported
with the cfg80211 state getting confused could be due to
such issues, when cfg80211 is asking mac80211 to change
state but mac80211 is in the process of telling cfg80211
that the state changed (in another way.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As estab_plinks is not a statistics member, don't show its debug information
along with other mesh stat members
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some chips can tell us if received frame was
encoded with STBC or not. To make this information available
in user space we can use updated radiotap specification:
http://www.radiotap.org/defined-fields/MCS
This patch will set number of STBC encoded spatial streams (Nss).
The HAVE_STBC flag should be provided by driver.
Signed-off-by: Oleksij Rempel <linux@rempel-privat.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since Eric's commit efe117ab8 ("Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces")
there's a bug in mac80211 when it unregisters with AP_VLAN interfaces
up. If the AP_VLAN interface was registered after the AP it belongs
to (which is the typical case) and then we get into this code path,
unregister_netdevice_many() will crash because it isn't prepared to
deal with interfaces being closed in the middle of it. Exactly this
happens though, because we iterate the list, find the AP master this
AP_VLAN belongs to and dev_close() the dependent VLANs. After this,
unregister_netdevice_many() won't pick up the fact that the AP_VLAN
is already down and will do it again, causing a crash.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [2.6.33+]
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of code in mac80211 assumes that the hw queues are
set up correctly for all interfaces (except for monitor)
but this isn't true for AP_VLAN interfaces. Fix this by
copying the AP master configuration when an AP VLAN is
brought up, after this the AP interface can't change its
configuration any more and needs to be brought down to
change it, which also forces AP_VLAN interfaces down, so
just copying in open() is sufficient.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code I added in "mac80211: don't start new netdev queues
if driver stopped" crashes for monitor and AP VLAN interfaces
because while they have a netdev, they don't have queues set
up by the driver.
To fix the crash, exclude these from queue accounting here
and just start their netdev queues unconditionally.
For monitor, this is the best we can do, as we can redirect
frames there to any other interface and don't know which one
that will since it can be different for each frame.
For AP VLAN interfaces, we can do better later and actually
properly track the queue status. Not doing this is really a
separate bug though.
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We send direct probe to broadcast address, as some APs do not respond to
unicast PROBE frames when unassociated. Broadcast frames are not acked,
so we can not use that for trigger MLME state machine, but we need to
use old timeout mechanism.
This fixes authentication timed out like below:
[ 1024.671974] wlan6: authenticate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe
[ 1024.694125] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 1024.695450] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 2/3)
[ 1024.700586] wlan6: send auth to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 3/3)
[ 1024.701441] wlan6: authentication with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe timed out
With fix, we have:
[ 4524.198978] wlan6: authenticate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe
[ 4524.220692] wlan6: direct probe to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 4524.421784] wlan6: send auth to 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 2/3)
[ 4524.423272] wlan6: authenticated
[ 4524.423811] wlan6: associate with 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (try 1/3)
[ 4524.427492] wlan6: RX AssocResp from 54:e6:fc:98:63:fe (capab=0x431 status=0 aid=1)
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.9
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Generally, the DTIM period is available after a beacon has
been received, and if no beacon has been received enabling
powersave is problematic anyway for synchronisation. Since
some drivers may require the DTIM period for powersave,
don't enable powersave until it becomes available in case
the scan/association managed to not receive a beacon.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously the mesh_auth_id was disabled. Instead set the
correct mesh authentication bit based on the mesh setup.
Signed-off-by: Colleen Twitty <colleen@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no real difference between *array and array, but
the former confuses smatch so write it differently. The
generated code is exactly the same.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 and the Intel drivers all define crypto
constants, move them to ieee80211.h instead.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an HT AP is advertising channel switch in a beacon, it
doesn't (and shouldn't, according to 802.11-2012 Table 8-20)
include a secondary channel offset element. The only possible
interpretation is that the previous secondary channel offset
remains valid, so use that when switching channel based only
on beacon information.
VHT requires the Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch subelement to
be present in the Channel Switch Wrapper element, so the code
for that is probably ok (see 802.11ac Draft 4, 8.4.2.165.)
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even if the frame isn't transmitted to the AP, we need to
report it to cfg80211 so the state there can be updated
correctly.
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In AP mode, ignore frames with mis-matched BSSID that aren't
multicast or sent to the correct destination. This fixes
reporting public action frames to userspace multiple times
on multiple virtual AP interfaces.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k() may be called with interrupts
disabled, so spin_unlock_bh() isn't safe and leads to
warnings. Since it's always called with BHs disabled
already, just use spin_lock().
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Milan Kocian <milon@wq.cz>
Acked-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Document rx vs tx status concurrency requirements.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an HT AP is advertising channel switch in a beacon, it
doesn't (and shouldn't, according to 802.11-2012 Table 8-20)
include a secondary channel offset element. The only possible
interpretation is that the previous secondary channel offset
remains valid, so use that when switching channel based only
on beacon information.
VHT requires the Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch subelement to
be present in the Channel Switch Wrapper element, so the code
for that is probably ok (see 802.11ac Draft 4, 8.4.2.165.)
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since commit 12e7f51702,
IEEE80211_SDATA_DISCONNECT_RESUME no longer worked as
it would simply never be tested. Restore a bit of the
code removed there and in 9b7d72c104
to make it work again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/emulex/benet/be_main.c
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/igb/igb_main.c
drivers/net/wireless/brcm80211/brcmsmac/mac80211_if.c
include/net/scm.h
net/batman-adv/routing.c
net/ipv4/tcp_input.c
The e{uid,gid} --> {uid,gid} credentials fix conflicted with the
cleanup in net-next to now pass cred structs around.
The be2net driver had a bug fix in 'net' that overlapped with the VLAN
interface changes by Patrick McHardy in net-next.
An IGB conflict existed because in 'net' the build_skb() support was
reverted, and in 'net-next' there was a comment style fix within that
code.
Several batman-adv conflicts were resolved by making sure that all
calls to batadv_is_my_mac() are changed to have a new bat_priv first
argument.
Eric Dumazet's TS ECR fix in TCP in 'net' conflicted with the F-RTO
rewrite in 'net-next', mostly overlapping changes.
Thanks to Stephen Rothwell and Antonio Quartulli for help with several
of these merge resolutions.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Pass the rate selection table to mac80211 from minstrel_update_stats.
Only rates for sample attempts are set in info->control.rates, with deferred
sampling, only the second slot gets changed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pass the rate selection table to mac80211 from minstrel_ht_update_stats.
Only rates for sample attempts are set in info->control.rates.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow rate control modules to pass a rate selection table to mac80211
and the driver. This allows drivers to fetch the most recent rate
selection from the sta pointer for already buffered frames. This allows
rate control to respond faster to sudden link changes and it is also a
step towards adding minstrel_ht support to drivers like iwlwifi.
When a driver sets IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE, mac80211 will not
fill info->control.rates with rates from the rate table (to preserve
explicit overrides by the rate control module). The driver then
explicitly calls ieee80211_get_tx_rates to merge overrides from
info->control.rates with defaults from the sta rate table.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Initialize {mp,mi}->{max_tp_rate,max_tp_rate2,max_prob_rate} in
minstrel_ht's rate_init and rate_update.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
minstrel_ht initializes max_tp_rate max_tp_rate2 and max_prob_rate to
zero both for minstrel_ht_sta and minstrel_mcs_group_data.
This is wrong since there is no guarantee that the 1st rate of any
group is supported.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The RCU docs used to state that rcu_barrier() included a wait
for an RCU grace period; however the comments for rcu_barrier()
as of commit f0a0e6f... "rcu: Clarify memory-ordering properties
of grace-period primitives" contradict this.
So add back synchronize_{rcu,net}() to where they once were,
but keep the rcu_barrier()s for the call_rcu() callbacks.
Cc: stable <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some driver implementations need to know whether mandatory
admission control is required by the AP for some ACs. Add
a parameter to the TX queue parameters indicating this.
As there's currently no support for admission control in
mac80211's AP implementation, it's only ever set for the
client implementation.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's an issue in receiving broadcast management frames
on P2P Device virtual interfaces, such frames have the RX
flag IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH cleared and are thus dropped
in ieee80211_rx_h_mgmt_check(). They should be let through
to make it to ieee80211_rx_h_userspace_mgmt() and then to
userspace.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use powers of two in ewma of minstrel.
This changes :
- EWMA_DIV from 100 to 2^7
- EWMA_LEVEL from 75 (/EWMA_DIV=100) to 2^6 + 2^5 (/EWMA_DIV=128)
Note that this changes EWMA_DIV - EWMA_LEVEL from 25 to 2^5 and keeps
EWMA_LEVEL / EWMA_DIV == 0.75.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since Stanislaw's patches, when suspending while connected,
cfg80211 will disconnect. This causes the AP station to be
removed, which uses call_rcu() to clean up. Due to needing
process context, this queues a work struct on the mac80211
workqueue. This will warn and fail when already suspended,
which can happen if the rcu call doesn't happen quickly.
To fix this, replace the synchronize_net() which is really
just synchronize_rcu_expedited() with rcu_barrier(), which
unlike synchronize_rcu() waits until RCU callback have run
and thus avoids this issue.
In theory, this can even happen without Stanislaw's change
to disconnect on suspend since userspace might disconnect
just before suspending, though then it's unlikely that the
call_rcu() will be delayed long enough.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.7+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The rates[0] CTS and RTS flags are only set after rate control has been
called, so minstrel cannot use them to for setting the number of
retries. This patch adds two new flags to explicitly indicate RTS/CTS use.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the code always copies the configured MCS mask (even if it is
set to default), but only uses it if legacy rates were also masked out.
Fix this by adding a flag that tracks whether the configured MCS mask is
set to default or not.
Optimize the code further by storing a pointer to the configured rate
mask in txrc instead of using memcpy.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I noticed that monitor interfaces by default would start on 5GHz
while STA/AP ones would start 2GHZ - It stems from the fact that
ieee80211_register_hw unnecessarily adjusts the local->monitor_chandef
for each band.
This avoids this and while at it uses a single dflt_chandef to initialize
in one go local->{hw.conf.chandef,_oper_chandef,monitor_chandef}
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle VHT rates like HT ones, otherwise we easily trigger the pre-HT
rates WARN_ON(rc_rate->idx >= sband->n_bitrates) which will set
rc_rate->idx to -1.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 assumes that connection monitor offload
for BSS station implies that the device:
- sends periodic keep alive packets to associated AP
- monitors missed beacons
- actively probes the AP in case of missed beacons
In case of poor connection conditions it expects the function
ieee80211_connection_loss() to be called by driver. However,
some devices implement connection monitor offload excluding
active AP probing.
To allow them to call ieee80211_beacon_loss() cleanly, remove
the warning there and thus allow them to use mac80211 for the
AP probing even if connection monitor offload is supported.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Parse and react to the wide bandwidth channel switch element
in beacons/action frames. Finding the element was done in a
previous patch (it has different positions in beacons/action
frames), now handle it. If there's something wrong with it
simply disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
VHT introduces multiple IEs that need to be parsed for a
wide bandwidth channel switch. Two are (currently) needed
in mac80211:
* wide bandwidth channel switch element
* channel switch wrapper element
The former is contained in the latter for beacons and probe
responses, but not for the spectrum management action frames
so the IE parser needs a new argument to differentiate them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle the (public) extended channel switch announcement
action frames. Parts of the data in these frames isn't
really in IEs, but put it into the elems struct anyway
to simplify the handling.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add support for the secondary channel offset IE in channel
switch announcements. This is necessary for proper handling
of CSA on HT access points.
For this to work it is also necessary to convert everything
here to use chandef structs instead of just channels. The
driver updates aren't really correct though. In particular,
the TI wl18xx driver update can't possibly be right since
it just ignores the new channel width for lack of firmware
API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support extended channel switch when the operating
class is one of the global operating classes as
defined in Annex E of 802.11-2012. If it isn't,
disconnect from the AP instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
CSA action frame content should be processed as variable IEs
rather than fixed to make it extensible. Unify the code and
process them just like CSA in beacons to make it easier to
extend for HT/VHT.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The field is otherwise reserved, so we shouldn't read
and reject it, though any sane system will probably
have to set it to 0 anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the 1st rate control entry is a pre-HT rate we want to set
rts_cts_rate_idx "as the fastest basic rate that is not faster than the
data rate"(code comments).
But in case some bss allowed rate indexes are lower than the lowest bss
basic rate, if the rate control selects a rate among the formers for its
1st rate control entry, rts_cts_rate_idx remains 0 and is not a basic
rate index.
This commit sets rts_cts_rate_idx to the lowest bss basic rate index in
this situation.
Note that the code assumes that lowest indexes == lowest bitrates.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Johannes Berg notes mac80211 drivers which use
ieee80211_queue_stopped() really only want to know if they
previously requested a queue stop.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If authentication (or association with FT) is requested by
userspace, mac80211 currently doesn't tell cfg80211 that it
disconnected from the AP. That leaves inconsistent state:
cfg80211 thinks it's connected while mac80211 thinks it's
not. Typically this won't last long, as soon as mac80211
reports the new association to cfg80211 the old one goes
away. If, however, the new authentication or association
doesn't succeed, then cfg80211 will forever think the old
one still exists and will refuse attempts to authenticate
or associate with the AP it thinks it's connected to.
Anders reported that this leads to it taking a very long
time to reconnect to a network, or never even succeeding.
I tested this with an AP hacked to never respond to auth
frames, and one that works, and with just those two the
system never recovers because one won't work and cfg80211
thinks it's connected to the other so refuses connections
to it.
To fix this, simply make mac80211 tell cfg80211 when it is
no longer connected to the old AP, while authenticating or
associating to a new one.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Anders Kaseorg <andersk@mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers need SSID in AP and IBSS mode. AP SSID is provided
through BSS_CHANGED_SSID notification. There was no easy way to
do the same for IBSS. In IBSS mode SSID is known but was not
stored in BSS configuration. Extend the AP-mode functionality
to also work in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Advertise STBC capabilities and MCS rates even if the AP
doesn't support them. This has always been the right thing
to do, but used to be problematic with some APs. Now WFA
testing requires this so re-enable it, problematic APs
would then presumably not pass the test and be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When AP interface is stopped ssid_len in the BSS configuration
isn't cleared which can confuse drivers when switching modes.
Set the length to zero when stopping the AP interface.
Signed-off-by: Marek Puzyniak <marek.puzyniak@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
local->hw.conf maybe not be synced when recalcing whether radar is
enabled, sometimes leaving radar enabled even if it's not neccesary
anymore.
Fix this by:
* setting radar_enabled when creating the chanctx
* turning radar_enabled off before destroying the last channel context
Reported-by: Zefir Kurtisi <zefir.kurtisi@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "mac80211: stringify mesh peering events" missed
an opportunity to print the peering state as a string.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Otherwise forwarded frames would keep the retry bit set
from the previous link transmission.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
feng xiangjun reports that my
commit 382a103b2b
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Mar 22 22:30:09 2013 +0100
mac80211: fix idle handling sequence
broke the wireless status LED. The reason is that
we now call ieee80211_idle_off() when the channel
context is assigned, and that doesn't recalculate
the LED state. Fix this by making that function a
wrapper around most of idle recalculation while
forcing active.
Reported-by: feng xiangjun <fengxj325@gmail.com>
Tested-by: feng xiangjun <fengxj325@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a new netdev (e.g. an AP VLAN) is created while the driver
has queues stopped, the new netdev queues will be started even
though they shouldn't. This will lead to frames accumulating
on the internal mac80211 pending queues instead of properly
being held on the netdev queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Given the (nested) switch statements, this code can't
be reached, so make it warn instead of manipulating
the carrier state which seems purposeful.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The netdev queues should always represent the state that
the driver gave them, so fiddling with them isn't really
appropriate in the mlme code. Also, since we stop queues
for flushing now, this really isn't necessary any more.
As the scan/offchannel code has also been modified to no
longer do this a while ago, remove the outdated smp_mb()
and comments about it.
While at it, also add a pair of braces that was missing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's unlikely that an AP requires WMM mandatory admission control
for all access categories, and if it does then we still transmit
on the background AC without requesting admission. However, avoid
using uAPSD in this case since the implementation could run into
issues and might use other ACs etc.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a device is unplugged while suspended, mac80211 is
de-initialized and all interfaces are removed while no
state is actually present in the driver. This can cause
warnings and driver confusion.
Fix this by reordering the do_stop code to not call the
driver when it is suspended, i.e. when there's no state
in the driver anyway.
The previous patches removed a few corner cases in ROC
and virtual monitor interfaces so that now this is safe
to do and no state should be left over.
Reported-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It has to be removed from the driver, but completely
destroying it helps handle unplug of a device during
suspend since then the channel context handling etc.
doesn't have to happen later when it's removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
They can't really be executed while suspended and could
trigger work warnings, so abort all ROC items. When the
system resumes the notifications about this will be
delivered to userspace which can then act accordingly
(though it will assume they were canceled/finished.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code now explicitly calls ieee80211_configure_filter()
anyway, so nothing needs to be explained.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Most times that mesh_path_add() is called, it is followed by
a lookup to get the just-added mpath. We can instead just
return the new mpath in the case that we allocated one (or the
existing one if already there), so do that. Also, reorder the
code in mesh_path_add a bit so that we don't need to allocate
in the pre-existing case.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh hwmp debug message is a bit confusing. The "sending PREP
to %p" should be the MAC address of mesh STA that has originated
the PREQ message and the "received PREP from %pM" should be the MAC
address of the mesh STA that has originated the PREP message.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of open-coding the accesses and length check do
the length check in the IE parser and assign a struct
pointer for use in the remaining code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's always just one byte, so check for that and
remove the length field from the parser struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's always just one byte, so check for that and
remove the length field from the parser struct.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The master interface no longer exists ... and hasn't for
a few years now, so remove this reference :-)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I don't think we should send the events unless it was actually
a beacon that was lost...not just any probe of an AP.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Beacon-timeout and number of beacon loss events.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is possible since the global hw config and local switched to
cfg80211_chan_def.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/nfc/microread/mei.c
net/netfilter/nfnetlink_queue_core.c
Pull in 'net' to get Eric Biederman's AF_UNIX fix, upon which
some cleanups are going to go on-top.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
net/mac80211/sta_info.c
net/wireless/core.h
Two minor conflicts in wireless. Overlapping additions of extern
declarations in net/wireless/core.h and a bug fix overlapping with
the addition of a boolean parameter to __ieee80211_key_free().
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new constant ETH_P_802_3_MIN, the minimum ethernet type for
an 802.3 frame. Frames with a lower value in the ethernet type field
are Ethernet II.
Also update all the users of this value that David Miller and
I could find to use the new constant.
Also correct a bug in util.c. The comparison with ETH_P_802_3_MIN
should be >= not >.
As suggested by Jesse Gross.
Compile tested only.
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jesse Gross <jesse@nicira.com>
Cc: Karsten Keil <isdn@linux-pingi.de>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Bart De Schuymer <bart.de.schuymer@pandora.be>
Cc: Stephen Hemminger <stephen@networkplumber.org>
Cc: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netfilter-devel@vger.kernel.org
Cc: bridge@lists.linux-foundation.org
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux1394-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: dev@openvswitch.org
Acked-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Stefan Richter <stefanr@s5r6.in-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Drivers that don't use chanctxes cannot perform VHT association because
they still use a "backward compatibility" pair of {ieee80211_channel,
nl80211_channel_type} in ieee80211_conf and ieee80211_local.
Signed-off-by: Karl Beldan <karl.beldan@rivierawaves.com>
[fix kernel-doc]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Corey Richardson reported that my idle handling cleanup
(commit fd0f979a1b, "mac80211: simplify idle handling")
broke ath9k_htc. The reason appears to be that it wants
to go out of idle before switching channels. To fix it,
reimplement that sequence.
Reported-by: Corey Richardson <corey@octayn.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 currently sets uAPSD parameters to have VO AC trigger-
and delivery-enabled, with maximum service period length.
Allow drivers to change these default settings since different
uAPSD client implementations may handle errors differently and
be able to recover from some errors.
Note: some APs may not function correctly if one or all ACs are
trigger- and delivery-enabled, see
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/93577.
We retested with this AP and later firmware doesn't have this
bug any more.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of having an SKB all the time, use a beacon_data struct
with just the information required. This also allows removing a
synchronize_rcu() and using kfree_rcu() instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If we don't disable beaconing, the driver might attempt
to continue, but would fail to request a beacon. That's
strange, so disable beaconing first.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a ROC item is canceled just as it expires, the work
struct may be scheduled while it is running (and waiting
for the mutex). This results in it being run after being
freed, which obviously crashes.
To fix this don't free it when aborting is requested but
instead mark it as "to be freed", which makes the work a
no-op and allows freeing it outside.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.6+]
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Tested-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I found another crash when deleting lots of virtual stations
in a congested environment. I think the problem is that
the ieee80211_mlme_notify_scan_completed could call
ieee80211_restart_sta_timer for a stopped interface
that was about to be deleted.
With the following patch I am unable to reproduce the
crash.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[move check, also make the same change in mesh]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add P2P NoA settings for STA mode.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
[fix docs]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr structure during
P2P_PS (oppps) detection.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On loaded systems with lots of VIFs, I see lots of beacon
timeouts, even though the connection to the AP is very
good. Allow tuning the beacon-loss-count variable to
give the system longer to process beacons if the user
prefers.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
[add the number of beacons to the message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The virtual monitor interface has a locking issue, it calls
into the channel context code with the iflist mutex held
which isn't allowed since it is usually acquired the other
way around. The mutex is still required for the interface
iteration, but need not be held across the channel calls.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For the sake of speed of calculation and number accuracy,
mac80211 tracks the RSSI in dBm * 16. But it forgot to
divide back by 16 when the RSSI is asked by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sometimes queues are flushed in the middle of
operation, which can lead to driver issues.
Stop queues temporarily, while flushing, to
avoid transmitting new packets while they are
being flushed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a number of situations in which mac80211 only
really needs to flush queues for one virtual interface,
and in fact during this frames might be transmitted on
other virtual interfaces. Calculate and pass a queue
bitmap to the driver so it knows which queues to flush.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
max_tp_rate2 and max_prob_rate tend to get used occasionally during
retransmission, which is more useful for the statistics than probing
with individual probe packets.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Slow rates that have >95% success probability do not need to be
monitored continuously. When the channel conditions change rapidly, the
slow sampling results are useless anyway. When conditions change slowly,
they will be monitored by gradual downgrading of the actively used
rates. This patch slightly improves throughput under good conditions.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Under load, otherwise stable rates can easily fluctuate because of
collisions. In my tests on a clean channel, the success probability of
the max throughput rate often stays somewhere between 90% and 100% under
load. This can cause some unnecessary switching to lower rates.
This patch improves stability by treating success probability values
between 90% and 100% the same.
In my tests on a 3x3 HT20 link with lots of TCP traffic, it improves the
average throughput by a few mbit/s.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This basically reverts commit b207cdb07f.
Now is possible to use drv_{add,remove}_interface() and vif->debugfs_dir
to create/remove per interface debugfs files. Remove redundant
callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is need create driver own per interface debugfs files. This is
currently done by drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs() callbacks. But it
is possible that after we remove interface from the driver (i.e.
on suspend) we call drv_remove_interface_debugfs() function. Fixing this
problem will require to add call drv_{add,remove}_interface_debugfs()
anytime we create and remove interface in mac80211. So it's better to
add debugfs dir dentry to vif structure to allow to create/remove
custom debugfs driver files on drv_{add,remove}_interface().
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices have multicast filter capability for each individual
virtual interface rather than just a global one. Add an interface
specific driver callback allowing such drivers to configure this.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of calling synchronize_net() for every key
on an interface or when a station is removed, do it
only once for all keys in both of these cases.
As a side-effect, removing station keys now always
calls synchronize_net() even if there are no keys,
which fixes an issue with station removal happening
in the driver while the station could still be used
for TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a key is allocated but not really added, there's no
need to go through the entire teardown process. Also, if
adding a key fails, ieee80211_key_link() can take care of
freeing it instead of the (only) caller.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a P2P Device interface receives an unhandled action
frame, we attempt to return it. This crashes because it
doesn't have a channel context. Fix the crash by using
status->band and properly mark the return frame as an
off-channel frame.
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is possible that sta_info_recalc_tim() is called consecutively
without changing the station's tim bit. In such cases there is no
need to call the driver's set_tim() callback.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The irqsafe version ieee80211_sta_eosp_irqsafe() exists, but
drivers must not mix calls to any irqsafe/non-irqsafe function.
Both ath9k and iwlwifi, the likely first users of this interface,
use non-irqsafe RX/TX/TX status so must also use a non-irqsafe
version of this function. Since no driver uses the _irqsafe()
version, remove that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the TX bytes/packets counters race-free by keeping
them per AC so concurrent TX on queues can't cause lost
or wrong updates. This works since each station belongs
to a single interface. While at it also make the bytes
counters 64-bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there are keys left during station removal, then a
synchronize_net() will be done (for each key, I have a
patch to address this for 3.10), otherwise it won't be
done at all which causes issues because the station
could be used for TX while it's being removed from the
driver -- that might confuse the driver.
Fix this by always doing synchronize_net() if no key
was present any more.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There is a corner case which wasn't being covered:
userspace may authenticate and allocate stations,
but still leave the peering up to the kernel.
Initialize the peering timer if the MPM is not in
userspace, in a path which is taken by both the kernel and
userspace when allocating stations.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Earlier mac80211 would check whether some kind of mesh
security was enabled, when the real question was "is the
MPM in userspace"?
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh station types used to refer to whether the
station was secure or nonsecure. Really the salient
information is whether it is managed by the kernel or
userspace
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch improves the way minstrel sorts rates according to throughput
and success probability. 3 FOR-loops across the entire rate set in function
minstrel_update_stats() which where used to determine the fastest, second
fastest and most robust rate are reduced to 1 FOR-loop.
The sorted list of rates according throughput is extended to the best four
rates as we need them in upcoming joint rate and power control. The sorting
is done via the new function minstrel_sort_best_tp_rates().
The most robust rate selection is aligned with minstrel_ht's approach.
Once any success probability is above 95% the one with the highest
throughput is chosen as most robust rate. If success probabilities of all
rates are below 95%, the rate with the highest succ. prob. is elected as
most robust one
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Based on minstrel_ht this patch treats success probabilities below 10% as
implausible values for throughput calculation in minstrel's statistics.
Current throughput per rate with such a low success probability is reset
to 0 MBit/s.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While minstrel bootstraps and fills the success probabilities of each
rate the lowest rate has typically a very high success probability
(often 100% in our tests).
Its statistics are never updated but considered to setup the mrr chain.
In our tests we see that especially the 3rd mrr stage (which is that
rate providing highest success probability) is filled with the lowest rate
because its initial high sucess probability is never updated. By design
the 4th mrr stage is filled with the lowest rate so often 3rd and 4th
mrr stage are equal.
This patch follows minstrels general approach of assuming as little
as possible about rate dependencies. Consequently we include the
lowest rate into the random sampling table to get balanced up-to-date
statistics of all rates and therefore balanced decisions.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Minstrel's decision which rate should be directly sampled within the
1st mrr stage is limited to such rates faster than the current max
throughput rate. All rates below the current max. throughput rate
are indirectly sampled via the 2nd mrr stage.
This approach leads to deprecated per rate statistics and therfore
a deprecated mrr chain setup.
This patch uses the sampling approach from minstrel_ht. A counter is
added to sum all indirect sample attempts per rate. After 20 indirect
sampling attempts the rate is directly sampled within the 1st mrr stage.
Therefore more up-to-date statistics for all rates are maintained and
used to setup the mrr chain.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add documentation and more verbose variable names to minstrel's
multi-rate-retry setup within function minstrel_get_rate() to
increase the readability of the algorithm.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both minstrel versions use individual ways to scale up integer values
to perform calculations. Merge minstrel_ht's scaling macros into
minstrels header file and use them in both minstrel versions.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Both rate control algorithms (minstrel and minstrel_ht) calculate
averages based on EWMA. Shift function minstrel_ewma() into
rc80211_minstrel.h and make use of it in both minstrel version.
Also shift the default EWMA level (75%) definition to the header file
and clean up variable usage.
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The last minstrel_ht changes increased the sampling frequency for
potentially useful rates to decrease the response time to rate
fluctuations. This caused an increase in sampling frequency that can
slightly reduce throughput, so this patch limits the sampling attempts
to one per rate instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Implement restricting peer VHT capabilities to the device's own
capabilities. This is useful when a single driver supports more
than one device and the devices have different capabilities
(often they will differ in the number of spatial streams), but
in particular is also necessary for VHT capability overrides to
work correctly -- otherwise it'd be possible to e.g. advertise,
due to overrides, that TX-STBC is not supported, but then still
use it to TX to the AP because it supports RX-STBC.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
HT capabilites are asymmetric -- e.g. beamforming is both an
RX and TX capability. If, for example, we support RX but not
TX, the RX capability of the AP station is masked out (if it
supports it). This works correctly if it's really the driver
capability.
If, on the other hand, the reason for not supporting TX BF
is that it was removed by HT capability overrides then the
wrong thing happens: the AP's TX capability will be removed
rather than its RX capability, because the override function
works on own capabilities, not remote ones, and doesn't take
the asymmetry into account.
To fix this make a copy of our own capabilities, apply the
overrides to them (where needed) and then use that to set up
the peer's capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The HT overrides are intended only for the connection
to the AP, not for any other purpose. Therefore, don't
apply them to TDLS peers that are also stations added
to a managed station interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For AP interfaces, there's no need to flush stations
or keys again when the interface is stopped as already
happened when the BSS was stopped on the interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since hostapd will remove keys this isn't usually
an issue, but we shouldn't leak keys to the next
BSS started on the same interface. For VLANs this
also fixes a bug, keys that aren't removed would
otherwise be leaked.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During roaming, the crypto_tx_tailroom_needed_cnt counter
will often take values 2,1,0,1,2 because first keys are
removed and then new keys are added. This is inefficient
because during the 0->1 transition, synchronize_net must
be called to avoid packet races, although typically no
packets would be flowing during that time.
To avoid that, defer the decrement (2->1, 1->0) when keys
are removed (by half a second). This means the counter
will really have the values 2,2,2,3,4 ... 2, thus never
reaching 0 and having to do the 0->1 transition.
Note that this patch entirely disregards the drivers for
which this optimisation was done to start with, for them
the key removal itself will be expensive because it has
to synchronize_net() after the counter is incremented to
remove the key from HW crypto. For them the sequence will
look like this: 0,1,0,1,0,1,0,1,0 (*) which is clearly a
lot more inefficient. This could be addressed separately,
during key removal the 0->1->0 sequence isn't necessary.
(*) it starts at 0 because HW crypto is on, then goes to
1 when HW crypto is disabled for a key, then back to
0 because the key is deleted; this happens for both
keys in the example. When new keys are added, it goes
to 1 first because they're added in software; when a
key is moved to hardware it goes back to 0
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no driver using this flag, so it seems
that all drivers support HW crypto with WMM or
don't support it at all. Remove the flag and
code setting it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove not used any longer suspend/resume code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove not used any longer suspend/resume code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove not used any longer suspend/resume code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since now we disconnect before suspend, various code which save
connection state can now be removed from suspend and resume
procedure. Cleanup on resume side is smaller as ieee80211_reconfig()
is also used for H/W restart.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If possible that after suspend, cfg80211 will receive request to
disconnect what require action on interface that was removed during
suspend.
Problem can manifest itself by various warnings similar to below one:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/driver-ops.h:12 ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x2f9/0x300 [mac80211]()
wlan0: Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, flags: 0x4
Call Trace:
[<c043e0b3>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x33/0x40
[<f83707c9>] ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x2f9/0x300 [mac80211]
[<f83a660a>] ieee80211_recalc_ps_vif+0x2a/0x30 [mac80211]
[<f83a6706>] ieee80211_set_disassoc+0xf6/0x500 [mac80211]
[<f83a9441>] ieee80211_mgd_deauth+0x1f1/0x280 [mac80211]
[<f8381b36>] ieee80211_deauth+0x16/0x20 [mac80211]
[<f8261e70>] cfg80211_mlme_down+0x70/0xc0 [cfg80211]
[<f8264de1>] __cfg80211_disconnect+0x1b1/0x1d0 [cfg80211]
To fix the problem disconnect from any associated network before
suspend. User space is responsible to establish connection again
after resume. This basically need to be done by user space anyway,
because associated stations can go away during suspend (for example
NetworkManager disconnects on suspend and connect on resume by default).
Patch also handle situation when driver refuse to suspend with wowlan
configured and try to suspend again without it.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since two years no mac80211 driver implement support for NAPI. Looks
this feature is unneeded, so remove it from generic mac80211 code.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A sample attempt should only count in mi->sample_tries if the sample
attempt wasn't skipped based on slower rate criteria.
This patch increases the sampling frequency for potentially desirable
rates and thus enables faster recovery from interference or collisions.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a rate is below the max_tp_rate, sample it frequently if:
- it is above max_tp_rate2, or
- it is above max_prob_rate and is a candidate for max_prob_rate
(has fewer streams than max_tp_rate).
This helps the retry chain recover more quickly from bad statistics
caused by collisions or interference, and slightly reduces throughput
fluctuations with higher rates.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Try to sample all available rates, as sample attempts do not cost much
airtime and are appropriately spaced based on the average A-MPDU length.
This helps with faster recovery on rate fluctuations.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
max_prob_rate should be selected to be very reliable, however limiting
it to single-stream on 3-stream devices is a bit much.
Allow max_prob_rate to use one stream less than the max_tp_rate.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
At high data rates the average frame transmission durations are small
enough for rounding errors to matter, sometimes causing minstrel to use
slightly lower transmit rates than necessary.
To fix this, change the unit of the duration value to nanoseconds
instead of microseconds, and reorder the multiplications/divisions when
calculating the throughput metric so that they don't overflow or
truncate prematurely.
At 2-stream HT40 this makes TCP throughput a bit more stable.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices can handle remain on channel requests differently
based on the request type/priority. Add support to
differentiate between different ROC types, i.e., indicate that
the ROC is required for sending managment frames.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the sequence number arithmetic code from mac80211 to
ieee80211.h so others can use it. Also rename the functions
from _seq to _sn, they operate on the sequence number, not
the sequence_control field.
Also move macros to convert the sequence control to/from
the sequence number value from various drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The comment says something about __skb_push(), but that
isn't even called in the code any more. Looking at the
git history, that comment never even made sense when it
was still called, so just replace that part to note it
still works even when align isn't 0 or 2.
Reported-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The station change API isn't being checked properly before
drivers are called, and as a result it is difficult to see
what should be allowed and what not.
In order to comprehensively check the API parameters parse
everything first, and then have the driver call a function
(cfg80211_check_station_change()) with the additionally
information about the kind of station that is being changed;
this allows the function to make better decisions than the
old code could.
While at it, also add a few checks, particularly in mesh
and clarify the TDLS station lifetime in documentation.
To be able to reduce a few checks, ignore any flag set bits
when the mask isn't set, they shouldn't be applied then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make the ability to leave the plink_state unchanged not use a
magic -1 variable that isn't in the enum, but an explicit change
flag; reject invalid plink states or actions and move the needed
constants for plink actions to the right header file. Also
reject plink_state changes for non-mesh interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull networking fixes from David Miller:
"A moderately sized pile of fixes, some specifically for merge window
introduced regressions although others are for longer standing items
and have been queued up for -stable.
I'm kind of tired of all the RDS protocol bugs over the years, to be
honest, it's way out of proportion to the number of people who
actually use it.
1) Fix missing range initialization in netfilter IPSET, from Jozsef
Kadlecsik.
2) ieee80211_local->tim_lock needs to use BH disabling, from Johannes
Berg.
3) Fix DMA syncing in SFC driver, from Ben Hutchings.
4) Fix regression in BOND device MAC address setting, from Jiri
Pirko.
5) Missing usb_free_urb in ISDN Hisax driver, from Marina Makienko.
6) Fix UDP checksumming in bnx2x driver for 57710 and 57711 chips,
fix from Dmitry Kravkov.
7) Missing cfgspace_lock initialization in BCMA driver.
8) Validate parameter size for SCTP assoc stats getsockopt(), from
Guenter Roeck.
9) Fix SCTP association hangs, from Lee A Roberts.
10) Fix jumbo frame handling in r8169, from Francois Romieu.
11) Fix phy_device memory leak, from Petr Malat.
12) Omit trailing FCS from frames received in BGMAC driver, from Hauke
Mehrtens.
13) Missing socket refcount release in L2TP, from Guillaume Nault.
14) sctp_endpoint_init should respect passed in gfp_t, rather than use
GFP_KERNEL unconditionally. From Dan Carpenter.
15) Add AISX AX88179 USB driver, from Freddy Xin.
16) Remove MAINTAINERS entries for drivers deleted during the merge
window, from Cesar Eduardo Barros.
17) RDS protocol can try to allocate huge amounts of memory, check
that the user's request length makes sense, from Cong Wang.
18) SCTP should use the provided KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of it's own,
bogus, definition. From Cong Wang.
19) Fix deadlocks in FEC driver by moving TX reclaim into NAPI poll,
from Frank Li. Also, fix a build error introduced in the merge
window.
20) Fix bogus purging of default routes in ipv6, from Lorenzo Colitti.
21) Don't double count RTT measurements when we leave the TCP receive
fast path, from Neal Cardwell."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (61 commits)
tcp: fix double-counted receiver RTT when leaving receiver fast path
CAIF: fix sparse warning for caif_usb
rds: simplify a warning message
net: fec: fix build error in no MXC platform
net: ipv6: Don't purge default router if accept_ra=2
net: fec: put tx to napi poll function to fix dead lock
sctp: use KMALLOC_MAX_SIZE instead of its own MAX_KMALLOC_SIZE
rds: limit the size allocated by rds_message_alloc()
MAINTAINERS: remove eexpress
MAINTAINERS: remove drivers/net/wan/cycx*
MAINTAINERS: remove 3c505
caif_dev: fix sparse warnings for caif_flow_cb
ax88179_178a: ASIX AX88179_178A USB 3.0/2.0 to gigabit ethernet adapter driver
sctp: use the passed in gfp flags instead GFP_KERNEL
ipv[4|6]: correct dropwatch false positive in local_deliver_finish
l2tp: Restore socket refcount when sendmsg succeeds
net/phy: micrel: Disable asymmetric pause for KSZ9021
bgmac: omit the fcs
phy: Fix phy_device_free memory leak
bnx2x: Fix KR2 work-around condition
...
When setting a monitor interface up or down, the idle state needs to be
recalculated, otherwise the hardware will just stay in its previous idle
state.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The VHT MCSes we advertise to the AP were supposed to
be restricted to the AP, but due to a bug in the logic
mac80211 will advertise rates to the AP that aren't
even supported by the local device. To fix this skip
any adjustment if the NSS isn't supported at all.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduced with de74a1d903
"mac80211: fix WPA with VLAN on AP side with ps-sta".
Apparently overwrites the sdata pointer with non-valid data in
the case of mesh.
Fix this by checking for IFTYPE_AP_VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After Felix's patch it was still broken in case you
used more than just a single monitor interface. Fix
it better now.
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Tested-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
I'm not sure why, but the hlist for each entry iterators were conceived
list_for_each_entry(pos, head, member)
The hlist ones were greedy and wanted an extra parameter:
hlist_for_each_entry(tpos, pos, head, member)
Why did they need an extra pos parameter? I'm not quite sure. Not only
they don't really need it, it also prevents the iterator from looking
exactly like the list iterator, which is unfortunate.
Besides the semantic patch, there was some manual work required:
- Fix up the actual hlist iterators in linux/list.h
- Fix up the declaration of other iterators based on the hlist ones.
- A very small amount of places were using the 'node' parameter, this
was modified to use 'obj->member' instead.
- Coccinelle didn't handle the hlist_for_each_entry_safe iterator
properly, so those had to be fixed up manually.
The semantic patch which is mostly the work of Peter Senna Tschudin is here:
@@
iterator name hlist_for_each_entry, hlist_for_each_entry_continue, hlist_for_each_entry_from, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu, hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh, for_each_busy_worker, ax25_uid_for_each, ax25_for_each, inet_bind_bucket_for_each, sctp_for_each_hentry, sk_for_each, sk_for_each_rcu, sk_for_each_from, sk_for_each_safe, sk_for_each_bound, hlist_for_each_entry_safe, hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu, nr_neigh_for_each, nr_neigh_for_each_safe, nr_node_for_each, nr_node_for_each_safe, for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp, for_each_gfn_sp, for_each_host;
type T;
expression a,c,d,e;
identifier b;
statement S;
@@
-T b;
<+... when != b
(
hlist_for_each_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_from(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_busy_worker(a, c,
- b,
d) S
|
ax25_uid_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
ax25_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
inet_bind_bucket_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sctp_for_each_hentry(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
sk_for_each_from
-(a, b)
+(a)
S
+ sk_for_each_from(a) S
|
sk_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
sk_for_each_bound(a,
- b,
c) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_safe(a,
- b,
c, d, e) S
|
hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_neigh_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
nr_node_for_each(a,
- b,
c) S
|
nr_node_for_each_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_sp(a, c, d) S
|
- for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d, b) S
+ for_each_gfn_indirect_valid_sp(a, c, d) S
|
for_each_host(a,
- b,
c) S
|
for_each_host_safe(a,
- b,
c, d) S
|
for_each_mesh_entry(a,
- b,
c, d) S
)
...+>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus change from net/ipv4/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: drop bogus hunk from net/ipv6/raw.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix warnings]
[akpm@linux-foudnation.org: redo intrusive kvm changes]
Tested-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <sasha.levin@oracle.com>
Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Convert to the much saner new idr interface.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Some mlme work structs are not cancelled on disassociation
nor interface deletion, which leads to them running after
the memory has been freed
There is not a clean way to cancel these in the disassociation
logic because they must be canceled outside of the ifmgd->mtx
lock, so just cancel them in mgd_stop logic that tears down
the station.
This fixes the crashes we see in 3.7.9+. The crash stack
trace itself isn't so helpful, but this warning gives
more useful info:
WARNING: at /home/greearb/git/linux-3.7.dev.y/lib/debugobjects.c:261 debug_print_object+0x7c/0x8d()
ODEBUG: free active (active state 0) object type: work_struct hint: ieee80211_sta_monitor_work+0x0/0x14 [mac80211]
Modules linked in: [...]
Pid: 14743, comm: iw Tainted: G C O 3.7.9+ #11
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81087ef8>] warn_slowpath_common+0x80/0x98
[<ffffffff81087fa4>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x41/0x43
[<ffffffff812a2608>] debug_print_object+0x7c/0x8d
[<ffffffff812a2bca>] debug_check_no_obj_freed+0x95/0x1c3
[<ffffffff8114cc69>] slab_free_hook+0x70/0x79
[<ffffffff8114ea3e>] kfree+0x62/0xb7
[<ffffffff8149f465>] netdev_release+0x39/0x3e
[<ffffffff8136ad67>] device_release+0x52/0x8a
[<ffffffff812937db>] kobject_release+0x121/0x158
[<ffffffff81293612>] kobject_put+0x4c/0x50
[<ffffffff8148f0d7>] netdev_run_todo+0x25c/0x27e
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Re-order the quiesce code so that timers are always
stopped before work-items are flushed. This was not
the problem I saw, but I think it may still be more
correct.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When not using channel contexts with only monitor mode interfaces being
active, report local->monitor_chandef to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver does not want a monitor mode VIF, no channel context is
allocated for it. This causes ieee80211_recalc_idle to put the hardware
into idle mode if only a monitor mode is active, breaking injection.
Fix this by checking local->monitors in addition to active channel
contexts.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit 6c17b77b67 (mac80211: Fix tx queue
handling during scans) contains a bug that causes off-channel frames to
get queued when they should be handed down to the driver for transmit.
Prevent this from happening.
Reported-by: Fabio Rossi <rossi.f@inwind.it>
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Unicast frame with unknown forwarding information always trigger
the path discovery assuming destination is always located inside the
MBSS. This patch allows the forwarding to look for mesh gate if path
discovery inside the MBSS has failed.
Reported-by: Cedric Voncken <cedric.voncken@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ieee80211_beacon_add_tim() function might be called
by drivers with BHs enabled, which causes a potential
deadlock if TX happens at the same time and attempts to
lock the tim_lock as well. Use spin_lock_bh to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Here is the big driver core merge for 3.9-rc1
There are two major series here, both of which touch lots of drivers all
over the kernel, and will cause you some merge conflicts:
- add a new function called devm_ioremap_resource() to properly be
able to check return values.
- remove CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
If you need me to provide a merged tree to handle these resolutions,
please let me know.
Other than those patches, there's not much here, some minor fixes and
updates.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2.0.19 (GNU/Linux)
iEYEABECAAYFAlEmV0cACgkQMUfUDdst+yncCQCfbmnQZju7kzWXk6PjdFuKspT9
weAAoMCzcAtEzzc4LXuUxxG/sXBVBCjW
=yWAQ
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'driver-core-3.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core
Pull driver core patches from Greg Kroah-Hartman:
"Here is the big driver core merge for 3.9-rc1
There are two major series here, both of which touch lots of drivers
all over the kernel, and will cause you some merge conflicts:
- add a new function called devm_ioremap_resource() to properly be
able to check return values.
- remove CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL
Other than those patches, there's not much here, some minor fixes and
updates"
Fix up trivial conflicts
* tag 'driver-core-3.9-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/driver-core: (221 commits)
base: memory: fix soft/hard_offline_page permissions
drivercore: Fix ordering between deferred_probe and exiting initcalls
backlight: fix class_find_device() arguments
TTY: mark tty_get_device call with the proper const values
driver-core: constify data for class_find_device()
firmware: Ignore abort check when no user-helper is used
firmware: Reduce ifdef CONFIG_FW_LOADER_USER_HELPER
firmware: Make user-mode helper optional
firmware: Refactoring for splitting user-mode helper code
Driver core: treat unregistered bus_types as having no devices
watchdog: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
thermal: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
spi: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
power: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
mtd: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
mmc: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
mfd: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
media: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
iommu: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
drm: Convert to devm_ioremap_resource()
...
If mesh plink debugging is enabled, this gets annoying in
a crowded environment, fast.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Convert mesh peering events into strings and make the
debug output a little easier to read. Also stop printing
the llid and plid since these don't change across peering
states and are random numbers anyway so they just amount
to noise.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() will clean up the
ht_supported flag and station bandwidth field for us
if the peer beacon doesn't have an HT capability element
(is operating as non-HT).
Also, we don't really need a special station ch_width
member to track the station operating mode any more so use
sta.bandwidth instead.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If an interface is set down while authenticating or
associating, there's a station entry that will be
removed by the flushing in do_stop() and that will
cause a warning. It's otherwise harmless, but avoid
the warning by calling ieee80211_mgd_stop() first.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Several tracepoints are using STA_PR_FMT where STA_PR_ARG should be
used, resulting in messages like "phy0 sta:ARG TYPE NOT FIELD BUT 1".
Change these to STA_PR_ARG.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since mesh powersaving was added, pending bcast/mcast frames may go out the
CAB queue now. Unfortunately, the queue was only set up for AP mode, so we
would try to tx on the IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE. Allow cab_queue for mesh
interfaces as well.
Fixes the following warning (or crash without MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG):
WARNING: at net/mac80211/tx.c:1223 __ieee80211_tx+0x162/0x35f [mac80211]()
Modules linked in: mac80211_hwsim mac80211 cfg80211 [...]
Pid: 3085, comm: avahi-daemon Tainted: G W 3.8.0-rc1+ #377
Call Trace:
[<ffffffff81045c20>] warn_slowpath_common+0x83/0x9c
[<ffffffff81045c53>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x1c
[<ffffffffa083aef0>] __ieee80211_tx+0x162/0x35f [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa083cb1d>] ieee80211_tx+0xd3/0xf9 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa083cc0f>] ieee80211_xmit+0xcc/0xd5 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa083db59>] ieee80211_subif_start_xmit+0xc53/0xcd8 [mac80211]
[<ffffffff81319acd>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x259/0x3ce
[<ffffffff81333d6b>] sch_direct_xmit+0x74/0x17d
[<ffffffff8131a0b1>] dev_queue_xmit+0x230/0x414
[<ffffffff8134877a>] ip_finish_output2+0x348/0x3aa
[<ffffffff81349029>] ip_finish_output+0x6c/0x71
[<ffffffff81349046>] NF_HOOK_COND.constprop.44+0x18/0x58
[<ffffffff8134a03a>] ip_mc_output+0x134/0x13c
[<ffffffff8134835a>] dst_output+0x18/0x1c
[<ffffffff81349a24>] ip_local_out+0x20/0x24
[<ffffffff8134a8cf>] ip_send_skb+0x16/0x3c
[<ffffffff8136bfba>] udp_send_skb+0x254/0x2b9
[<ffffffff8136c85e>] udp_sendmsg+0x5a8/0x7d4
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <bob@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's various code with strange indentation,
questionable loop and locking constructs, etc.
The bigger change is moving the "sdata" argument
to the first argument of all functions, like all
other mac80211 functions that have one.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even when connecting to an AP that doesn't support VHT,
and even when the local device doesn't support it either,
the downgrade message gets printed. Suppress the message
if HT and/or VHT is disabled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Adding the flag to mac80211 already without testing was
clearly a mistake, one that we now pay for by having to
reserve bit 13 forever. The problem is cfg80211 doesn't
allow capability/rate changes for station entries that
were added unassociated, so the station entries cannot
be set up properly when marked associated.
Change the NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE value
to make it clear to userspace implementations that all
current kernels don't actually support it, even though
the previous bit is set, and of course also remove the
flag from mac80211 until we test and fix the issues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The information of the peer's capabilities is required for the driver
to perform TDLS Peer UAPSD operations. This information of the peer is
passed by the supplicant using NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command. This
commit enhances the function nl80211_set_station to pass this
information of the peer to the driver in case this command is used
with the TDLS peer STA.
In addition, make the HT/VHT capability configuration handled more
consistently for other STA cases (reject both instead of just HT).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use the new extended capabilities advertising to advertise
the fact that operating mode notification is supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of modifying the HT SMPS capability field
for stations, track the SMPS mode explicitly in a
new field in the station struct and use it in the
drivers that care about it. This simplifies the
code using it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh interfaces will now respond to any broadcast (or
matching directed mesh) probe requests with a probe
response.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, the entire mesh beacon would be generated each
time the beacon timer fired. Instead generate a beacon
head and tail (so the TIM can easily be inserted when mesh
power save is on) when starting a mesh or the MBSS
parameters change.
Also add a mutex for protecting beacon updates and
preventing leaks.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A while ago, I made the mac80211 station code never change
the channel type after association. This solved a number of
issues but is ultimately wrong, we should react if the AP
changes the HT operation IE and switches bandwidth. One of
the issues is that we associate as HT40 capable, but if the
AP ever switches to 40 MHz we won't be able to receive such
frames because we never set our channel to 40 MHz.
This addresses this and VHT operation changes. If there's a
change that is incompatible with our setup, e.g. if the AP
decides to change the channel entirely (and for some reason
we still hear the beacon) we'll just disconnect.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For HT and VHT the current bandwidth can change,
add the function ieee80211_vif_change_bandwidth()
to take care of this. It returns a failure if the
new bandwidth isn't compatible with the existing
channel context, the caller has to handle that.
When it happens, also inform the driver that the
bandwidth changed for this virtual interface (no
drivers would actually care today though.)
Changing to/from HT/VHT isn't allowed though.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel use is confusing, some uses the channel
context and some the bss_conf.chandef. The latter is
fine, so get rid of the channel context part.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Having HT/VHT operation IEs but not capability IEs
leads to a strange situation where we configure the
channel to an HT or VHT bandwidth and then can't
actually use it. Prevent this by checking that the
HT and VHT capability IEs are present as well as
the operation IEs; if not, disable HT and/or VHT.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In beacons and association response frames an AP may include an
operating mode notification element to advertise changes in the
number of spatial streams it can receive. Handle this using the
existing function that handles the action frame, but only handle
NSS changes, not bandwidth changes which aren't allowed here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This should be called ieee80211_change_chanctx() since
it changes the channel context, not a chandef.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code to disable HT and VHT if VHT was advertised
without VHT is wrong -- it accidentally uses the wrong
flags. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case of connection, the station data is initialised from
the beacon/probe response first and then updated from the
association response. If the latter is different we update
the rate control algorithm and driver. Instead of doing it
this way, set the station data properly with data from the
association response before initializing rate control.
Also simplify the code by passing the station pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Handle the operating mode notification action frame.
When the supported streams or the bandwidth change
let the driver and rate control algorithm know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With VHT, a station can change the number of spatial
streams it can receive on the fly, not unlike spatial
multiplexing in HT. Prepare for that by tracking the
maximum number of spatial streams it can receive when
the connection is established.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For VHT, many more bandwidth changes are possible. As a first
step, stop toggling the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40 flag
in the HT capabilities and instead introduce a bandwidth field
indicating the currently usable bandwidth to transmit to the
station. Of course, make all drivers use it.
To achieve this, make ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() get
the station as an argument, rather than the new capabilities,
so it can set up the new bandwidth field.
If the station is a VHT station and VHT bandwidth is in use,
also set the bandwidth accordingly.
Doing this allows us to get rid of the supports_40mhz flag as
the HT capabilities now reflect the true capability instead of
the current setting.
While at it, also fix ieee80211_ht_cap_ie_to_sta_ht_cap() to not
ignore HT cap overrides when MCS TX isn't supported (not that it
really happens...)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Like with HT, make things a bit simpler in future patches by
passing the station to ieee80211_vht_cap_ie_to_sta_vht_cap()
instead of the vht_cap pointer. Also disable VHT here if HT
isn't supported.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since no driver calls the TKIP functions from interrupt
context, there's no need to use spin_lock_irqsave().
Just use spin_lock_bh() (and spin_lock() in the TX path
where we're in a BH or they're already disabled.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to use _irqsave() as the lock
is never used in interrupt context.
This also fixes a problem in the iwlwifi MVM
driver that calls spin_unlock_bh() within its
set_tim() callback.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no use for it, WPA is entirely handled in
wpa_supplicant in userspace, so don't pick the IE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases when disconnecting after (or during?) CSA
the queues might not recover, and then the only way to
recover is reloading the module.
Fix this by always unblocking the queue CSA reason when
disconnecting.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Jan-Michael Brummer <jan.brummer@tabos.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the idle decision rework, mac80211 started calling
bss_info_changed() for the driver's monitor interface,
which causes a crash for iwlwifi, but drivers generally
don't expect this to happen. Therefore, avoid it.
While at it, also prevent calling it in such cases and
only print a warning. For the P2P Device interface the
idle will no longer be called (no channel context), so
also prevent that and warn on it.
Reported-by: Chaitanya <chaitanya.mgit@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In my commit 1672c0e319
("mac80211: start auth/assoc timeout on frame status")
I broke auth/assoc timeout handling: in case we wait
for the TX status, it now leaves the timeout field set
to 0, which is a valid time and can compare as being
before now ("jiffies"). Thus, if the work struct runs
for some other reason, the auth/assoc is treated as
having timed out.
Fix this by introducing a separate "timeout_started"
variable that tracks whether the timeout has started
and is checked before timing out.
Additionally, for proper TX status handling the change
requires that the skb->dev pointer is set up for all
the frames, so set it up for all frames in mac80211.
Reported-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Tested-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Function ieee80211_sta_reset_conn_monitor has been
resetting probe_send_count too early and nullfunc
check was never called after succesfull ack.
Reported-by: Magnus Cederlöf <mcider@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Magnus Cederlöf <mcider@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A few mesh utility functions will call
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify(), and then the caller
might notify the driver of the same change again. Avoid
this redundancy by propagating the BSS changes and
generally calling bss_info_change_notify() once per
change.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When sending a broadcast while at least on of the connected stations is
sleeping, it gets queued and send after a DTIM beacon is sent.
If the packet was to be sent on a vlan interface, the vif used for dequeing
from the per-bss queue does not hold the per-vlan sdata. The correct sdata is
required to use the correct per-vlan broadcast/multicast key.
This patch fixes this by restoring the per-vlan sdata using the skb->dev entry.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the vlan device is removed, ps->bc_buf processing can no longer
send its frames.
Signed-off-by: Michael Braun <michael-dev@fami-braun.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add command to trigger radar detection in the driver/FW.
Once radar detection is started it should continuously
monitor for radars as long as the channel active.
If radar is detected usermode notified with 'radar
detected' event.
Scanning and remain on channel functionality must be disabled
while doing radar detection/scanning, and vice versa.
Based on original patch by Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When MCS rates start to get bad in 2.4 GHz because of long range or
strong interference, CCK rates can be a lot more robust.
This patch adds a pseudo MCS group containing CCK rates (long preamble
in the lower 4 slots, short preamble in the upper slots).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[make minstrel_ht_get_stats static]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Bail out if no update is made to the SMPS state. This
allows the driver to avoid duplicating the state.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We've got a couple of races when enabling powersave with an AP for
off-channel operation. The first is fairly simple. If we go off-channel
before the nullfunc frame to enable PS is transmitted then it may not be
received by the AP. Add a flush after enabling off-channel PS to prevent
this from happening.
The second race is a bit more subtle. If the driver supports QoS and has
frames queued when the nullfunc frame is queued, those frames may get
transmitted after the nullfunc frame. If PM is not set then the AP is
being told that we've exited PS before we go off-channel and may try to
deliver frames. To prevent this, add a flush after stopping the queues
but before passing the nullfunc frame to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Scans currently work by stopping the netdev tx queues but leaving the
mac80211 queues active. This stops the flow of incoming packets while
still allowing mac80211 to transmit nullfunc and probe request frames to
facilitate scanning. However, the driver may try to wake the mac80211
queues while in this state, which will also wake the netdev queues.
To prevent this, add a new queue stop reason,
IEEE80211_QUEUE_STOP_REASON_OFFCHANNEL, to be used when stopping the tx
queues for off-channel operation. This prevents the netdev queues from
waking when a driver wakes the mac80211 queues.
This also stops all frames from being transmitted, even those meant to
be sent off-channel. Add a new tx control flag,
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK, which allows frames to be transmitted
when the queues are stopped only for the off-channel stop reason. Update
all locations transmitting off-channel frames to use this flag.
Signed-off-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's more of an unnecessary micro-optimization and it prevents switching
from long-GI to short-GI in HT20/single-stream for the lowest rate
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we get to association, the AP station already exists and
is marked authenticated, so moving it into IEEE80211_STA_AUTH
again is a NOP, remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Now that we have channel contexts, idle is (pretty
much) equivalent to not having a channel context.
Change the code to use this relation so that there
no longer is a need for a lot of idle recalculate
calls everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are only a few drivers that use HW scan, and
all of those don't need a non-idle transition before
starting the scan -- some don't even care about idle
at all. Remove the flag and code associated with it.
The only driver that really actually needed this is
wl1251 and it can just do it itself in the hw_scan
callback -- implement that.
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The functions were added for some sort of Bluetooth
coexistence, but aren't used, so remove them again.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to predict the next DTIM TBTT
in the driver, add the ability to use timing data
from beacons only with the new hardware flag
IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY and the BSS info
value sync_dtim_count which is only valid if the
timing data came from a beacon. The data can only
come from a beacon, and if no beacon was received
before association it is updated later together
with the DTIM count notification.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While technically the TSF isn't an IE, it can be
necessary to distinguish between the TSF from a
beacon and a probe response, in particular in
order to know the next DTIM TBTT, as not all APs
are spec compliant wrt. TSF==0 being a DTIM TBTT
and thus the DTIM count needs to be taken into
account as well.
To allow this, move the TSF into the IE struct
so it can be known whence it came.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add debugfs driver callbacks so drivers can add
debugfs entries for interfaces. Note that they
_must_ remove the entries again as add/remove in
the driver doesn't correspond to add/remove in
debugfs; the former is up/down while the latter
is netdev create/destroy.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Bondar <alexander.bondar@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the code assigns channel contexts to VLANs
(for use by the TX/RX code) when the AP master gets
its channel context assigned. This works fine, but
in the upcoming radar detection work the VLANs don't
require a channel context (during radar detection)
and assigning one to them anyway causes issues with
locking and also inconsistencies -- a VLAN interface
that is added before radar detection would get the
channel context, while one added during it wouldn't.
Fix these issues moving the channel context copying
to a new explicit operation that will not be used
in the radar detection code.
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The chandef tracing writes center_freq1 twice, so
that it is always 0 (no driver supports 80+80 yet)
and leaves center_freq2 unset. Fix this mistake.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The messages currently refer to probe request probes,
but on some devices null data packets will be used
instead. Make the messages more generic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem which was discussed in
"mac80211: Fix PN corruption in case of multiple
virtual interface" [1].
Amit Shakya reported a serious issue with my patch:
mac80211: serialize rx path workers" [2]:
In case, ieee80211_rx_handlers processing is going on
for skbs received on one vif and at the same time, rx
aggregation reorder timer expires on another vif then
sta_rx_agg_reorder_timer_expired is invoked and it will
push skbs into the single queue (local->rx_skb_queue).
ieee80211_rx_handlers in the while loop assumes that
the skbs are for the same sdata and sta. This assumption
doesn't hold good in this scenario and the PN gets
corrupted by PN received in other vif's skb, causing
traffic to stop due to PN mismatch."
[1] Message-Id: http://mid.gmane.org/201302041844.44436.chunkeey@googlemail.com
[2] Commit-Id: 24a8fdad35
Reported-by: Amit Shakya <amit.shakya@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There seems to be no reason, why it has to be limited to 2.4 GHz.
Signed-off-by: Emanuel Taube <emanuel.taube@gmail.com>
[remove 'local' variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The patch "mac80211: clean up mesh sta allocation warning"
moved some mesh initialization into a path which is only
called when the kernel handles peering. This causes a hang
when mac80211 tries to clean up a userspace-allocated
station entry and delete a timer which has never been
initialized.
To avoid this, only do any mesh sta peering teardown if
the kernel is actually handling it.
The same is true when quiescing before suspend.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fix most kernel-doc warnings, for some reason it
seems to have issues with __aligned, don't remove
the documentation entries it considers to be in
excess due to that.
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This prepares for using the spinlock instead of krefs
which is needed in the next patch to track the refs
of combined BSSes correctly.
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com> [mwifiex]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When trying to connect to an AP that advertises HT but not
VHT, the mac80211 code erroneously uses the configuration
from the AP as is instead of checking it against regulatory
and local capabilities. This can lead to using an invalid
or even inexistent channel (like 11/HT40+).
Additionally, the return flags from downgrading must be
ORed together, to collect them from all of the downgrades.
Also clarify the message.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My commit f2d9d270c1
("mac80211: support VHT association") introduced a
very stupid bug: the loop to downgrade the channel
width never attempted to actually use it again so
it would downgrade all the way to 20_NOHT. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using 'sizeof' on array given as function argument returns
size of a pointer rather than the size of array.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Cong Ding <dinggnu@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since mesh_plink_quiesce() would unconditionally delete
the plink timer, and the timer initialization was recently
moved into the mesh code path, suspending with a non-mesh
interface now causes a crash. Fix this by only deleting
the plink timer for mesh interfaces.
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Tested-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add routines to
- maintain a PS mode for each peer and a non-peer PS mode
- indicate own PS mode in transmitted frames
- track neighbor STAs power modes
- buffer frames when neighbors are in PS mode
- add TIM and Awake Window IE to beacons
- release frames in Mesh Peer Service Periods
Add local_pm to sta_info to represent the link-specific power
mode at this station towards the remote station. When a peer
link is established, use the default power mode stored in mesh
config. Update the PS status if the peering status of a neighbor
changes.
Maintain a mesh power mode for non-peer mesh STAs. Set the
non-peer power mode to active mode during peering. Authenticated
mesh peering is currently not working when either node is
configured to be in power save mode.
Indicate the current power mode in transmitted frames. Use QoS
Nulls to indicate mesh power mode transitions.
For performance reasons, calls to the function setting the frame
flags are placed in HWMP routing routines, as there the STA
pointer is already available.
Add peer_pm to sta_info to represent the peer's link-specific
power mode towards the local station. Add nonpeer_pm to
represent the peer's power mode towards all non-peer stations.
Track power modes based on received frames.
Add the ps_data structure to ieee80211_if_mesh (for TIM map, PS
neighbor counter and group-addressed frame buffer).
Set WLAN_STA_PS flag for STA in PS mode to use the unicast frame
buffering routines in the tx path. Update num_sta_ps to buffer
and release group-addressed frames after DTIM beacons.
Announce the awake window duration in beacons if in light or
deep sleep mode towards any peer or non-peer. Create a TIM IE
similarly to AP mode and add it to mesh beacons. Parse received
Awake Window IEs and check TIM IEs for buffered frames.
Release frames towards peers in mesh Peer Service Periods. Use
the corresponding trigger frames and monitor the MPSP status.
Append a QoS Null as trigger frame if neccessary to properly end
the MPSP. Currently, in HT channels MPSPs behave imperfectly and
show large delay spikes and frame losses.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivan Bezyazychnyy <ivan.bezyazychnyy@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Krinkin <krinkin.m.u@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver determined the connection was lost or that
it couldn't securely maintain the connection when coming
out of WoWLAN, send a deauth frame to the AP to also let
it know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we had a connection for WoWLAN and after resume it
needed to be disconnected, the previous commit enabled
sending a deauth frame to the AP. This frame would not
go through on MFP-enabled networks as the key for it is
marked tainted before the frame is transmitted.
Allow a tainted key to be used for deauth frames. Worst
case, we'll use a wrong key because the PTK was rekeyed
while suspended, but more likely the PTK is still fine
and the taint flag really only applies to the GTK(s).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The ssid/ssid_len fields in the private BSS
struct are unused, contrary to the comment
we do look up the SSID in the few cases we
need it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With multi-channel, there's a corner case where a driver
doesn't receive a beacon soon enough to be able to sync
its timers with the AP. In this case, the only recovery
(after trying again) is to disconnect from the AP. Allow
calling ieee80211_connection_loss() for such cases. To
make that possible, modify the work function to not rely
on the IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR flag but use new
state kept in the interface instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver determines the connection is lost,
send a deauth frame to the AP anyway just in case
it still considers the connection alive. The frame
might not go through, but at least we've tried.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Patch vastly improve latency while scanning. Slight throughput
improvements were observed as well. Is intended for improve performance
of voice and video applications, when scan is periodically requested by
user space (i.e. default NetworkManager behaviour).
Patch remove latency requirement based on PM_QOS_NETWORK_LATENCY,
this value is 2000 seconds by default (i.e. approximately 0.5 hour !?!).
Also remove listen interval requirement, which based on beaconing and
depending on BSS parameters. It can make we stay off-channel for a
second or more.
Instead try to offer the best latency that we could, i.e. be off-channel
no longer than PASSIVE channel scan time: 125 ms. That mean we will
scan two ACTIVE channels and go back to on-channel, and one PASSIVE
channel, and go back to on-channel.
Patch also decrease PASSIVE channel scan time to about 110 ms.
As drawback patch increase overall scan time. On my tests, when scanning
both 2GHz and 5GHz bands, scanning time increase from 5 seconds up to 10
seconds. Since that increase happen only when we are associated, I think
it can be acceptable. If eventually better scan time is needed for
situations when we lose signal and quickly need to decide to which AP
roam, additional scan flag or parameter can be introduced.
I tested patch by doing:
while true; do iw dev wlan0 scan; sleep 3; done > /dev/null
and
ping -i0.2 -c 1000 HOST
on remote and local machine, results are as below:
* Ping from local periodically scanning machine to AP:
Unpatched: rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.928/24.946/182.135/36.873 ms
Patched: rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.928/19.678/150.845/33.130 ms
* Ping from remote machine to periodically scanning machine:
Unpatched: rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 1.637/120.683/709.139/164.337 ms
Patched: rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 1.807/26.893/201.435/40.284 ms
Throughput measured by scp show following results.
* Upload to periodically scanning machine:
Unpatched: 3.9MB/s 03:15
Patched: 4.3MB/s 02:58
* Download from periodically scanning machine:
Unpatched: 5.5MB/s 02:17
Patched: 6.2MB/s 02:02
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When sending authentication/association frames they
might take a bit of time to go out because we may
have to synchronise with the AP, in particular in
the case where it's really a P2P GO. In this case
the 200ms fixed timeout could potentially be too
short if the beacon interval is relatively large.
For drivers that report TX status we can do better.
Instead of starting the timeout directly, start it
only when the frame status arrives. Since then the
frame was out on the air, we can wait shorter (the
typical response time is supposed to be 30ms, wait
100ms.) Also, if the frame failed to be transmitted
try again right away instead of waiting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, when the driver requires the DTIM period,
mac80211 will wait to hear a beacon before association.
This behavior is suboptimal since some drivers may be
able to deal with knowing the DTIM period after the
association, if they get it at all.
To address this, notify the drivers with bss_info_changed
with the new BSS_CHANGED_DTIM_PERIOD flag when the DTIM
becomes known. This might be when changing to associated,
or later when the entire association was done with only
probe response information.
Rename the hardware flag for the current behaviour to
IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC to more accurately
reflect its behaviour. IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_PERIOD is
no longer accurate as all drivers get the DTIM period
now, just not before association.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When waking up from WoWLAN, it is useful to know
what triggered the wakeup. Support reporting the
wakeup reason(s) in cfg80211 (and a pass-through
in mac80211) to allow userspace to know.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The standard mandates mesh STAs to set the ERP Short Slot
Time capability info bit in beacons to 0. Even though this
is their way of disallowing short slot time for mesh STAs,
there should be no harm in enabling it if we determine all
STAs in the current MBSS support ERP rates.
Increases throughput about 20% for legacy rates when
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is basically a revert of:
commit 5b632fe85e
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Dec 3 12:56:33 2012 +0100
mac80211: introduce IEEE80211_HW_TEARDOWN_AGGR_ON_BAR_FAIL
We do not need this flag any longer, rt2x00 BAR/BA problem was fixed
correctly by wireless-testing commit:
commit 84e9e8ebd3
Author: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Date: Thu Jan 17 17:34:32 2013 +0100
rt2x00: Improve TX status handling for BlockAckReq frames
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Before "mac80211: clean up mesh sta allocation warning"
was applied, mesh_sta_info_get() was reshuffled to please
sparse. As a result we neglect to initialize newly created
STAs. Fix this.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
gcc cannot prove that the value of sdata->vif.type does not
change between the switch() statement and the second
comparison to NL80211_IFTYPE_AP, causing a harmless
warning.
Slightly reordering the code makes the warning go away
with no functional change.
Without this patch, building ARM at91sam9g45_defconfig with
gcc-4.6 results in:
net/mac80211/tx.c: In function 'ieee80211_subif_start_xmit':
net/mac80211/tx.c:1797:22: warning: 'chanctx_conf' may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wuninitialized]
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to have two checks for "associated"
in ieee80211_sta_restart(), make the first one locked
to not race (unlikely at this point during resume)
and remove the second check.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
An existing mesh station entry may change its rate
capabilities, so call rate_control_rate_update() to notify
the rate control.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This refactoring fixes a "scheduling while atomic" warning
when allocating a mesh station entry while holding the RCU
read lock. Fix this by creating a new function
mesh_sta_info_get(), which correctly handles the locking
and returns under RCU.
Also move some unnecessarily #ifdefed mesh station init
code from sta_info_alloc() to __mesh_sta_info_alloc().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[change code flow to make sparse happy]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For drivers that don't actually flush their queues when
aggregation stop with the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH
or IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT reasons is done,
like iwlwifi or iwlegacy, mac80211 can then transmit on
a TID that the driver still considers busy. This happens
in the following way:
- IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH requested
- driver marks TID as emptying
- mac80211 removes tid_tx data, this can copy packets
to the TX pending queues and also let new packets
through to the driver
- driver gets unexpected TX as it wasn't completely
converted to the new API
In iwlwifi, this lead to the following warning:
WARNING: at drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/dvm/tx.c:442 iwlagn_tx_skb+0xc47/0xce0
Tx while agg.state = 4
Modules linked in: [...]
Pid: 0, comm: kworker/0:0 Tainted: G W 3.1.0 #1
Call Trace:
[<c1046e42>] warn_slowpath_common+0x72/0xa0
[<c1046f13>] warn_slowpath_fmt+0x33/0x40
[<fddffa17>] iwlagn_tx_skb+0xc47/0xce0 [iwldvm]
[<fddfcaa3>] iwlagn_mac_tx+0x23/0x40 [iwldvm]
[<fd8c98b6>] __ieee80211_tx+0xf6/0x3c0 [mac80211]
[<fd8cbe00>] ieee80211_tx+0xd0/0x100 [mac80211]
[<fd8cc176>] ieee80211_xmit+0x96/0xe0 [mac80211]
[<fd8cc578>] ieee80211_subif_start_xmit+0x348/0xc80 [mac80211]
[<c1445207>] dev_hard_start_xmit+0x337/0x6d0
[<c145eee9>] sch_direct_xmit+0xa9/0x210
[<c14462c0>] dev_queue_xmit+0x1b0/0x8e0
Fortunately, solving this problem is easy as the station
is being destroyed, so such transmit packets can only
happen due to races. Instead of trying to close the race
just let the race not reach the drivers by making two
changes:
1) remove the explicit aggregation session teardown in
the managed mode code, the same thing will be done
when the station is removed, in __sta_info_destroy.
2) When aggregation stop with AGG_STOP_DESTROY_STA is
requested, leave the tid_tx data around as stopped.
It will be cleared and freed in cleanup_single_sta
later, but until then any racy packets will be put
onto the tid_tx pending queue instead of transmitted
which is fine since the station is being removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since drivers can support several BSS / P2P Client
interfaces, the rssi callback needs to inform the driver
about the interface teh rssi event relates to.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
To be able to implement NS response offloading (in
regular operation or while in WoWLAN) drivers need
to know the IPv6 addresses assigned to interfaces.
Implement an IPv6 notifier in mac80211 to call the
driver when addresses change.
Unlike for IPv4, implement it as a callback rather
than as a list in the BSS configuration, that is
more flexible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A lot of the aggregation messages don't indicate the
station so they're hard to understand if there are
multiple sessions in progress. Make that easier by
adding the MAC address to most messages. Also add
the TID if it wasn't already there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on the driver, having ARP filtering for
some addresses may be possible. Remove the logic
that tracks whether ARP filter is enabled or not
and give the driver the total number of addresses
instead of the length of the list so it can make
its own decision.
Reviewed-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are hardwares which support offload of data packets
for example when auto ARP is enabled the hw will send
the ARP response. In such cases if WEP encryption is
configured the hw must know the default WEP key in order
to encrypt the packets correctly.
When hw_accel is enabled and encryption type is set to WEP,
the driver should get the default key index from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
[cleanups, fixes, documentation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is to fix up a build problem with a wireless driver due to the
dynamic-debug patches in this branch.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Some new APIs will require tracing a chandef without
it being part of a channel context, so separate out
the tracing macros for that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mesh PERR action frames are robust and thus may be encrypted, so add
proper head/tailroom to allow this. Fixes this warning when operating
a Mesh STA on ath5k:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/wpa.c:427 ccmp_encrypt_skb.isra.5+0x7b/0x1a0 [mac80211]()
Call Trace:
[<c011c5e7>] warn_slowpath_common+0x63/0x78
[<c011c60b>] warn_slowpath_null+0xf/0x13
[<e090621d>] ccmp_encrypt_skb.isra.5+0x7b/0x1a0 [mac80211]
[<e090685c>] ieee80211_crypto_ccmp_encrypt+0x1f/0x37 [mac80211]
[<e0917113>] invoke_tx_handlers+0xcad/0x10bd [mac80211]
[<e0917665>] ieee80211_tx+0x87/0xb3 [mac80211]
[<e0918932>] ieee80211_tx_pending+0xcc/0x170 [mac80211]
[<c0121c43>] tasklet_action+0x3e/0x65
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A user reported warnings in ath5k due to transmitting frames with no
rates set up. The frames were Mesh PERR frames, and some debugging
showed an empty control block with just the vif pointer:
> [ 562.522682] XXX txinfo: 00000000: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
> 00 00 00 00 00 ................
> [ 562.522688] XXX txinfo: 00000010: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 54 b8 f2
> db 00 00 00 00 ........T.......
> [ 562.522693] XXX txinfo: 00000020: 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
> 00 00 00 00 00 ................
Set the IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING flag to ensure that
rate control gets run before the frame is sent.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move the default mesh beacon interval and DTIM period to cfg80211
and make them accessible to nl80211. This enables setting both
values when joining an MBSS.
Previously the DTIM parameter was not set by mac80211 so the
driver's default value was used.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This functions will be used for mesh beacons, too.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
[some formatting fixes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The established peer link count is indicated in mesh beacons and
used for other internal tasks. Previously it was not updated when
authenticated peering is performed in userspace.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow mesh interface to disable the power save which is by default
turn on in certain chipset. Testing with 2 units of ZCN-1523H-5-16
featuring AR9280 chipset which have power save enabled by default.
Constant reset if the average signal of the peer mesh STA is below
-80 dBm and power save is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver's resume function can't completely
restore the configuration in the device, it returns
1 from the callback which will be treated like a HW
restart request, but done directly.
In this case, also call the driver's restart_complete()
function so it can finish the reconfiguration there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
My commit 529ba6e931
("mac80211: clean up association better in suspend")
introduced a bug when resuming from WoWLAN when a
device reset is desired. This case must not use the
suspend_bss_conf as it hasn't been stored.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel contexts are not always used with monitor interfaces. If no channel
context is set, use the oper channel, otherwise tx fails.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[check local->use_chanctx]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since:
commit b23b025fe2
Author: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Date: Fri Feb 4 11:54:17 2011 -0800
mac80211: Optimize scans on current operating channel.
we do not disable PS while going back to operational channel (on
ieee80211_scan_state_suspend) and deffer that until scan finish.
But since we are allowed to send frames, we can send a frame to AP
without PM bit set, so disable PS on AP side. Then when we switch
to off-channel (in ieee80211_scan_state_resume) we do not enable PS.
Hence we are off-channel with PS disabled, frames are not buffered
by AP.
To fix remove offchannel_ps_disable argument and always enable PS when
going off-channel and disable it when going on-channel, like it was
before.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 2.6.39+
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Tested-by: Seth Forshee <seth.forshee@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During FT roaming, wpa_supplicant attempts to set the
key before association. This used to be rejected, but
as a side effect of my commit 66e67e4189
("mac80211: redesign auth/assoc") the key was accepted
causing hardware crypto to not be used for it as the
station isn't added to the driver yet.
It would be possible to accept the key and then add it
to the driver when the station has been added. However,
this may run into issues with drivers using the state-
based station adding if they accept the key only after
association like it used to be.
For now, revert to the behaviour from before the auth
and assoc change.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Cédric Debarge <cedric.debarge@acksys.fr>
Tested-by: Cédric Debarge <cedric.debarge@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The CONFIG_EXPERIMENTAL config item has not carried much meaning for a
while now and is almost always enabled by default. As agreed during the
Linux kernel summit, remove it from any "depends on" lines in Kconfigs.
CC: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
One of the function names was wrong and some parameters were
missing.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The following changes are invalid and should be
disallowed when a station already exists:
* supported rates changes, except for TDLS peers
* listen interval changes
* HT capability changes
Disallow them and also update a mac80211 comment
explaining how they would be racy.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an interface is configured to a 20 MHz channel
and the device as well as the peer are 40 MHz capable
the HT capabilities of the peer are not restricted to
20 MHz, even though they're supposed to be restricted
to the currently possible capabilities.
Unset the 40 MHz HT capability bits in this case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support the HT notify channel width action frame
to update the rate scaling about the bandwidth
the peer can receive in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When TX aggregation is stopped, there are a few
different cases:
- connection with the peer was dropped
- session stop was requested locally
- session stop was requested by the peer
- connection was dropped while a session is stopping
The behaviour in these cases should be different, if
the connection is dropped then the driver should drop
all frames, otherwise the frames may continue to be
transmitted, aggregated in the case of a locally
requested session stop or unaggregated in the case of
the peer requesting session stop.
Split these different cases so that the driver can
act accordingly; however, treat local and remote stop
the same way and ask the driver to not send frames as
aggregated packets any more.
In the case of connection drop, the stop callback the
driver is otherwise supposed to call is no longer
required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Create the function ieee80211_remove_tid_tx to call
it from ___ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The initiator/tx doesn't really identify why an
aggregation session is stopped, give a reason
for stopping that more clearly identifies what's
going on. This will help tell the driver clearly
what is expected of it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Today, stations are added already associated. That is
inefficient if, for example, the driver has no room
for stations any more because then the station will
go through the entire auth/assoc handshake, only to
be kicked out afterwards.
To address this a bit better, at least with drivers
using the new station state callback, allow hostapd
to add stations in unauthenticated mode, just after
receiving the AUTH frame, before even replying. Thus
if there's no more space at that point, it can send
a negative auth frame back. It still needs to handle
later state transition errors though, of course.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In interoperability testing some APs showed bad behaviour
if some of the VHT capabilities of the station are better
than their own. Restrict the assoc request parameters
- beamformee capabable,
- RX STBC and
- RX MCS set
to the subset that the AP can support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of checking every time bss_info_changed is called,
assign the pointer once depending on the interface type
and then leave it untouched until the interface type is
changed. This makes the ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify()
now a simple wrapper to call the driver only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The special case in the function isn't really needed,
instead make the suspend code a bit better and also
easier to understand and move the warning into the
driver op wrapper inline.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For AP/IBSS/mesh interfaces, call the driver to reconfigure
bss_info_changed only if the interface was beaconing before
suspend, otherwise we call the driver and it might interpret
the change as going from enabled to disabled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of calculating in ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify()
whether beaconing should be enabled or not, set it in the
correct places in the callers. This simplifies the logic in
this function at the expense of offchannel, but is also more
robust.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During suspend/resume channel contexts might be
iterated even if they haven't been re-added to
the driver, keep track of this and skip them in
iteration. Also use the new status for sanity
checks.
Also clarify the fact that during HW restart all
contexts are iterated over (thanks Eliad.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When suspending, bss_info_changed() is called to
disable beacons, but managed mode interfaces are
simply removed (bss_info_changed() is called with
"no change" only). This can lead to problems.
To fix this and copy the BSS configuration, clear
it during suspend and restore it on resume.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It's a bit odd that there's a return value that only
depends on the iftype, move that logic out of the
function into the only caller that needs it.
Also, since the quiescing could stop timers that
trigger the sdata work, move the sdata work cancel
into the function and after the actual quiesce.
Finally, there's no need to call it on interfaces
that are down, so don't.
Change-Id: I1632d46d21ba3558ea713d035184f1939905f2f1
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The probe response/beacon management frame RX code passes a
bool parameter to differentiate beacons and probe responses.
This is useless since we have the frame and can thus use its
frame control field. Moreover it is buggy since there is one
call to ieee80211_rx_bss_info with a beacon frame that is
indicated as a probe response, which is also fixed by using
the frame control field, so do that.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If there are VLANs, stopping an AP is inefficient as it
calls rcu_barrier() once for each interface (the VLANs
and the AP itself). Optimise this by moving rcu_barrier()
out of the station cleanups and calling it only once for
all interfaces combined.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In a file that's only built when CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
is defined, having an #ifdef on the same is entirely
pointless, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The last fixes re-added the RCU synchronize penalty
on roaming to fix the races. Split up sta_info_flush()
now to get rid of that again, and let managed mode
(and only it) delay the actual destruction.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When an interface is brought down it must have been
disconnected (or similar) in all modes other than WDS,
so warn if any stations were removed in other modes.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When all interfaces have been removed, there can't
be any stations left over, so there's no need to
flush again. Remove this, and all code associated
with it, which also simplifies the function.
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use short slot time in 5GHz for mesh. The performance is
increased from 16.4Mbps to 23.4Mbps for two directly
connected mesh STAs operating in legacy rate using iperf
measurement. Almost similar to the results claimed in IBSS
mode.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[call ieee80211_get_sdata_band() only once]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This allows user-space (wpa_supplicant) to disable
short guard interval (SGI) for 20Mhz. The SGI-40
disable option is already handled.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The maximum MTU shouldn't take the headers into account,
the maximum MSDU size is exactly the maximum MTU.
Signed-off-by: T Krishna Chaitanya <chaitanyatk@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When AP's SSID is hidden the BSS can appear several times in
cfg80211's BSS list: once with a zero-length SSID that comes
from the beacon, and once for each SSID from probe reponses.
Since the mac80211 stores its data in ieee80211_bss which
is embedded into cfg80211_bss, mac80211's data will be
duplicated too.
This becomes a problem when a driver needs the dtim_period
since this data exists only in the beacon's instance in
cfg80211 bss table which isn't the instance that is used
when associating.
Remove the DTIM period from the BSS table and track it
explicitly to avoid this problem.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Tested-by: Efi Tubul <efi.tubul@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is a very old bug, but there's nothing that prevents the
timer from running while the module is being removed when we
only do del_timer() instead of del_timer_sync().
The timer should normally not be running at this point, but
it's not clearly impossible (or we could just remove this.)
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Unfortunately, commit b22cfcfcae, intended to speed up roaming
by avoiding the synchronize_rcu() broke AP/mesh modes as it moved
some code into that work item that will still call into the driver
at a time where it's no longer expected to handle this: after the
AP or mesh has been stopped.
To fix this problem remove the per-station work struct, maintain a
station cleanup list instead and flush this list when stations are
flushed. To keep this patch smaller for stable, do this when the
stations are flushed (sta_info_flush()). This unfortunately brings
back the original roaming delay; I'll fix that again in a separate
patch.
Also, Ben reported that the original commit could sometimes (with
many interfaces) cause long delays when an interface is set down,
due to blocking on flush_workqueue(). Since we now maintain the
cleanup list, this particular change of the original patch can be
reverted.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.7]
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The array of rmc_entrys is redundant since only the
list_head is used. Make this an array of list_heads
instead and save ~6k per vif at runtime :D
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Make AP_VLAN type interfaces track the AP master channel
context so they have one assigned for the various lookups.
Don't give them their own refcount etc. since they're just
slaves to the AP master.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[change to flush stations with AP flush in second loop]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Do not scan on no-IBSS and disabled channels in IBSS mode. Doing this
can trigger Microcode errors on iwlwifi and iwlegacy drivers.
Also rename ieee80211_request_internal_scan() function since it is only
used in IBSS mode and simplify calling it from ieee80211_sta_find_ibss().
This patch should address:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=883414https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=49411
Reported-by: Jesse Kahtava <jesse_kahtava@f-m.fm>
Reported-by: Mikko Rapeli <mikko.rapeli@iki.fi>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull trivial branch from Jiri Kosina:
"Usual stuff -- comment/printk typo fixes, documentation updates, dead
code elimination."
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (39 commits)
HOWTO: fix double words typo
x86 mtrr: fix comment typo in mtrr_bp_init
propagate name change to comments in kernel source
doc: Update the name of profiling based on sysfs
treewide: Fix typos in various drivers
treewide: Fix typos in various Kconfig
wireless: mwifiex: Fix typo in wireless/mwifiex driver
messages: i2o: Fix typo in messages/i2o
scripts/kernel-doc: check that non-void fcts describe their return value
Kernel-doc: Convention: Use a "Return" section to describe return values
radeon: Fix typo and copy/paste error in comments
doc: Remove unnecessary declarations from Documentation/accounting/getdelays.c
various: Fix spelling of "asynchronous" in comments.
Fix misspellings of "whether" in comments.
eisa: Fix spelling of "asynchronous".
various: Fix spelling of "registered" in comments.
doc: fix quite a few typos within Documentation
target: iscsi: fix comment typos in target/iscsi drivers
treewide: fix typo of "suport" in various comments and Kconfig
treewide: fix typo of "suppport" in various comments
...
This patch removes the redundant occurences of simple_strto<foo>
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Pawar <abhi.c.pawar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Instead of updating stats before sending a packet,
update them after processing the packet's status.
This makes minstrel in line with minstrel_ht.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch replace the obsolete simple_strto<foo> with kstrto<foo>
Signed-off-by: Abhijit Pawar <abhi.c.pawar@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
New drivers that might not support ampdu_action yet while in
development cause a lot of warnings, use WARN_ON_ONCE instead.
Signed-off-by: T Krushna Chaitanya <chaitanyatk@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It fixes a potential crash when receiving an LLCP HDLC frame acking a frame
that is not the last sent one. In that case we may dereference an already
freed pointer.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1.4.12 (GNU/Linux)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=tpAI
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'nfc-fixes-3.7-2' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/nfc-3.0
This is an NFC LLCP fix for 3.7 and contains only one patch.
It fixes a potential crash when receiving an LLCP HDLC frame acking a frame
that is not the last sent one. In that case we may dereference an already
freed pointer.
If the sdata work is pending while the interface is stopped,
we currently flush it. If it's not running this means waiting
for it to run, which could take a while if the workqueue is
backlogged. However, the work exits right away if it starts
to run while the interface is already stopping. There's no
point in waiting for that, so use cancel_work_sync() instead.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Previously, mesh peering frames from a STA without a station
entry were being dropped.
Mesh Peering Open and other frames (WLAN_CATEGORY_SELF_PROTECTED)
are valid mesh peering frames even if received from a yet unknown
station; the STA entry will be created in mesh_peer_init later.
The problem didn't occur previously since both STAs receive each
other's beacons which created the STA entry. However, this causes
an unnecessary delay and beacons might not be received if either
node is in PS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
[reword commit log a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The radiotap header length "needed_headroom" is only required if we're
sending the skb to a monitor interface. Hence, move the calculation a
bit later so the calculation can be skipped if no monitor interface is
present.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit f0425beda4 "mac80211: retry sending
failed BAR frames later instead of tearing down aggr" caused regression
on rt2x00 hardware (connection hangs). This regression was fixed by
commit be03d4a45c "rt2x00: Don't let
mac80211 send a BAR when an AMPDU subframe fails". But the latter
commit caused yet another problem reported in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=42828#c22
After long discussion in this thread:
http://mid.gmane.org/20121018075615.GA18212@redhat.com
and testing various alternative solutions, which failed on one or other
setup, we have no other good fix for the issues like just revert both
mentioned earlier commits.
To do not affect other hardware which benefit from commit
f0425beda4, instead of reverting it,
introduce flag that when used will restore mac80211 behaviour before
the commit.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
[replaced link with mid.gmane.org that has message-id]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mic failure count provides the number of mic failures that
have happened on a given key (without a countermeasure being
started, since that would remove the key).
Signed-off-by: Saravana <saravanad@posedge.com>
[fix NULL pointer issues]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In 5GHz/802.11a, we are allowed to use short slot times. Doing this
may increases performance by 20% for legacy connections (54 MBit/s).
I can confirm this in my tests (27% more throughput using iperf), and
also have a small positive effect (5% more throughput) for HT rates,
tested on 1 stream.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If channel contexts are enabled, the CSA should not be processed
further. A return is missing here.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a BSS struct is updated, the IEs are currently
overwritten or freed. This can lead to races if some
other CPU is accessing the BSS struct and using the
IEs concurrently.
Fix this by always allocating the IEs in a new struct
that holds the data and length and protecting access
to this new struct with RCU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of assuming 200 bytes are always enough for
all the IEs we add, give the length of the buffer
to the function and warn instead of overrunning.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This change allows userspace to register for probe request
frames on an IBSS interface. Userspace then has to handle
them and send replies.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the mesh sync code checks, whether peers indicate TBTT adjustment,
but it never sets the corresponding flag itself.
By setting ifmsh->tbtt_adjusting to true, it will set the corresponding field
in the mesh configuration IE of own beacons.
This indication will be set in the current beacon. The TBTT adjustment will be
performed afterwards, affecting the next beacon. Thus, the first beacon with
stable TBTT will not indicate adjustment anymore and peers will continue
tracking the new offset.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a debugfs file showing the rate at which
the last packet is received.
Signed-off-by: Saravana <saravanad@posedge.com>
[fix whitespace]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently the logic to fill a struct rate_info with
a STA's last RX rate is accessible only in the cfg.c.
As the RX rate calculation might be needed elsewhere,
split this out into a separate function.
Signed-off-by: Saravana <saravanad@posedge.com>
[fix various whitespace issues, reword commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a debugfs file showing the current tx rate.
The information available in the rc_stats file
doesn't evidently provides us the current tx rate.
This patch adds the support for the same.
Signed-off-by: Saravana <saravanad@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a debugfs file showing the signal strength
of the ack frame that is received for the
currently sent tx packet
Signed-off-by: Saravana <saravanad@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This fixes some unintended resets of the rate control statistics
when minstrel_ht is used resulting in non-optimal throughput on mesh
links.
Tested-by: Emanuel Taube <emanuel.taube@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If a driver registers an address mask we should ensure that no
interface gets an address assigned that isn't covered by the
registered address mask. This prevents invalid configurations
from reaching the device and causing problems.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
[change function flow to reduce indentation, fix locking]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Smatch complains that we could dereference skb later in the function.
It's probably unlikely, but we may as well return here and avoid it.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
[change summary]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the low-level driver wants to support P2P GO
powersave configuration, it must set the cfg80211
flags and mac80211 will pass the parameters to it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add some information that we have about VHT to radiotap.
This at least lets one see the MCS and NSS information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Determine the VHT channel from the AP's VHT operation IE
(if present) and configure the hardware to that channel
if it is supported. If channel contexts cause a channel
to not be usable, try a smaller bandwidth.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Felix Liao reported that when an interface is set DOWN
while another interface is executing a ROC, the warning
in ieee80211_start_next_roc() (about the first item on
the list having started already) triggers.
This is because ieee80211_roc_purge() calls it even if
it never actually changed the list of ROC items. To fix
this, simply remove the function call. If it is needed
then it will be done by the ieee80211_sw_roc_work()
function when the ROC item that is being removed while
active is cleaned up.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Felix Liao <Felix.Liao@watchguard.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To achieve this, limit the number of retries to
31 (instead of 255) and use the three bits that
are then free for VHT flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Convert mac80211 (and where necessary, some drivers a
little bit) to the new channel definition struct.
This will allow extending mac80211 for VHT, which is
currently restricted to channel contexts since there
are no drivers using that which makes it easier. As
I also don't care about VHT for drivers not using the
channel context API, I won't convert the previous API
to VHT support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Change nl80211 to support specifying a VHT (or HT)
using the control channel frequency (as before) and
new attributes for the channel width and first and
second center frequency. The old channel type is of
course still supported for HT.
Also change the cfg80211 channel definition struct
to support these by adding the relevant fields to
it (and removing the _type field.)
This also adds new helper functions:
- cfg80211_chandef_create to create a channel def
struct given the control channel and channel type,
- cfg80211_chandef_identical to check if two channel
definitions are identical
- cfg80211_chandef_compatible to check if the given
channel definitions are compatible, and return the
wider of the two
This isn't entirely complete, but that doesn't matter
until we have a driver using it. In particular, it's
missing
- regulatory checks on the usable bandwidth (if that
even makes sense)
- regulatory TX power (database can't deal with it)
- a proper channel compatibility calculation for the
new channel types
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of passing a channel pointer and channel type
to all functions and driver methods, pass a new channel
definition struct. Right now, this struct contains just
the control channel and channel type, but for VHT this
will change.
Also, add a small inline cfg80211_get_chandef_type() so
that drivers don't need to use the _type field of the
new structure all the time, which will change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As mwifiex (and mac80211 in the software case) are the
only drivers actually implementing remain-on-channel
with channel type, userspace can't be relying on it.
This is the case, as it's used only for P2P operations
right now.
Rather than adding a flag to tell userspace whether or
not it can actually rely on it, simplify all the code
by removing the ability to use different channel types.
Leave only the validation of the attribute, so that if
we extend it again later (with the needed capability
flag), it can't break userspace sending invalid data.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If ieee80211_prep_channel() decides that HT should be
disabled (because the HT IEs from the AP were invalid)
it will set the IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_HT to not send
HT capabilities to the AP when associating. If this
happens during authentication, the flag will be lost
and we send HT frames, even if the channel config was
set up for non-HT. This can lead to issues.
Fix this by always resetting the ifmgd flags to zero
when the channel context is released so that the flag
resetting in ieee80211_mgd_assoc() isn't necessary.
To make the code a bit easier move the call to release
the channel in ieee80211_set_disassoc() to the end of
the function together with the flag resetting (which
needs to be at the end to avoid timers setting flags.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use shortcut pointer instead where it is appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Return early if not a QoS Data frame.
Give proper documentation.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The debug message has to be printed also for an Auth message with
auth_sequence != 1. This helps understanding whether the two Auth
messages are exchanged correctly or not.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It does not make sense to keep a station alive if it is not authorised
at all. If IBSS/RSN is used it could also be the case that something
went wrong during the keys exchange and the stations ended up in a not
recoverable state.
By not updating last_rx we are giving the station a chance to be
deleted and to start the key exchange once again from scratch.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@open-mesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 checks the DS params IE if present and
uses it for the (primary) BSS channel, instead of the one
that the frame was received on. This is particularly useful
in the 2.4 GHz band since a frame is often received on one
of the adjacent channels due to overlap.
Move this code to cfg80211 so other drivers also do this.
Additionally, on 5 GHz, in particular with some (possibly)
upcoming changes in 802.11ai and duplicate transmissions
when wider channels are used, something similar happens.
So if present, also use the (primary) channel information
contained in the HT operation IE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the AP doesn't support HT, or more importantly if
it does but we have to disable it because its IEs are
broken, don't advertise HT support in our association
request. Otherwise, we configure our channel to be a
20 MHz non-HT channel but the AP might still think we
support HT, or even 40 MHz.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since the 11n spec amendment was rolled into the
2012 version, "11n" no longer makes sense. Use
"HT" instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the driver doesn't support 40 MHz channels, then
mac80211 erroneously sets number of RX chains to one
although the number of chains is independent of the
support for 40 MHz channels.
Fix this by checking the 40 MHz support only for the
code that sets the 40 MHz channel not the complete
HT code block.
This also means the HT20 channel type will always be
set in the changed code block so there's no need to
set it in case we override the AP due to invalid IEs
in the probe response/beacon.
The indentation is a bit quirky, but I'm rewriting
this code for VHT support so this will change again
very soon.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The radiotap vendor area in the skb head must be skipped
and accounted for in a few functions until it is removed.
I missed this in my patch, so a few places use this data
as though it was the 802.11 header, fix these places.
Reported-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Tested-by: Wojciech Dubowik <Wojciech.Dubowik@neratec.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Provide drivers with hooks to create debugfs files when
a new station is added. This would help drivers to take
advantage of mac80211's station list infrastructure and not maintain
tedious station management code internally.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
[ifdef inline wrapper functions]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Sujith reported warnings with suspend/resume due to
channel contexts. When I looked into it, I realised
that the code was completely broken as it unassigned
the channel contexts when suspending, which actually
means they are destroyed.
Eliad Peller then pointed out that we also need to
remove the channel contexts from the driver. When I
looked into this, I also noticed that the code isn't
handling the virtual monitor interface correctly (if
it exists.)
Fix this by calling just the driver methods (if they
are implemented) instead of using the channel context
management code. Also add reconfiguration for the
virtual monitor interface.
Reported-by: Sujith Manoharan <sujith@msujith.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers (e.g. wl12xx) might need to know the vif
to roc on (mainly in order to configure the
rx filters correctly).
Add the vif to the op params, and update the current
users (iwlwifi) to use the new api.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[fix hwsim]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In some cases, in particular for experimentation, it
can be useful to be able to add vendor namespace data
to received frames in addition to the normal radiotap
data.
Allow doing this through mac80211 by adding fields to
the RX status descriptor that describe the data while
the data itself is prepended to the frame.
Also add some example code to hwsim, but don't enable
it because it doesn't use a proper OUI identifier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS in the generic 802.11
header file and use it in place of STA_TID_NUM and
NUM_RX_DATA_QUEUES which are both really the number
of TIDs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During testing our mac80211 driver a fatal error occurred which was
signalled to mac80211. Upon performing the reconfiguration of the
device a WARN_ON was triggered. This warning checked the return value
of drv_add_chanctx(). However, this returns -EOPNOTSUPP when the
driver does not provide the callback. As the callback is optional
better check it is defined before calling drv_add_chanctx().
Signed-off-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Allow drivers to indicate their mactime is at RX completion and adjust
for this in mac80211. Also rename the existing RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU to
RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START to clarify its intent. Based on similar code by
Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
[fix docs, atheros drivers]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The check whether the IBSS is active and can be removed should be
performed before deinitializing the fields used for the check/search.
Otherwise, the configured BSS will not be found and removed properly.
To make it more clear for the future, rename sdata->u.ibss to the
local pointer ifibss which is used within the checks.
This behaviour was introduced by
f3209bea11
("mac80211: fix IBSS teardown race")
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Ignacy Gawedzki <i@lri.fr>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Fixes more wifi status skb leaks, leading to hostapd/wpa_supplicant hangs.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since channel contexts are usually present before
stations can be added to an interface, reassign
before stations them in reconfiguration as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
During hardware restart, all interfaces are iterated even
though they haven't been re-added to the driver, document
this behaviour. The same also happens during resume, which
is even more confusing since all of the interfaces were
previously removed from the driver. Make this optional so
drivers relying on the current behaviour can still use it,
but to let drivers that don't want this behaviour disable
it.
Also convert all API users, keeping the old semantics
except in hwsim, where the new normal ones are desired.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the driver requests a restart (reconfiguration) it
gets all the normal method calls, but can't really tell
why they're happening. Call a new restart_complete op
in the driver when the restart completes, so it could
keep its own state about the restart and clear it there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On resume or firmware recovery, mac80211 sends a null
data packet to see if the AP is still around and hasn't
disconnected us. However, it always does this even if
it wasn't even connected before, leading to a warning
in the new channel context code. Fix this by checking
that it's associated.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clearly the tracepoint drv_offchannel_tx was
forgotten when that functionality was removed,
remove it now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a debugfs file showing which HW queues were
allocated to a virtual interface, including the
CAB queue for AP interfaces.
Change-Id: I486924e961b6ad6785a79db09620919ee644e703
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the cipher suites need to be allocated, but this
allocation fails, this leaks the internal scan request.
Fix that by going to the correct error handling label.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
One error path in ieee80211_subif_start_xmit() will
double-free the SKB. Set it to NULL to prevent that.
This issue was introduced by my channel context
changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is needed since this file exports functions.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If kstrtoull() returns an error code (a value
smaller than zero), use it since it can be an
error other than -EINVAL.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Accessing sdata->vif.bss_conf.bssid without any
protection here is racy, use u.mgd.associated
instead and lock the correct mutex for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While connected to a GO, parse the P2P NoA attribute
and pass the CT Window and opportunistic powersave
parameters to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The commit:
commit 5e760230e4
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Nov 4 11:18:17 2011 +0100
cfg80211: allow registering to beacons
allowed only a single process to register for beacon events
per wiphy. This breaks cases where a user may want two or
more VIFs on a wiphy and run a seperate hostapd process on
each vif.
This patch allows multiple beacon listeners, fixing the
regression.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This new callback can be used to tune the rate to be used to send
multicast frames.
In the current state the multicast rate can be specified on IBSS/MESH
joining only. This makes it impossible to select a custom multicast
rate when then join command is sent by an external program (e.g.
wpa_supplicant)
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
These are accessed without a lock when ending STA PSM. If the
sta_cleanup timer accesses these lists at the same time, we might crash.
This may fix some mysterious crashes we had during
ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When userspace asks to deauthenticate and we're just
authenticated (or still authenticating) send a deauth
frame instead of deleting the auth request.
On the other hand, if we've just disassociated and
therefore deleted all our state already, drop the
deauth request because we no longer have a channel
context to send it on.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case that there is an unsupported band, the ie will be
unallocated and the free will crash.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers are not expected to handle it before drv_start has been called. It
will be called again after an interface has been brought up.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of using the pointer which can be re-used
fairly quickly due to allocator patterns and then
makes debugging difficult, maintain a counter and
use its value. Since it's a 64-bit value it can't
really wrap, but catch that case anyway since it
most likely points to a bug somewhere.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TX status reporting is done for both the
nl80211 report as well as the socket option.
The socket option is also reported when an
skb is dropped to guarantee that the copy in
the IDR tree is freed and status is reported
to userspace.
However, when a frame is dropped, no nl80211
status is reported. This can cause userspace
to stop making progress while waiting for a
status notification.
Combine the nl80211 and socket option status
reporting into a new function and call it in
both places -- when the status comes in from
the driver and when the skb is dropped.
While at it, also simplify the code in the
nl80211 portion a bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even before channel contexts/multi-channel, having a
single global TX power limit was already problematic,
in particular if two managed interfaces connected to
two APs with different power constraints. The channel
context introduction completely broke this though and
in fact I had disabled TX power configuration there
for drivers using channel contexts.
Change everything to track TX power per interface so
that different user settings and different channel
maxima are treated correctly. Also continue tracking
the global TX power though for compatibility with
applications that attempt to configure the wiphy's
TX power globally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TX power setting is currently per wiphy (hardware
device) but with multi-channel capabilities that doesn't
make much sense any more.
Allow drivers (and mac80211) to advertise support for
per-interface TX power configuration. When the TX power
is configured for the wiphy, the wdev will be NULL and
the driver can still handle that, but when a wdev is
given the TX power can be set only for that wdev now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The code to allow EAPOL frames even when the station
isn't yet marked associated needs to check that the
incoming frame is long enough and due to paged RX it
also can't assume skb->data contains the right data,
it must use skb_copy_bits(). Fix this to avoid using
data that doesn't really exist.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A number of places in the mesh code don't check that
the frame data is present and in the skb header when
trying to access. Add those checks and the necessary
pskb_may_pull() calls. This prevents accessing data
that doesn't actually exist.
To do this, export ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen() to be
able to use it in mac80211.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to pskb_may_pull() checking the skb length, all
non-management frames are checked on input whether
their 802.11 header is fully present. Also add that
check for management frames and remove a check that
is now duplicate. This prevents accessing skb data
beyond the frame end.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 'ssid' field of the cfg80211_ibss_params is a u8 pointer and
its length is likely to be less than IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN most
of the time.
This patch fixes the ssid copy in ieee80211_ibss_join() by using
the SSID length to prevent it from reading beyond the string.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[rewrapped commit message, small rewording]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on the driver, a lot of setup may be
necessary to start operating as an AP, some of
which may fail. Add an explicit AP start driver
method to make such failures easier to handle,
and add an AP stop driver method for symmetry.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since cfg80211 will now call the explicit stop_ap
operation when an AP interface goes down, move all
teardown code there and remove it from interface
handling. The only thing that needs to stay is the
code to dev_close() all dependent VLANs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Per IEEE Std. 802.11-2012, Sec 8.2.4.4.1, the sequence Control field is
not present in control frames. We noticed this problem when processing
Block Ack Requests.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Lopez <jlopex@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For a local variable there's no need to use the atomic
set_bit() operation, use __set_bit() instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Prior this fix, those frames were not received, nor forwarded. Fix
this to receive and not forward.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Doing otherwise is wrong, and may wreak havoc on the mpp tables,
specially if the frame is encrypted.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Chaoxing Lin <Chaoxing.Lin@ultra-3eti.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove a duplicate check in ieee80211_rx_mgmt_beacon,
there is no need to make again the same check for the
IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK twice; the two ifs can
be consolidated.
Signed-off-by: Rami Rosen <ramirose@gmail.com>
[reword commit message & break long lines and also
clean up variable]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of the current whitelist which accepts duplicates
only for the quiet and vendor IEs, use a blacklist of all
IEs (that we currently parse) that can't be duplicated.
This avoids detecting a beacon as corrupt in the future
when new IEs are added that can be duplicated.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Expose a function for the AES-CMAC subkey calculation
to drivers. This is the first step of the AES-CMAC
cipher key setup and may be required for CMAC hardware
offloading.
Signed-off-by: Assaf Krauss <assaf.krauss@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Before, a mesh STA would execute some code on behalf of AP or IBSS
beacons. Since the mesh stack currently does not consider anything but
other mesh STAs interesting, limit processing to just these and save a
little overhead.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
WDS is (currently) not allowed when channel
contexts are *supported*, not when they're
*not* supported. Fix the inverted test.
Reported-by: Ronald <ronald645@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Ronald <ronald645@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch prepares mac80211 for a later implementation of mesh or
ad-hoc powersave clients.
The structures related to powersave (buffer, TIM map, counters) are
moved from the AP-specific interface structure to a generic structure
that can be embedded into any interface type.
The functions related to powersave are prepared to allow easy
extension with different interface types. For example with:
+ } else if (sta->sdata->vif.type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT) {
+ ps = &sdata->u.mesh.ps;
Some references to the AP's beacon structure are removed where they
were obviously not used.
The patch compiles without warning and has been briefly tested as AP
interface with one client in PS mode.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the user wants to scan using a vif configured as AP,
cfg80211 must give him a chance to do it, even if this
will disrupt the stations performance due to off-channel
scanning. To do so, this patch adds a 'force' flag to the
SCAN_TRIGGER command which tells cfg80211 to perform the
scanning operation even if the vif is an AP and the
beaconing has already started.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The internal function mac80211_format_buffer() has a
printf-style argument list, so add the attribute to
have gcc verify that list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a number of unused variables that gcc
pointed out (when building with W=1) as well as
some conditions that can never be true due to
the datatypes used: unsigned values can't be
less than zero. Remove this code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no vendor-specific mesh sync implemented
and there don't need to be dummy handlers that
only print messages, so remove that code. While
at it, also constify the mesh sync ops.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Initialization of beacon transmission in IBSS mode depends
on whether a new BSS is being created or joined. When joining
an existing IBSS network, beaconing has to start only after
a TSF-sync has happened - this is explained in 11.1.4.
Introduce a new parameter in the BSS information structure to
indicate creator/joiner mode.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY flag in mac80211's scan state
machine to prematurely terminate scan operations if outbound
traffic collides. This is useful for marking background scans so
they don't affect throughput.
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
[set feature flag only if software scan is used]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The next patch will introduce a flag that is set
by default in cfg80211 so drivers and mac80211
need to use |= to set features they have so that
they don't clear the already-set feature.
We could set the flag in wiphy_register() instead
of wiphy_new() to avoid this patch, but then the
drivers couldn't *unset* flags they don't want to
use even though the implementation is generic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some changes to fix issues with HT40 APs in Korea
and follow-up changes to allow using HT40 even if
the local regulatory database disallows it caused
issues with iwlwifi (and could cause issues with
other devices); iwlwifi firmware would assert if
you tried to connect to an AP that has an invalid
configuration (e.g. using HT40- on channel 140.)
Fix this, while avoiding the "Korean AP" issue by
disabling HT40 and advertising HT20 to the AP
when connecting.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.6]
Reported-by: Florian Reitmeir <florian@reitmeir.org>
Tested-by: Florian Reitmeir <florian@reitmeir.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Save the AP's VHT capabilities (in managed
mode) and make them available to the driver
in the station information.
Unlike HT capabilities, they aren't restricted
to the common capabilities, so drivers must be
aware of their own capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
[fix endian conversion bug ...]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rename struct ieee80211_vht_capabilities to ieee80211_vht_cap
and renamed its member vht_capabilities_info to vht_cap_info.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
estab_plinks is not a statistics member. Hence move estab_plinks from
struct mesh_stat to struct ieee80211_if_mesh
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_sta_expire will be called by both IBSS and mesh
interfaces to account for inactive stations, so it would be more
appropriate to use sta_dbg instead of ibss_dbg.
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
SAE uses two rounds of Authentication frames and both rounds require
considerable calculation to be done. This commit extends the existing
station mode authentication request to allow more control for user
space programs to build the SAE fields and to run the authentication
step ones. Only the second round with authentication transaction
sequence 2 will result in moving to authenticated state.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This is useful when debugging authentication process issues.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Non-zero status code may be needed for Authentication frames, e.g.,
when using SAE.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers may need to iterate the active channel
contexts, export an iterator function to allow
that. To make it possible, use RCU-safe list
functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On each channel that the device is operating on, it
may need to listen using one or more chains depending
on the SMPS settings of the interfaces using it. The
previous channel context changes completely removed
this ability (before, it was available as the SMPS
mode).
Add per-context tracking of the required static and
dynamic RX chains and notify the driver on changes.
To achieve this, track the chains and SMPS mode used
on each virtual interface and update the channel
context whenever this changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of operating on a single channel only,
use the new channel context infrastructure in
all mac80211 code.
This enables drivers that want to use the new
channel context infrastructure to use multiple
channels, while nothing should change for all
the other drivers that don't support it.
Right now this disables both TX power settings
and spatial multiplexing powersave. Both need
to be re-enabled on a channel context basis.
Additionally, when channel contexts are used
drop the connection when channel switch is
received rather than trying to handle it. This
will have to be improved later.
[With fixes from Eliad and Emmanuel incorporated]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Depending on the driver, channel contexts may be used or
not. If they are used, the driver must have support for
hardware scan and remain-on-channel; otherwise the driver
must not advertise support for multiple channels.
Also prohibit WDS type interfaces when channel contexts
are to be used as there's no clear definition of which
channel they use.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reuse channels with compatible channel types. Some
channel types are compatible and can be used
concurrently.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel context pointer will be accessible on
both assign and unassign events.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Introduce channel context driver methods. The channel
on a context channel is immutable, but the channel type
and other properties can change.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Channel context are the foundation for multi-channel
operation. They are are immutable and are re-created
(or re-used if other interfaces are bound to a certain
channel and a compatible channel type) on channel
switching.
This is an initial implementation and more features
will come in separate patches.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
[some changes including RCU protection]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Free tx status skbs when draining power save buffers, pending frames, or
when tearing down a vif.
Fixes remaining conditions that can lead to hostapd/wpa_supplicant hangs when
running out of socket write memory.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fix corruption which can manifest itself by following crash
when switching on rfkill switch with rt2x00 driver:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/attachment.cgi?id=615362
Pointer key->u.ccmp.tfm of group key get corrupted in:
ieee80211_rx_h_michael_mic_verify():
/* update IV in key information to be able to detect replays */
rx->key->u.tkip.rx[rx->security_idx].iv32 = rx->tkip_iv32;
rx->key->u.tkip.rx[rx->security_idx].iv16 = rx->tkip_iv16;
because rt2x00 always set RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED, even if key is not TKIP.
We already check type of the key in different path in
ieee80211_rx_h_michael_mic_verify() function, so adding additional
check here is reasonable.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.0+
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Avoid situation when we are on associate state in mac80211 and
on disassociate state in cfg80211. This can results on crash
during modules unload (like showed on this thread:
http://marc.info/?t=134373976300001&r=1&w=2) and possibly other
problems.
Reported-by: Pedro Francisco <pedrogfrancisco@gmail.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A few places free skbs using dev_kfree_skb even though they're called
after ieee80211_subif_start_xmit might have cloned it for tracking tx
status. Use ieee80211_free_txskb here to prevent skb leaks.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The call to drv_get/set_tsf() was put on the workqueue to perform tsf
adjustments since that function might sleep. However it ended up inside
a spinlock, whose critical section must be atomic. Do tsf adjustment
outside the spinlock instead, and get rid of a warning.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The bits used in the mask were off-by-one and ended up masking PwrMgt,
MoreData, Protected fields instead of Retry, PwrMgt, MoreData. Fix this
and to mask the correct fields. While doing so, convert the code to mask
the full FC using IEEE80211_FCTL_* defines similarly to how CCMP AAD is
built.
Since BIP is used only with broadcast/multicast management frames, the
Retry field is always 0 in these frames. The Protected field is also
zero to maintain backwards compatibility. As such, the incorrect mask
here does not really cause any problems for valid frames. In theory, an
invalid BIP frame with Retry or Protected field set to 1 could be
rejected because of BIP validation. However, no such frame should show
up with standard compliant implementations, so this does not cause
problems in normal BIP use.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a station is removed and we stop the aggregation
sessions, it's not useful to send delBA since this is
due to us or the station disassociating or dropping
the connection in some other way, so change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When we disassociate, it's not really useful to
send delBA action frames since we're going to send
disassoc/deauth anyway, so change that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In the IBSS auth TX debug message the BSSID and DA
address are reversed, fix that.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Roger Rieunier <sylvain.roger.rieunier@gmail.com>
[reword commit message and make it fit 72 cols]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The suspend/resume code depends on CONFIG_PM, so
the reset debugfs file can only be made available
if that is enabled.
Fengguang Wu's zero-day build testing found this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Peer link which is blocked using the "iw mesh0 station
set <MAC addr> plink_action block" is previously not able
to re-open using "iw mesh0 station set <MAC addr>
plink_action open". This patch is intended to solve this.
If the station plink state remains at OPN_SNT once open,
try block and open again should solve this problem.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, mac80211 uses the power constraint IE, and reduces
the regulatory max TX power by it. This can cause issues if
the AP is advertising a large power constraint value matching
a high TX power in its country IE, for example in this case:
...
Country: US Environment: Indoor/Outdoor
...
Channels [157 - 157] @ 30 dBm
...
Power constraint: 13 dB
...
What happened here is that our local regulatory TX power is
15 dBm, and gets reduced by 13 dB so we end up with only
2 dBm effective TX power, which is way too low.
Instead, handle the country IE/power constraint IE combined
and restrict our TX power to the max of the regulatory power
and the maximum power advertised by the AP, in this case
17 dBm (= 30 dBm - 13 dB).
Also print a message when this happens to let the user know
and help us debug issues with it.
Reported-by: Carl A. Cook <CACook@quantum-equities.com>
Tested-by: Carl A. Cook <CACook@quantum-equities.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The functions are only called if CONFIG_PM is set
as the callers are under an ifdef, so there's no
need to also define no-op functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
skb->dev might contain a stale reference to a device that was already
deleted, and using it unchecked can lead to invalid pointer accesses.
Since this is only used for nl80211 tx, iterate over active interfaces
to find a match for skb->dev, and discard the tx status if the device
is gone.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mac80211 calls synchronize_rcu() on sta deletion,
which increase the roaming time significantly.
Convert it into a call_rcu() mechanism, in order
to avoid blocking. Since some of the cleanup
functions might sleep, schedule from the call_rcu
callback a new work that will do the actual cleanup.
In order to make sure the cleanup occurs before
the interface went down, flush local->workqueue
on ieee80211_do_stop().
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Mark keys that might be used to receive management
frames so drivers can fall back on software crypto
for them if they don't support hardware offload.
As the new flag is only set correctly for RX keys
and the existing IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT flag
can only affect TX, also rename the latter to
IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Whenever a host gets an AUTH frame it first allocates a new
station and then replies with another AUTH frame. However,
if sta allocations fails the host should send a DEAUTH frame
instead to tell the other end that something went wrong.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Move ieee80211_send_deauth_disassoc() to util.c to make it
available for the rest of the mac80211 code.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
removes unnecessary semicolon
Found by Coccinelle: http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/
Signed-off-by: Peter Senna Tschudin <peter.senna@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Split functionality for further reuse.
Will prevent code duplication when channel context
channel_type merging is introduced.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
__ieee80211_key_destroy() calls synchronize_rcu() in
order to sync the tx path before destroying the key.
However, synching the tx path can be done with
synchronize_net() as well, which is usually faster
(the timing might be important for roaming scenarios).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The power constraint IE is always a single byte
so check the size when parsing instead of later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Disconnect from the AP if channel switching in the
driver failed or if the new channel is unavailable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to keep a copy of the scheduled
scan IEs after the driver has been told, if it
requires a copy it must make one. Therefore, we
can move sched_scan_ies into the function.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull in mac80211.git to let the next patch apply
without conflicts, also resolving a hwsim conflict.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/mac80211_hwsim.c
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using list_move() instead of list_del() + list_add().
spatch with a semantic match is used to found this problem.
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
Signed-off-by: Wei Yongjun <yongjun_wei@trendmicro.com.cn>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Various small fixes for net/mac80211/cfg.c:mpath_set_pinfo():
Initialize *pinfo before filling members in, handle MESH_PATH_RESOLVED
correctly, and remove bogus assignment; result in correct display
of FLAGS values and meaningful EXPTIME for expired paths in iw utility.
Signed-off-by: Yoichi Shinoda <shinoda@jaist.ac.jp>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Doing so creates warnings, but the function is internal and
not part of the 802.11 docbooks, so it from kerneldoc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ifmgd->bssid wasn't cleared properly in some
auth/assoc failure cases, causing mac80211 and
the low-level driver to go out of sync.
Clear ifmgd->bssid on failure, and notify the driver.
Cc: stable@kernel.org # 3.4+
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
A P2P Device interface does not have a netdev, and is not
expected to be used for transmitting data, so there is no
need to assign hw queues for it.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Commit mac80211: avoid using synchronize_rcu in ieee80211_set_probe_resp
changed the return value when the probe response template is not present.
Revert to the earlier value of 1 - this fixes AP mode for drivers like
ath9k.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <c_manoha@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The destination address of unicast frames forwarded through a mesh gate
was being replaced with the broadcast address. Instead leave the
original destination address as the mesh DA. If the nexthop address is
not in the mpath table it will be resolved. If that fails, the frame
will be forwarded to known mesh gates.
Reported-by: Cedric Voncken <cedric.voncken@acksys.fr>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In multi-channel scenarios, the channel that we will
transmit a probe request on isn't always the current
channel (which will be NULL anyway) but will instead
be the channel that the AP is on. Pass the channel
to the ieee80211_send_probe_req() function so it can
be used in the different scenarios. The scan code
continues to pass the current channel, of course.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The optimisation of scanning only on the current
channel should check the operating channel. Also
modify it to compare channel pointer rather than
the frequency.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Even for single-channel devices it is possible that we
switch the channel temporarily (e.g. for scanning) but
while doing so process a received frame that was still
received on the old channel, so checking the current
band is racy. Use the band from status instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
With the move to multi-channel and away from
drv_config(), hw.conf.channel will not always
be set, only for devices using the current API
instead of the new channel context APIs. Check
the channel is set before adding its frequency
to the trace data.
Also break some overly long lines in the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the
temporary channel if the station is added from the
workqueue while the device is already on another
channel. Use oper_channel instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using local->_oper_channel_type in the mesh code is
completely wrong as this value is the combination
of the various interface channel types and can be
a different value from the mesh interface in case
there are multiple virtual interfaces.
Use sdata->vif.bss_conf.channel_type instead as it
tracks the per-vif channel type.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to use a single scratch buffer and
calculate offsets into it, just use two separate
buffers for the separate variables.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some devices like the current iwlwifi implementation
require that the P2P interface address match the P2P
Device address (only one P2P interface is supported.)
Add the HW flag IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF
that allows drivers to request that P2P Interfaces
added while a P2P Device is active get the same MAC
address by default.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
After cfg80211 got a P2P Device abstraction, add
support to mac80211. Whether it really is supported
or not will depend on whether or not the driver has
support for it, but mac80211 needs to change to be
able to support drivers that need a P2P Device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to support using a different MAC address
for the P2P Device address we must first have a
P2P Device abstraction that can be assigned a MAC
address.
This abstraction will also be useful to support
offloading P2P operations to the device, e.g.
periodic listen for discoverability.
Currently, the driver is responsible for assigning
a MAC address to the P2P Device, but this could be
changed by allowing a MAC address to be given to
the NEW_INTERFACE command.
As it has no associated netdev, a P2P Device can
only be identified by its wdev identifier but the
previous patches allowed using the wdev identifier
in various APIs, e.g. remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to declare the function in the
header file since it's only used in a single
place, so make it static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The channel switch IE has a fixed size, so we can
discard it in parsing if it's not the right size
and use the right struct pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The time until the channel switch is in TU,
not in milliseconds, so use TU_TO_EXP_TIME()
to correctly program the timer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Clean up the CSA handling code by moving some
of it out of the if and using a C99 initializer
for the struct passed to the driver method.
While at it, also add a comment that we should
wait for a beacon after switching the channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Support getting A-MPDU status information from the
drivers and reporting it to userspace via radiotap
in the standard fields.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In IBSS it is possible that the supported rates set for a station changes over
time (e.g. it gets first initialised as an empty set because of no available
information about rates and updated later). In this case the driver has to be
notified about the change in order to update its internal table accordingly (if
needed).
This behaviour is needed by all those drivers that handle rc internally but
leave stations management to mac80211
Reported-by: Gui Iribarren <gui@altermundi.net>
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
[Johannes - add docs, validate IBSS mode only, fix compilation]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use skb_queue_walk_safe instead, and fix a few issues:
- didn't free old skbs on moving
- didn't react to failed skb alloc
- needlessly held a local pointer to the destination frame queue
- didn't check destination queue length before adding skb
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since all we really want is just to iterate over all skbs, do just that
and avoid (de)queueing to a clusmy tmpq.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This could take a while (100ms+) and may delay sending assoc resp
in AP mode with WPS or P2P GO (as setting the probe resp takes place
there). We've encountered situations where the delay was big enough
to cause connection problems with devices like Galaxy Nexus.
Switch to using call_rcu with a free handler.
[Arik - rework to use plain buffer and instead of skb]
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify is called everytime a peer link is established
or closed, because the accepting_plinks flag in the meshconf IE *might* have changed.
With this patch the corresponding functions return the BSS_CHANGED_BEACON flag when a beacon update is necessary.
Also it makes mesh_accept_plinks_update the common place to update the accepting_plinks flag.
mesh_accept_plinks_update is called upon plink change and also periodically from ieee80211_mesh_housekeeping.
Thus, it also picks up changes of local->num_sta.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@etit.tu-chemnitz.de>
Acked-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Although adding an IE is almost guaranteed to succeed since we already
accounted for its length while allocating the skb, we should still free
the skb in case of failure.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It doesn't make a lot of sense to wait for an ack in response to a
peering close frame since either peer in this exchange could be going
down.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This function was only used by mesh, and not really needed since any
interface-specific cleanup already happens in the netdev handlers.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It is not necessary to stop the mesh beacon in the mac80211 ndo_stop
handler, since cfg80211 has already left the mesh on NETDEV_GOING_DOWN
notification.
Also some improvements to ieee80211_stop_mesh():
- flush mpath entries.
- flush sta entries per-sdata so we don't remove entries belonging to
other vifs on the same hw.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The mesh path timer needs to be canceled when
leaving the mesh as otherwise it could fire
after the interface has been removed already.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's a corner case that can happen when we
suspend with a timer running, then resume and
disconnect. If we connect again, suspend and
resume we might start timers that shouldn't be
running. Reset the timer flags to avoid this.
This affects both mesh and managed modes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When associating anew, the old station MLME flags should
be cleared. The only exception is the 40 MHz disable
flag as it might have been set while the channel was set
in a previous authentication attempt so it needs to be
kept intact.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Enable the carrier on WDS type interfaces only
after having added the station entry for the
WDS peer so outgoing frames will find it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of assuming the carrier is on all
the time in mesh manage it with joining
and leaving the mesh.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since we only need the band, remove the channel
pointer from struct ieee80211_tx_data and also
assign it properly, depending on context, to the
correct operating or current channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When sending probe requests, e.g. during software scanning,
these will go out on the *current* channel, so their IEs
need to be built from the current channel. At other times,
e.g. for beacons or probe request templates, the IEs will
be used on the *operating* channel and using the current
channel instead might result in errors.
Add the appropriate parameters to respect the difference.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the
temporary channel if any function like the beacon
get function is called while scanning or during
other temporary out-of-channel activities.
Use oper_channel instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the
temporary channel if any function like the beacon
get function is called while scanning or during
other temporary out-of-channel activities.
Use oper_channel instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the
temporary channel if any function like the beacon
get function is called while scanning or during
other temporary out-of-channel activities.
Use oper_channel instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Using hw.conf.channel is wrong as it could be the
temporary channel if any function like the beacon
get function is called while scanning or during
other temporary out-of-channel activities.
Use oper_channel instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There's no need to set up the channel during auth
and again during assoc, just do it once. Currently
this doesn't result in any changes since calling
hw_config() with an unchanged channel will return
early, but with the channel context work this has
an impact on channel context assignment.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In ieee80211_prep_connection(), the station (if not NULL)
is the new station (representing the AP) that needs to be
added. Rename the variable to "new_sta" to clarify this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If HT/VHT isn't supported by us we shouldn't print
a message that we disabled it, do that only if the
AP didn't support WMM and we therefore disable it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Remove the control.sta pointer from ieee80211_tx_info to free up
sufficient space in the TX skb control buffer for the upcoming
Transmit Power Control (TPC).
Instead, the pointer is now on the stack in a new control struct
that is passed as a function parameter to the drivers' tx method.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Signed-off-by: Alina Friedrichsen <x-alina@gmx.net>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
[reworded commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Currently, ps mode is indicated per device (rather than
per interface), which doesn't make a lot of sense.
Moreover, there are subtle bugs caused by the inability
to indicate ps change along with other changes
(e.g. when the AP deauth us, we'd like to indicate
CHANGED_PS | CHANGED_ASSOC, as changing PS before
notifying about disassociation will result in null-packets
being sent (if IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS) while
the sta is already disconnected.)
Keep the current per-device notifications, and add
parallel per-vif notifications.
In order to keep it simple, the per-device ps and
the per-vif ps are orthogonal - the per-vif ps
configuration is determined only by the user
configuration (enable/disable) and the connection
state, and is not affected by other vifs state and
(temporary) dynamic_ps/offchannel operations
(unlike per-device ps).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This doesn't make any sense since we are expected to be on
the medium or at least to Tx only when we are on the right
channel and the AP/GO can hear us.
Move the call to mgd_prepare_tx() for deauth to be only
done in case we're sending a deauth while not associated.
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the HW is monitoring connection loss (as advertised
by IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR) but not filtering
beacons (IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER) then mac80211 will
still start the beacon loss timer and if a few beacons
are lost, e.g. due to scanning, drop the connection.
If the hardware doesn't advertise connection monitoring,
then it won't drop the connection right away but probe
the AP, which is intended, but due to the logic in the
timer when connection monitoring is done it assumes the
connection was actually lost.
Fix this problem by not starting the timer when the HW
does connection monitoring.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Insert VHT IEs into association frames to allow
mac80211 to connect as a VHT client.
Signed-off-by: Mahesh Palivela <maheshp@posedge.com>
[clarify commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Rate control is re-initialized whenever a beacon from a mesh
peer received, breaking the algorithms and resulting in low
performance. Return early from mesh_peer_init if we already
established a link with this peer to avoid this.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[clarify commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_request_sched_scan_stop() cleared
local->sched_scan_sdata. However, sched_scan_sdata
should be cleared only after the driver calls
ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() (like with normal hw scan).
Clearing sched_scan_sdata too early caused
ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped_work to exit prematurely
without properly cleaning all the sched scan resources
and without calling cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped (so
userspace wasn't notified about sched scan completion).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Pull LED subsystem update from Bryan Wu.
* 'for-3.6-rc1' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/cooloney/linux-leds: (50 commits)
leds-lp8788: forgotten unlock at lp8788_led_work
LEDS: propagate error codes in blinkm_detect()
LEDS: memory leak in blinkm_led_common_set()
leds: add new lp8788 led driver
LEDS: add BlinkM RGB LED driver, documentation and update MAINTAINERS
leds: max8997: Simplify max8997_led_set_mode implementation
leds/leds-s3c24xx: use devm_gpio_request
leds: convert Network Space v2 LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert DAC124S085 LED driver to devm_kzalloc()
leds: convert LM3530 LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert TCA6507 LED driver to devm_kzalloc()
leds: convert Freescale MC13783 LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert ADP5520 LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert PCA955x LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert Sun Fire LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert PCA9532 LED driver to devm_kzalloc()
leds: convert LT3593 LED driver to devm_kzalloc()
leds: convert Renesas TPU LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert LP5523 LED driver to devm_kzalloc() and cleanup error exit path
leds: convert PCA9633 LED driver to devm_kzalloc()
...
Rename leds external interface led_brightness_set() to led_set_brightness().
This is the second phase of the change to reduce confusion between the
leds internal and external interfaces that set brightness. With this change,
now the external interface is led_set_brightness(). The first phase renamed
the internal interface led_set_brightness() to __led_set_brightness().
There are no changes to the interface implementations.
Signed-off-by: Shuah Khan <shuahkhan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan Wu <bryan.wu@canonical.com>
When AP interface is going down, the stations
are flushed (in ieee80211_do_stop()) only after
the beaconing was stopped.
However, drivers might rely on stations being
removed before the beaconing was stopped, in
order to clean up properly.
Fix it by flushing the stations on ap stop.
(we already do the same for other interface
types, e.g. in ieee80211_set_disassoc())
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
on disassoc, ieee80211_set_disassoc() goes out of PS
before indicating BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC (not sure why this
is needed, but some drivers might count on the current
behavior).
However, it does it after sending the disassoc
frame, which results in null-data frame being sent
(in order to go out of ps) after we were already sent
the disassoc, which is invalid.
Fix it by going out of ps before sending the disassoc.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit "mac80211: unify SW/offload remain-on-channel"
moved the cookie assignment from ieee80211_mgmt_tx()
to ieee80211_start_roc_work(). But the latter is only
called where offchannel is needed. If offchannel isn't
needed/used, a uninitialized cookie value would be returned
to userspace.
This patch sets the cookie value when offchannel isn't used.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This essentially reverts commit 2e165b8184 but
introduces the get_channel operation with a new
wireless_dev argument so that you can retrieve
the channel per interface. This is necessary as
even though we can track all interface channels
(except monitor) we can't track the channel type
used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This reverts commit 870d37fc22.
This code doesn't work as cfg80211 will call
set_monitor_enabled at the wrong time and it
doesn't seem to be possible to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
roc is destroyed then roc->started is referenced. Keep a local cache.
Signed-off-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the virtual monitor interface is requested
by the driver, it should also be iterated over
when the driver wants to iterate all active
interfaces.
To allow that protect it with the iflist_mtx.
Change-Id: I58ac5de2f4ce93d12c5a98ecd2859f60158d5d69
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When sample_idx is set to a value other than -1 it activates
the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE flag which disables
frame aggregation. To allow frame aggregation during fixed
rate it is necessary to set max_tp_rate, max_tp_rate2 and
max_prob_rate instead of sample_idx.
Signed-off-by: Sylvain Roger Rieunier <sylvain.roger.rieunier@gmail.com>
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When drop_unencrypted is enabled and MFP is disabled,
non-robust management frames for not-yet associated STA are dropped.
This isn't visible as many management frames sent from the kernel
have TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT set and management frames injected
from a monitor vif have TX_CTL_INJECTED so aren't dropped.
But management frames sent from userspace via NL80211_CMD_FRAME
do not have this flag set, so are dropped.
This patch make it always accept non-robust management frames.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The "no key" case in key selection that decides
whether to drop the frame or not is impossible
to understand, restructure the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
[cavallar@lri.fr: removed blank line and restructured action frame clause]
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Some drivers (iwlegacy, iwlwifi and rt2x00) today use the
bss_conf.last_tsf value. By itself though that value is
completely worthless since it may be ancient. What really
is needed is synchronisation between some device time and
the TSF.
To clarify this, rename bss_conf.last_tsf to sync_tsf and
add sync_device_ts which is obtained from rx_status which
gets a new field device_timestamp for this purpose. This
is intentionally not using the mactime field since that
is used for other things and in IBSS is expected to sync
with the IBSS's TSF which isn't necessarily true for the
device timestamp.
Also, since we have the information and it's useful even
before the connection has been established, give all the
timing details to the driver before authenticating.
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Scan receive is rather inefficient when there are
multiple virtual interfaces. We iterate all of the
virtual interfaces and then notify cfg80211 about
each beacon many times.
Redesign scan RX to happen before everything else.
Then we can also get rid of IEEE80211_RX_IN_SCAN
since we don't have to accept frames into the RX
handlers for scanning or scheduled scanning any
more. Overall, this simplifies the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Instead of tracking whether or not we're in a
scheduled scan, track the virtual interface
(sdata) in an RCU-protected pointer to make it
usable from RX to check the MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Making the scan_sdata pointer usable with RCU makes
it possible to dereference it in the RX path to see
if a received frame actually matches the interface
that is scanning. This is just preparations, making
the pointer __rcu.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The function building probe-request IEs does not validate the band is
supported before dereferencing it. This can result in a panic when
all bands are traversed, as done during sched-scan start.
Warn when this happens and return an empty probe request. Also fix
sched-scan to not waste memory on unsupported bands.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The new P2P Device will have to be able to scan for
P2P search, so move scanning to use struct wireless_dev
instead of struct net_device.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In order to be able to create P2P Device wdevs, move
the virtual interface management over to wireless_dev
structures.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem of unreachable mesh STA from
Distribution System (DS) due to the introduction of previous
patch solving the mesh STA joining from one MBSS to another
MBSS.
Reported-by: Georgiewskiy Yuriy <bottleman@icf.org.ru>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
net/batman-adv/bridge_loop_avoidance.c
net/batman-adv/bridge_loop_avoidance.h
net/batman-adv/soft-interface.c
net/mac80211/mlme.c
With merge help from Antonio Quartulli (batman-adv) and
Stephen Rothwell (drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c).
The net/mac80211/mlme.c conflict seemed easy enough, accounting for a
conversion to some new tracing macros.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Fix incorrect start markers, wrapped summary lines, missing section
breaks, incorrect separators, and some name mismatches.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee802_1d_to_ac is defined as a const int[8],
but the tid parameter has a range from 0 to 15.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If association failed due to internal error (e.g. no
supported rates IE), we call ieee80211_destroy_assoc_data()
with assoc=true, while we actually reject the association.
This results in the BSSID not being zeroed out.
After passing assoc=false, we no longer have to call
sta_info_destroy_addr() explicitly. While on it, move
the "associated" message after the assoc_success check.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org [3.4+]
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
msp has type struct minstrel_ht_sta_priv not struct minstrel_ht_sta.
(This incorporates the fixup originally posted as "mac80211: fix kzalloc
memory corruption introduced in minstrel_ht". -- JWL)
Reported-by: Fengguang Wu <wfg@linux.intel.com>
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The management frame and remain-on-channel APIs will be
needed in the P2P device abstraction, so move them over
to the new wdev-based APIs. Userspace can still use both
the interface index and wdev identifier for them so it's
backward compatible, but for the P2P Device wdev it will
be able to use the wdev identifier only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This API call was intended to be used by drivers
if they want to optimize key handling by removing
one key when another is added. Remove it since no
driver is using it. If needed, it can always be
added back.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_mlme_notify_scan_completed() iterates all
interfaces and doesn't need to assign anything to
the sdata variable before the loop.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When the AC parameters change, drivers might rely
on getting a bss_info_changed notification with
BSS_CHANGED_QOS in addition to the conf_tx call.
Always call the function when userspace updates
are made (in AP/GO modes) and also set the change
flag when updates were made by the AP (in managed
mode.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Because ieee80211_tx_status in status.c checks if
outgoing BlockAck requests have been acked, it is
necessary to tell the driver that tx feedback for
this sort of frame is important.
Otherwise, the stack will continue to send the same
BlockAck request over and over, which can cause
the receiver to flush or clean its reorder buffer
over and over.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Larry (and some others I think) reported that with
single-queue drivers mac80211 crashes when waking
the queues. This happens because we allocate just
a single queue for each virtual interface in case
the driver doesn't have at least 4 queues, but the
code stopping/waking the virtual interface queues
wasn't taking this into account.
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If the interfaces were removed just before a restart
work was started, open_count will be 0, and most of
the reconfig work will be skipped, including the
resetting of local->in_reconfig to false.
Leaving local->inconfig = true will result in
dropping any incoming packet.
Fix it by always setting local->in_reconfig = false
(even if there are no active interfaces).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Due to the way the default key links are created,
it happens that a link is left dangling:
* both unicast/multicast links are created
* unicast link is destroyed, and the links
are updated
* during this update, adding the multicast
link again fails because it is present,
destroying the debugfs pointer
* removing the multicast link won't work as
the pointer has been destroyed
Fix this by always removing the links and then
re-creating them if needed.
Reported-by: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
Reported-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some drivers require setup before being able to send
management frames in managed mode, in particular in
multi-channel cases.
Introduce API to allow the drivers to do such setup
while being able to sleep waiting for the setup to
finish in the device. This isn't possible inside the
TX call since that can't sleep.
A future patch may also restructure the TX retry to
wait for the driver to report the frame status, as
suggested by Arik in
http://mid.gmane.org/CA+XVXffKSEL6ZQPQ98x-zO-NL2=TNF1uN==mprRyUmAaRn254g@mail.gmail.com
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES can be reduced from 5 to 4 as there
is no current hardware supporting a rate chain with 5 multi
rate stages (mrr), so 4 mrr stages are sufficient.
The memory that is freed within the ieee80211_tx_info struct
will be used in the upcoming Transmission Power Control (TPC)
implementation.
Suggested-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Huehn <thomas@net.t-labs.tu-berlin.de>
[reword commit message]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The implementation of tx_frags is buggy due to
not handling queue stop, and there's no driver
implementing it so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add enumerations for both cfg80211 and nl80211.
This expands wiphy.bands etc. arrays.
Extend channel <-> frequency translation to cover 60g band
and modify the rate check logic since there are no legacy
mandatory rates (only MCS is used.)
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Kondratiev <qca_vkondrat@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Drivers might need getting the probe request
(e.g. in order to extract the ssid) even during
auth/assoc.
Make ieee80211_ap_probereq_get() support it
by considering auth_data/assoc_data as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
We do not need it anymore since cfg80211 tracks
monitor channel and monitor channel type.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Use cfg80211 the new .set_monitor_enabled instead
of tracking it inside mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/caif/caif_hsi.c
drivers/net/usb/qmi_wwan.c
The qmi_wwan merge was trivial.
The caif_hsi.c, on the other hand, was not. It's a conflict between
1c385f1fdf ("caif-hsi: Replace platform
device with ops structure.") in the net-next tree and commit
39abbaef19 ("caif-hsi: Postpone init of
HIS until open()") in the net tree.
I did my best with that one and will ask Sjur to check it out.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
beacon_ies is needed only in order to extract the dtim
period. However, even if it's missing we can still enter
ps with dtim=1 (which also happens if the TIM ie is invalid).
Most drivers don't use conf.max_sleep_period/ps_dtim_period
anyway, and this check prevents them from entering ps if
they don't have beacon (but only probe response), even though
the beacon is not needed at all.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
On deauth/disassoc we tear down all BA sessions. These
DELBA packets are sent on the appropriate TID, while
deauth/disassoc is always sent on VO. This sometimes
ends with the DELBA being sent after the deauth was
already sent.
Fix it by flushing all the pending frames before
sending deauth/disassoc.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This and ieee80211_add_ext_srates_ie() aren't
exported, so can't be used by drivers anyway,
but there's also no reason that they should be
so make them private to mac80211 and use sdata
instead of vif arguments.
Acked-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When receiving an "individually addressed" action frame, the
receiver is required to return it to the sender. mac80211
gets this wrong as it also returns group addressed (mcast)
frames to the sender. Fix this and update the reference to
the new 802.11 standards version since things were shuffled
around significantly.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When CONFIG_PM is disabled, no device can possibly
support WoWLAN since it can't go to sleep to start
with. Due to this, mac80211 had even rejected the
hardware registration. By making all the code and
data for WoWLAN depend on CONFIG_PM we can promote
this runtime error to a compile-time error.
Add #ifdef around all WoWLAN code to remove it in
systems that don't need it as they never suspend.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Since it's not called from any file outside where
it's defined, the function can be static if moved
up in the file before the callers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface() need not use the
netdev. Remove the use of the netdev here to prepare
the function for P2P device addition.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
It can be very useful to have all debug messages
available when debugging, but hard to correlate
between different sources, so add a trace event
for all mac80211 debug messages.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
There are a few things that make the logging and
debugging in mac80211 less useful than it should
be right now:
* a lot of messages should be pr_info, not pr_debug
* wholesale use of pr_debug makes it require *both*
Kconfig and dynamic configuration
* there are still a lot of ifdefs
* the style is very inconsistent, sometimes the
sdata->name is printed in front
Clean up everything, introducing new macros and
separating out the station MLME debugging into
a new Kconfig symbol.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
For better debugging, we would like to have
the sdata pointer available later, so pass
it into these functions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The TKIP code hasn't been changed in a very long
time, so it seems unlikely that anyone really has
a need for the TKIP debug code. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
ieee80211_set_disassoc() clears ifmgd->bssid before
building DELBA frames, resulting in frames with invalid
bssid ("00:00:00:00:00:00").
Fix it by clearing ifmgd->bssid only after building
all the needed frames.
After this change, we no longer need to save the
bssid (before clearing it), so remove the local array.
Reported-by: Ido Yariv <ido@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Get current rssi (in dBm) from the driver/FW.
Instead of reporting the signal received in the last
rx packet, which might be inaccurate if rx traffic is
low and beacon filtering is enabled, get the signal
from the driver/FW.
Signed-off-by: Victor Goldenshtein <victorg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
When a remain-on-channel item is deleted, we remove it
from the list and then start the next item. However,
if it wasn't actually the first item then calling
ieee80211_start_next_roc() is wrong as it will start
the first item -- even if that was already started.
Fix the two places that do this and add a warning to
prevent the problem from reoccurring.
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Set the necessary flags to allow user space applications
to register for authentication frames on IBSS interfaces.
This is useful for situations where userspace applications
want to control key negotiation between stations.
Signed-off-by: Will Hawkins <hawkinsw@opentechinstitute.org>
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Check the auth frame registration count before sending
"open system" authentication messages when a new station
registers on a particular IBSS network. This stops us
from sending out multiple authentication messages with
different authentication algorithms.
Signed-off-by: Will Hawkins <hawkinsw@opentechinstitute.org>
[reword commit message a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Track userspace registrations for authentication
frames received on an IBSS interface. This field
will be used to decide whether or not to send
"open system" authentication frames when a new
station joins an adhoc network.
Signed-off-by: Will Hawkins <hawkinsw@opentechinstitute.org>
[redesign the code flow a bit]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In case the driver suspend callback fails, mac80211 is left
with stopped queues which prevents any further traffic as well
as all STAs are left marked with WLAN_STA_BLOCK_BA which will
cause any further ADDBA requests to be declined. Fix it by
undoing both before returning from __iee80211_suspend.
Reported-by: Vitaly Wool <vitalywool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Save and configure the wmm_acm per sdata, rather than
per hardware.
If wmm_acm is saved per hardware when running two
interfaces simultaneously on the same hardware one
interface's wmm policy will be affected by the other
interface.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If an AP is beaconing with different capabilities than the one we get
in the associate response, we were still using the capabilities
received in the beacons. One example is when the AP is beaconing with
the short slot bit set to zero and then we try to connect to it with
long slot. In this case, we would keep using long slot until the next
beacon was received.
Fix this by using the correct capability value when calling
ieee80211_handle_bss_capability(). We were using cbss->capability,
but we should use the bss_conf->assoc_capability instead.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some compilers (eg. gcc 4.4.1 for ARM) report a false positive warning
in mlme.c:
net/mac80211/mlme.c: In function 'ieee80211_prep_connection':
net/mac80211/mlme.c:3035: warning: 'sta' may be used uninitialized in this function
This is a false positive because the place where 'sta' is used is
inside an if with the same condition of where it is set:
[...]
if (!have_sta) {
sta = sta_info_alloc(sdata, cbss->bssid, GFP_KERNEL);
if (!sta)
return -ENOMEM;
}
[...]
if (!have_sta) {
[...]
sta->sta.supp_rates[cbss->channel->band] = rates;
[...]
For some reason the compiler doesn't understand this and warns.
While this is not a problem in the code itself, we can avoid polluting
the build logs with false positives by setting sta to NULL on
declaration and checking for sta instead of !have_sta in the second if.
Reported-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
The 'tell_ap' argument is always true. So that remove it
and simplify the function.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes the problem of dropping RANN element if the TTL
is 1. If the received RANN element TTL is 1 or greater than 1, the
RANN is processed. However, forwarding of received RANN element
with TTL 1 or less is prohibited according to the standard. This
is previously reported by Monthadar Al Jaberi.
Besides, this patch also avoid the processing of unicast PREQ
generation if the RANN element does not meet the acceptance
criteria mentioned in Sec. 13.10.12.4.2 of IEEE Std. 802.11-2012.
Reported-by: Monthadar Al Jaberi <monthadar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Some APs experience problems when working with U-APSD. Decrease the
probability of that happening by using legacy mode for all ACs but VO.
The AP that caused us troubles was a Cisco 4410N. It ignores our
setting, and always treats non-VO ACs as legacy.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
While HW reconfig is in progress, drop all incoming Rx. This prevents
incoming packets from changing the internal state of the driver or
calling callbacks of the low level driver while it is in inconsistent
state.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
This patch fixes the wrong assignment of mesh element TTL.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
As defined in section 13.10.9.3 Case D (802.11-2012), this
control variable is used to limit the mesh STA to send only
one PREQ to a root mesh STA within this interval of time
(in TUs). The default value for this variable is set to
2000 TUs. However, for current implementation, the maximum
configurable of dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval is
restricted by dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
mesh_path_root_timer is invoked once the dot11MeshHWMPRootMode
is larger than 1. This patch also adds the backward compatible
to the previous setting on dot11MeshHWMPRootMode. If the user
configures as follow, it will still trigger the proactive RANN
with Gate Announcement.
iw mesh0 set mesh_param mesh_hwmp_rootmode 1
iw mesh0 set mesh_param mesh_gate_announcements 1
similar to the following setting:
iw mesh0 set mesh_param mesh_hwmp_rootmode 4
iw mesh0 set mesh_param mesh_gate_announcements 1
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Generate the proactive PREP element in Proactive PREQ mode as
defined in Sec. 13.10.10.3 (Case D) of IEEE Std. 802.11-2012.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Generate the proactive PREQ element as defined in
Sec. 13.10.9.3 (Case C) of IEEE Std. 802.11-2012
based on the selection of dot11MeshHWMPRootMode as follow:
dot11MeshHWMPRootMode (2) is proactivePREQnoPREP
dot11MeshHWMPRootMode (3) is proactivePREQwithPREP
The proactive PREQ is generated based on the interval
defined by dot11MeshHWMProotInterval.
With this change, proactive RANN element is now generated
if the dot11MeshHWMPRootMode is set to (4) instead of (1).
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add the mesh configuration parameters dot11MeshHWMProotInterval
and dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout to be used by
proactive PREQ mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
[line-break commit log]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
If you add a monitor interface in parallel to a normal interface
mac80211 will let you to change the channel type on the monitor
interface even if you are connected. Add an explicit check to
disallow this.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
[fix typo in commit log, use sdata instead of netdev]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Stop connection monitor poll during disassociation.
This clears the polling flags and if a scan was
deferred it will be run.
Without this fix, if a scan was deferred due to
connection monitoring while disassociation happens,
this scan blocks further scan requests until interface
down/up which causes problems connecting to another AP.
Signed-off-by: David Spinadel <david.spinadel@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Otherwise, we might call the driver callback before
the interface was uploaded.
Solves the following warning:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/driver-ops.h:12 ieee80211_set_bitrate_mask+0xbc/0x18c [mac80211]()
wlan0: Failed check-sdata-in-driver check, flags: 0x0
Modules linked in: wlcore_sdio wl12xx wl18xx wlcore mac80211 cfg80211 [last unloaded: cfg80211]
[<c001b964>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x12c) from [<c0495550>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24)
[<c0495550>] (dump_stack+0x20/0x24) from [<c003ee28>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x5c/0x74)
[<c003ee28>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x5c/0x74) from [<c003eefc>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x40/0x48)
[<c003eefc>] (warn_slowpath_fmt+0x40/0x48) from [<bf5c1ad0>] (ieee80211_set_bitrate_mask+0xbc/0x18c [mac80211])
[<bf5c1ad0>] (ieee80211_set_bitrate_mask+0xbc/0x18c [mac80211]) from [<bf575960>] (nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask+0x350/0x358 [cfg80211])
[<bf575960>] (nl80211_set_tx_bitrate_mask+0x350/0x358 [cfg80211]) from [<c03e9e94>] (genl_rcv_msg+0x1a8/0x1e8)
[<c03e9e94>] (genl_rcv_msg+0x1a8/0x1e8) from [<c03e9164>] (netlink_rcv_skb+0x5c/0xc0)
[<c03e9164>] (netlink_rcv_skb+0x5c/0xc0) from [<c03e9ce0>] (genl_rcv+0x28/0x34)
[<c03e9ce0>] (genl_rcv+0x28/0x34) from [<c03e8e74>] (netlink_unicast+0x158/0x234)
[<c03e8e74>] (netlink_unicast+0x158/0x234) from [<c03e93e0>] (netlink_sendmsg+0x218/0x298)
[<c03e93e0>] (netlink_sendmsg+0x218/0x298) from [<c03b4e5c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xa4/0xc0)
[<c03b4e5c>] (sock_sendmsg+0xa4/0xc0) from [<c03b5af4>] (__sys_sendmsg+0x1d8/0x254)
[<c03b5af4>] (__sys_sendmsg+0x1d8/0x254) from [<c03b5ca8>] (sys_sendmsg+0x4c/0x70)
[<c03b5ca8>] (sys_sendmsg+0x4c/0x70) from [<c0013980>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x3c)
Note that calling the driver can also result
in undefined behaviour since it doesn't have
to deal with calls while down.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
[removed timestamps, added note - Johannes]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
In my redesign of remain-on-channel I forgot
that an item could be cancelled when it's a
dependent item that is part of another item.
Allow cancelling such items by removing them
from the dependents list.
Note that when we cancel the main item, all
its dependents are also cancelled. It would
be possible to not do that, but would need
tricks to promote an item from dependent to
top-level and is tricky in the HW ROC case.
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Conflicts:
MAINTAINERS
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/pcie/trans.c
The iwlwifi conflict was resolved by keeping the code added
in 'net' that turns off the buggy chip feature.
The MAINTAINERS conflict was merely overlapping changes, one
change updated all the wireless web site URLs and the other
changed some GIT trees to be Johannes's instead of John's.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a few kernel-doc descriptions that were missed
during mesh development.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Ilan pointed out to me that ieee80211_start_next_roc()
already calls ieee80211_run_deferred_scan() if the list
of ROC items is empty, so there's no need to call it
again after calling ieee80211_start_next_roc().
Reported-by: Ilan Peer <ilan.peer@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
fix the coding style related to mesh parameters, especially the indentation,
as pointed out by Johannes Berg.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Add a few kernel-doc descriptions that were missed
during development.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
commit 24398e39c8
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Wed Mar 28 10:58:36 2012 +0200
mac80211: set HT channel before association
removed IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL argument from ieee80211_hw_config,
which is required by iwl4965 driver, otherwise that driver does not
configure channel properly and is not able to associate.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Redesign all the off-channel code, getting rid of
the generic off-channel work concept, replacing
it with a simple remain-on-channel list.
This fixes a number of small issues with the ROC
implementation:
* offloaded remain-on-channel couldn't be queued,
now we can queue it as well, if needed
* in iwlwifi (the only user) offloaded ROC is
mutually exclusive with scanning, use the new
queue to handle that case -- I expect that it
will later depend on a HW flag
The bigger issue though is that there's a bad bug
in the current implementation: if we get a mgmt
TX request while HW roc is active, and this new
request has a wait time, we actually schedule a
software ROC instead since we can't guarantee the
existing offloaded ROC will still be that long.
To fix this, the queuing mechanism was needed.
The queuing mechanism for offloaded ROC isn't yet
optimal, ideally we should add API to have the HW
extend the ROC if needed. We could add that later
but for now use a software implementation.
Overall, this unifies the behaviour between the
offloaded and software-implemented case as much
as possible.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IDLE handling in HW off-channel is broken right
now since we turn off IDLE only when the off-channel
period already started. Therefore, all drivers that
use it today (only iwlwifi!) must support off-channel
while idle, so playing with idle isn't needed at all.
Off-channel in general, since it's no longer used for
authentication/association, shouldn't affect PS, so
also remove that logic.
Also document a small caveat for reporting TX status
from off-channel frames in HW remain-on-channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When performing a HW restart for an AP mode interface, add stations back
only after the AP is beaconing. This mimics the normal flow of STA
addition on AP.
Some devices (wlcore) do not support adding stations before beaconing,
so this has the added benefit of making recovery work for them.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
drv_resume can get called without a prior call to drv_suspend.
Consider the following steps:
1. Suspend is started but driver's drv_suspend returns error.
2. Suspend is aborted. local->wowlan flag is left set.
3. Interface is removed.
4. Suspend again. This time open_count is 0 so drv_suspend is
not called and local->wowlan not cleared.
5. On resume ieee80211_reconfig will call drv_resume since
local->wowlan is set.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make mac80211 print a message when it disables
HT due to the connection using WEP/TKIP or due
to the AP not supporting WMM/QoS.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For each EDCA TX queue change default settings (in STA mode) to conform
old 802.11b/g channel access rules. This is needed for drivers that do
not have QoS enable/disable "switch" (like rt2x00) to make them work
properly with legacy APs.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we've removed all uses of the set_channel
API except for the monitor channel and in libertas,
clarify this. Split the libertas mesh use into a
new libertas_set_mesh_channel() operation, just to
keep backward compatibility, and rename the normal
set_channel() to set_monitor_channel().
Also describe the desired set_monitor_channel()
semantics more clearly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just like the AP mode patch, instead of setting
the channel and then joining the mesh network,
provide the channel to join the network on to
the join_mesh() function.
Like in AP mode, you can also give the channel
to the join-mesh nl80211 command now.
Unlike AP mode, it picks a default channel if
none was given.
As libertas uses mesh mode interfaces but has
no join_mesh callback and we can't simply break
it, keep some compatibility code for that case
and configure the channel directly for it.
In the non-libertas case, where we store the
channel until join, allow setting it while the
interface is down.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting the channel first and then
starting the AP, let cfg80211 store the channel
and provide it as one of the AP settings.
This means that now you have to set the channel
before you can start an AP interface, but since
hostapd/wpa_supplicant always do that we're OK
with this change.
Alternatively, it's now possible to give the
channel as an attribute to the start-ap nl80211
command, overriding any preset channel.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change cfg80211_can_beacon_sec_chan() to return true
if there is no secondary channel to simplify all the
current users of it. They all check the channel type
before calling the function because it returns false
if there's no secondary channel.
Also actually document the return value.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the set_channel function up so it can be used
by other code in this file in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need for ieee80211_set_channel to check
whether a change in configuration happened since
ieee80211_hw_config() auto-detects it.
Additionally, it's wrong to pretend the HT config
for the BSS changed, it didn't, the BSS can't be
up & running (AP beaconing etc.) when the channel
type is changed anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of passing around the entire HT information
IE, extract only the HT parameters field and disable
HT if the HT information IE isn't present and well-
formed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_get_operstate() was used by drivers in order to
know whether the sta link is up, but it's no longer needed
(nor used) as mac80211 notifies the drivers about
authorization changes (via the sta_state callback)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_IBSS_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Simplify the use of #ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_HT_DEBUG/#endif
by adding a logging macro to encapsulate the test.
Convert the appropriate uses too.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Standardize the debugging to be able to use dynamic_debug.
Coalesce formats, align arguments.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Send beacon loss events to userspace, so it will be
able to initiate roaming before disconnection
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow channel change on a mesh interface if the interface is up and no
mesh is started.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_rx_mgmt_auth() doesn't handle denied authentication
properly - it authenticates the station and waits for association
(for 5 seconds) instead of failing the authentication.
Fix it by destroying auth_data and bailing out instead.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org #3.4
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 3a25a8c ("mac80211: add improved HW queue control")
added support for offchannel queue mapping. However, this
mapping is only valid when the driver supports
IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL.
Check whether the driver supports IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL
before setting the hw_queue to the mapped offchannel queue.
(This patch doesn't have any actual effect, because
hw_queue is overridden in ieee80211_tx() anyway,
so this is merely some cleanup)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Low level drivers can now set certain netdev feature bits in
netdev_features member of the ieee80211_hw struct. These will be
propagated to every netdev created from this HW.
The white-listed features currently include only ones related to HW
checksumming.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sta_info_cleanup locks the sta_list using rcu_read_lock however
the delete operation isn't rcu safe. A race between sta_info_cleanup
timer being called and a STA being removed can occur which leads
to a panic while traversing sta_list. Fix this by switching to the
RCU-safe versions.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using | with a constant is always true.
Likely this should have be &.
cc: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When any interface goes down, it could be the one that we
were doing a remain-on-channel with. We therefore need to
cancel the remain-on-channel and flush the related work
structs so they don't run after the interface has been
removed or even destroyed.
It's also possible in this case that an off-channel SKB
was never transmitted, so free it if this is the case.
Note that this can also happen if the driver finishes
the off-channel period without ever starting it.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Nirav Shah <nirav.j2.shah@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As part of hardware reconfig mac80211 tries
to restore the station state to its values
before the hardware reconfig, but it only
goes to the last-state - 1. Fix this
off-by-one error.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [3.4]
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh station that joins an MBSS is reachable using mesh portal with 6
address frame by mesh stations from another MBSS if these two different
MBSSes are bridged. However, if the mesh station later moves into the
same MBSS of those mesh stations, it is unreachable by mesh stations
in the MBSS due to the mpp_paths table is not deleted. A quick fix
is to perform mesh_path_lookup, if it is available for the target
destination, mpp_path_lookup is not performed. When the mesh station
moves back to its original MBSS, the mesh_paths will be deleted once
expired. So, it will be reachable using mpp_path_lookup again.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 133d40f9a2
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Wed Mar 28 16:01:19 2012 +0200
mac80211: do not scan and monitor connection in parallel
add bug, which make possible to start a scan and never finish it, so
make every new scanning request finish with -EBUSY error. This can
happen on code paths where we finish connection monitoring and clear
IEEE80211_STA_*_POLL flags, but do not check if scan was deferred.
This patch fixes those code paths.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adding casts of objects to the same type is unnecessary
and confusing for a human reader.
For example, this cast:
int y;
int *p = (int *)&y;
I used the coccinelle script below to find and remove these
unnecessary casts. I manually removed the conversions this
script produces of casts with __force and __user.
@@
type T;
T *p;
@@
- (T *)p
+ p
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
WLAN_STA_BLOCK_BA is set while suspending but doesn't get cleared
when resuming in case of wowlan. This causes further ADDBA requests
received to be rejected. Fix it by clearing it in the wowlan path
as well.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 tries to verify the existence of the current AP by
probing or sending a NULL frame in function
ieee80211_mgd_probe_ap_send. It 1st sends a null frame to the AP,
increments probe_send_count and waits for the ACK to the NULL
frame for a finite duration of time. At times, it happens that by
the time mac80211 gets to increment probe_send_count, the ACK for
the NULL frame transmitted has already been processed. This leads
to a race condition where mac80211 times out waiting for the ACK
for the NULL frame causing unnecessary disconnection with the AP.
Signed-off-by: Soumik Das <soumik.das@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Determining types of peers is modified to have less indentation. This change is
suggested by Johannes. This patch also corrects the reference in comment to
IEEE 802.11-2012 version.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Johannes pointed out that the use of > operators for checking channel type
mismatch maynot be correct way as we may add other channel types in future.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This comment is deleted in the patch "mac80211: Advertise HT protection mode in
IEs". Moving the comment to the now corrected place.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update the location of the network header when adding encryption
specific headers to a skb. This allows low-level drivers to use the
(now correct) location of the network header.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a flag for the HT format (mixed vs. greenfield)
to allow drivers to report that on receive. Not all
drivers will do that though, so allow drivers to set
which radiotap MCS details they report.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add IV-room in skb also for TKIP and WEP.
Extend patch: "mac80211: support adding IV-room in the skb for CCMP keys"
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 12d3952fc4
("mac80211: optimize aggregation session timeout handling")
two bugs were introduced:
1) RCU usage was completely broken since no locks are held
2) the timer must not rearm when agg session is stopping
Reported-and-tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My queue management rework broke drivers that don't
have multiple AC queues and register a single queue
only, causing a warning:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/iface.c:162 ieee80211_check_queues
This was due to filling the queues wrongly and then
noticing the error when checking later.
Reported-and-Tested-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Forwarded PREQ is either unicast or multicast. The appropriate counters
should be incremented accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Only send a cfg80211 new peer candidate notification if userspace has
yet to allocate this station entry.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Standardize the net core ratelimited logging functions.
Coalesce formats, align arguments.
Change a printk then vprintk sequence to use printf extension %pV.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
spatch/coccinelle isn't perfect. It doesn't understand
__aligned(x) and doesn't convert functions it can't parse.
Convert the remaining compare_ether_addr uses.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use the new bool function ether_addr_equal to add
some clarity and reduce the likelihood for misuse
of compare_ether_addr for sorting.
Done via cocci script:
$ cat compare_ether_addr.cocci
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- compare_ether_addr(a, b)
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) == 0
+ !ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- ether_addr_equal(a, b) != 0
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
@@
expression a,b;
@@
- !!ether_addr_equal(a, b)
+ ether_addr_equal(a, b)
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch introduces a new mesh configuration parameter "ht_opmode" and will
allow user to check the current HT protection mode selected. Users could
configure the protection mode by the command "iw mesh_iface set mesh_param
mesh_ht_protection_mode=2". The default protection mode of mesh is set to
non-HT mixed mode.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we have protection enabled, allow non-HT and HT20 stations to peer
with HT40+/- stations. Peering is still disallowed for HT40+/- mismatch.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Section 9.23.3.5 of IEEE 80211s standard describes the protection rules for
HT mesh STA in a MBSS. Three HT protection modes are supported for now:
non-HT mixed mode - is selected if any non-HT peers are present in our MBSS.
20MHz-protection mode - is selected if all peers in our 20/40MHz MBSS support
HT and atleast one HT20 peer is present.
no-protection mode - is selected otherwise.
This is a limited implementation of 9.23.3.5, which only considers mesh peers
when determining the HT protection mode. Station's channel_type needs to be
maintained.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The signal and noise are forced to be positive since ethtool
deals in unsigned 64-bit values and this number should be human
readable. This gives easy access to some of the data formerly
exposed in the deprecated /proc/net/wireless file.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds hooks to call into the driver to get additional
stats for the ethtool API.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This lets ethtool print out stats related to stations
connected to the interface. Does not yet get stats
from the underlying driver.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a mesh peer indicates it is operating as 20MHz-only in its HT
operation IE, have the rate control algorithm respect this by disabling
the equivalent bit in the ieee80211_sta HT capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers need the station rate info when inserting a new sta_info. The
patch "mac80211: refactor mesh peer initialization" wrongly assumed the
rate info could be applied after insertion. After further review, this
is clearly not the case.
This fixes a regression where HT parameters were not applied before
inserting the sta_info, causing performance degradation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The rate control updation never be called on 2040 BSS change.
The station should update its rate control on receiving beacon
with different HT mode in the HT operation IE. Not doing so,
leads to sending frames with higher(ht40) rates whereas AP is
operating in lower mode (ht20).
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/intel/e1000e/param.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans-pcie-rx.c
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-trans.h
Resolved the iwlwifi conflict with mainline using 3-way diff posted
by John Linville and Stephen Rothwell. In 'net' we added a bug
fix to make iwlwifi report a more accurate skb->truesize but this
conflicted with RX path changes that happened meanwhile in net-next.
In e1000e a conflict arose in the validation code for settings of
adapter->itr. 'net-next' had more sophisticated logic so that
logic was used.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
EAP frames for stations in an AP VLAN are sent on the main AP interface
to avoid race conditions wrt. moving stations.
For that to work properly, sta_info_get_bss must be used instead of
sta_info_get when sending EAP packets.
Previously this was only done for cooked monitor injected packets, so
this patch adds a check for tx->skb->protocol to the same place.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Adds hepler to clean sdata ieee80211_clean_sdata similar way as
ieee80211_setup_sdata is implemented. The function will be used by other
interfaces later.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving a STA to an AP VLAN prevents num_mcast_sta from being decremented
once the STA leaves, because sta->sdata changes. Fix this by checking
for AP VLANs as well.
Also exclude 4-addr VLAN stations from num_mcast_sta - remote 4-addr
stations ignore 3-address multicast frames anyway. In a typical bridge
configuration they receive the same packets as 4-address unicast.
This patch also fixes clearing the sdata->u.vlan.sta pointer when the
STA is removed from a 4-addr VLAN.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It is only used to test for BSS multicast receivers.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Average beacon signal only keep tracked by managed interface,
give warning and return 0 for the others.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix merge between commit 3adadc08cc ("net ax25: Reorder ax25_exit to
remove races") and commit 0ca7a4c87d ("net ax25: Simplify and
cleanup the ax25 sysctl handling")
The former moved around the sysctl register/unregister calls, the
later simply removed them.
With help from Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
ieee80211_ave_rssi need to be declare as export for driver to use it.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The original patch defined the correction margin but did not apply it.
Signed-off-by: Shinichi Hotori <hotorinn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
According to IEEE 802.11 8.4.2.59, set the "STA channel width" bit to 0
if transmitting STA is using a 20mhz channel.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Blindly setting ht caps on a mesh peer's station entry would result in
MCS rates being used by the rate control algorithm even if no ht had
been configured. Fix this by checking the channel type before assigning
ht capabilites.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To avoid passing supp_rates and basic_rates around all the time, just
derive these when needed in mesh_matches_local() and mesh_peer_init().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch unifies the previous two paths toward mesh peer creation a
bit. It also fixes a bug where a peer's changing rates or HT mode
wouldn't register on leaving and then returning to the mesh with a sta
entry still present.
Also clean up locking and clear possibly stale ht cap.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This based on an idea posted by Stanislaw Gruszka,
though I accept full blame for the implementation!
This has been tested with ath9k.
The idea is to let users scan on the current operating
channel without interrupting normal traffic more than
absolutely necessary (changing power level might reset
some hardware, for instance).
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The broken check leads to rate control attempting to use HT40 while
the driver is configured for HT20. This leads to interesting hardware
issues.
HT40 can only be used if the channel type is either HT40- or HT40+
and if the channel type of the cell matches the local type.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cooked monitor rx was recently changed to use ieee80211_add_rx_radiotap_header
instead of generating only limited radiotap information.
ieee80211_add_rx_radiotap_header assumes that FCS info is still present if
the hardware supports receiving it, however when cooked monitor rx packets
are processed, FCS info has already been stripped.
Fix this by adding an extra flag indicating FCS presence.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add utility function to provide the average rssi per vif
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When testing mesh synchronization we observed a global TSF slowdown that
was dependent on the number of synchronized mesh stations. This seems
to be caused by the TSF adjustment (read/write) latency.
Adding a small margin to the Toffset setpoint solved the problem.
Signed-off-by: Shinichi Hotori <hotorinn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Yu Niiro <yu.niiro@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 3a25a8c8 (mac80211: add improved HW queue control) introduced a
bug when running in AP mode without the IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL
flag set. The ieee80211_check_queues() function always returns
-EINVAL, preventing AP mode from starting. To fix this, check whether
this flag is set before checking if cab_queue is set properly.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
its not used where, while we directly obtain ieee80211_bss's
pointer in ibss.c by calling cfg80211_get_bss
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Removes hw.conf.channel usage from the following functions:
* ieee80211_mandatory_rates
* ieee80211_sta_get_rates
* ieee80211_frame_duration
* ieee80211_rts_duration
* ieee80211_ctstoself_duration
This is in preparation for multi-channel operation.
Signed-off-by: Michal Kazior <michal.kazior@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I noticed a possible issue in the status count field management of the
ieee80211_tx_info data structure. In particular, when the AGGR
processing is employed,
status.rates[].count is set just for the first frame and not for
others belonging to the same burst, leading to wrong statistic data in
the mac80211 debug file system.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the current channel is known, add frequency and channel type to
NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE.
Signed-off-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Before we send probes in connection monitoring we check if scan is not
pending. But we do that check without locking. Fix that and also do not
start scan if connection monitoring is in progress.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Record the RANN sender's address only for RANNs that meet the acceptance
criteria (per sections 13.10.12.4.2).
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In WoWLAN, we only get the triggers when we actually get
to suspend. As a consequence, drivers currently don't
know that the device should enable wakeup. However, the
device_set_wakeup_enable() API is intended to be called
when the wakeup is enabled, not later when needed.
Add a new set_wakeup() call to cfg80211 and mac80211 to
allow drivers to properly call device_set_wakeup_enable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Eliad's comment prompted me to look closer at
the error paths in ieee80211_do_open() and I
found one that should use the error labels.
Also add a comment about the clear_bit since
in many error cases the bit hasn't been set.
Cc: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 currently only supports one hardware queue
per AC. This is already problematic for off-channel
uses since if we go off channel while the BE queue
is full and then try to send an off-channel frame
the frame will never go out. This will become worse
when we support multi-channel since then a queue on
one channel might be full, but we have to stop the
software queue for all channels. That is obviously
not desirable.
To address this problem allow drivers to register
more hardware queues, and allow them to map them to
virtual interfaces. When they stop a hardware queue
the corresponding AC software queues on the correct
interfaces will be stopped as well. Additionally,
there's an off-channel queue to solve that problem
and a per-interface after-DTIM beacon queue. This
allows drivers to manage software queues closer to
how the hardware works.
Currently, there's a limit of 16 hardware queues.
This may or may not be sufficient, we can adjust it
as needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The queue mapping redesign that I'm planning to do
will break pure injection unless we handle monitor
interfaces explicitly. One possible option would
be to have the driver tell mac80211 about monitor
mode queues etc., but that would duplicate the API
since we already need to have queue assignments
handled per virtual interface.
So in order to solve this, have a virtual monitor
interface that is added whenever all active vifs
are monitors. We could also use the state of one
of the monitor interfaces, but managing that would
be complicated, so allocate separate state.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The AP netdev is really only active when beaconing, so
manage the carrier state accordingly. Also do that for
VLAN interfaces enslaved to a given AP interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Section 13.2.3 of IEEE 80211s standard requires BSSBasicRateSet of mesh nodes
to be identical to establish peer link.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Basic rates are added with supported rates IE and extended supported
rates IE.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Report Toffset to userspace.
Let userspace select the mesh synchronization method.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zubarev <pavel.zubarev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds MBSS extensible synchronization framework (Sec.
13.13.2 of IEEE Std. 802.11-2012).
The framework is implemented via an ops table which defines the
following functions:
rx_bcn_presp() - this is called every time a mesh beacon is
received.
adjust_tbtt() - this is called immediately before a beacon is about
to be transmitted.
The default neighbor offset synchronization defined in the standard is
implemented. We also provide template functions for vendor specific
methods.
When neighbor offset synchronization is active (which is the default)
mesh neighbors in the same MBSS will track timing offsets to each other
and compensate clock drift.
In our tests we observed that this mesh synchronization implementation
successfully corrected drifts between stations of ~2PPM while
introducing a jitter of ~20us.
It is also possible to test this framework on mac80211_hwsim simulated
phys to see how it behaves under different topologies, over poor links,
etc.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@s2005.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Pavel Zubarev <pavel.zubarev@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reading and writing back the tsf value via tsf is too slow if one wants
to make small increments to this timer. With this change you can use
the syntax "+=<some value>" or "-=<some value>" to add or substract a
value from the tsf counter.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While associated we should never have empty SSID, but life can be full
of surprises, and is allways better to print a warning than crash.
Before memcpy() in ieee80211_probereq_get() check ssid_len instead of
ssid pointer, sice pointer it always passed by "ssidie + 2" expression
to send probe functions, so practically never can be NULL.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When comparing hw->queues to determine if the
device is QoS capable, use IEEE80211_NUM_ACS
instead of just 4.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When adding pending SKBs there's no need to
stop all queues, we only need to stop those
that we're adding frames to. Implement that
by lazily stopping a queue as we add an SKB.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the queue status changes we need to do a fair
bit of work, so ignore no-op changes early.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we get more hardware queues, we'll still want
to only have netdev queues per AC, so set it up in
that way. If the hardware doesn't support QoS (by
not supporting at least 4 queues) the netdevs get
a single queue only (this is no change in behavior
as there are no drivers with 2 or 3 queues today.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that don't support QoS also don't support
setting up their ACs, catch that early. While at
it, remove the input check since cfg80211 does it
now.
Also fix up the restart code to not try to set up
the queues in this case.
Finally also change the tx_conf array to have
IEEE80211_NUM_ACS entries instead of # of queues
since that's what it really needs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the plan to change mac80211's queue API to
not map ACs to queues 1:1, it seems necessary to
clarify some APIs that act on ACs rather than on
queues to spell that out explicitly. Do this.
Also verify that the AC number given is valid.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Devices that have internal rate control need to be
notified when the bandwidth or SMPS state changes
just like external rate control algorithms get a
notification now.
Add this notification and clarify the change bits
while at it, the HT_CHANGED bit really meant only
bandwidth changed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently stop the queue when changing the rate
control between 20/40 MHz in the BSS. This seems to
have been necessary when we actually changed the
channel, but now that we just update the station it
doesn't seem right any more. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The channel type argument to the rate_update()
callback isn't really the correct way to give
the rate control algorithm about the desired
RX bandwidth of the peer.
Remove this argument, and instead update the
STA capabilities with 20/40 appropriately. The
SMPS update done by this callback works in the
same way, so this makes the callback cleaner.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Changing the channel type during operation is
confusing to some drivers and will be hard to
handle in multi-channel scenarios. Instead of
changing the channel, set it to the right HT
channel before authenticating/associating and
don't change it -- just update the 20/40 MHz
restrictions in rate control as needed when
changed by the AP.
This also fixes a problem that Paul missed in
his fix for the "regulatory makes us deaf"
issue -- when we couldn't use 40 MHz we still
associated saying we were using 40 MHz, which
could in similarly broken APs make us never
even connect successfully.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the AC constants instead of hard-coding
the numbers with comments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is a trivial wrapper function, inline it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no reason for it to not be static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clean up the code formatting and also replace
the constant 0 by IEEE80211_AC_VO.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix bad indentation & pointless if nesting.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not all devices are really capable of implementing
remain-on-channel, even if it is implemented in SW,
as they can't necessarily deal with channel changes
while associated.
Remove the WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL and add
it only if either the driver has remain_on_channel
implemented in the driver/device.
Also add it to all drivers that advertise P2P right
now since those definitely have to have it working.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is intended to solve the follwing issues in RANN propagation:
[1] The interval in propagated RANN should be based on the interval of received RANN.
[2] The aggregated path metric for propagated RANN is as received plus own link metric
towards the transmitting mesh STA (not root mesh STA).
[3] The comparison of path metric for RANN with same sequence number should be done
before deciding whether to propagate or not.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The HWMP sequence number of received RANN element is compared to decide whether to be
propagated. The sequence number is required to covert from 32bit little endian data into
CPUs endianness for comparison. The same applies to the RANN metric.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When receiving DTIM we currently disable power save mode in the
hardware unconditionally, i.e. also when the hardware was not sleeping.
This causes trouble with at least one wireless chipset (Ralink RT3572).
When the hardware is not sleeping and we send a wakeup command (e.g.
this happens after a scan) then a significant decrease of the link
quality or a disconnect may occur.
Disabling power save mode only when it was enabled prevents this issue.
Signed-off-by: Ronald Wahl <ronald.wahl@raritan.com>
Reviewed-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Calling mod_timer from the rx/tx hotpath is somewhat expensive, and the
timeout doesn't need to be so precise.
Switch to a different strategy: Schedule the timer initially, store jiffies
of all last rx/tx activity which would previously modify the timer, and
let the timer re-arm itself after checking the last rx/tx timestamp.
Make the session timers deferrable to avoid causing extra wakeups on systems
running on battery.
This visibly reduces CPU load under high network load on small embedded
systems.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This lets the user know which interface has failed
the check_sdata_in_driver check.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since some of the HT code pre-dates 802.11n-2009
some names are wrong. The one that bothers me most
is that "HT operation" is called "HT information"
in our code and that causes confusion.
Rename "HT information" to "HT operation" and also
the control_chan field to primary_chan to match
the name used in the spec.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes the probe frame (nullfunc) is stuck at the hw queue. so that
the mac80211 terminates the connection as it wont see the tx status.
Instead of waiting for long period for ack status, lets call flush
to get nullfunc status immediately. It also helps to send the nullfunc
till max tries reached.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There might be latency at AP side to update TIM IE which could cause the
station to send pspoll frame even after the wakeup. If the powersave is
disabled, the nullfunc notification alone is sufficient to receive
frames from the AP. And if the pspoll frame was already sent, no need to
resend the frame till it was acked by AP.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TU_TO_EXP_TIME() macro already includes the
"jiffies +" piece of the calculation, so don't
add jiffies again.
Reported-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Merge batch of fixes from Andrew Morton:
"The simple_open() cleanup was held back while I wanted for laggards to
merge things.
I still need to send a few checkpoint/restore patches. I've been
wobbly about merging them because I'm wobbly about the overall
prospects for success of the project. But after speaking with Pavel
at the LSF conference, it sounds like they're further toward
completion than I feared - apparently davem is at the "has stopped
complaining" stage regarding the net changes. So I need to go back
and re-review those patchs and their (lengthy) discussion."
* emailed from Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>: (16 patches)
memcg swap: use mem_cgroup_uncharge_swap fix
backlight: add driver for DA9052/53 PMIC v1
C6X: use set_current_blocked() and block_sigmask()
MAINTAINERS: add entry for sparse checker
MAINTAINERS: fix REMOTEPROC F: typo
alpha: use set_current_blocked() and block_sigmask()
simple_open: automatically convert to simple_open()
scripts/coccinelle/api/simple_open.cocci: semantic patch for simple_open()
libfs: add simple_open()
hugetlbfs: remove unregister_filesystem() when initializing module
drivers/rtc/rtc-88pm860x.c: fix rtc irq enable callback
fs/xattr.c:setxattr(): improve handling of allocation failures
fs/xattr.c:listxattr(): fall back to vmalloc() if kmalloc() failed
fs/xattr.c: suppress page allocation failure warnings from sys_listxattr()
sysrq: use SEND_SIG_FORCED instead of force_sig()
proc: fix mount -t proc -o AAA
Many users of debugfs copy the implementation of default_open() when
they want to support a custom read/write function op. This leads to a
proliferation of the default_open() implementation across the entire
tree.
Now that the common implementation has been consolidated into libfs we
can replace all the users of this function with simple_open().
This replacement was done with the following semantic patch:
<smpl>
@ open @
identifier open_f != simple_open;
identifier i, f;
@@
-int open_f(struct inode *i, struct file *f)
-{
(
-if (i->i_private)
-f->private_data = i->i_private;
|
-f->private_data = i->i_private;
)
-return 0;
-}
@ has_open depends on open @
identifier fops;
identifier open.open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
-.open = open_f,
+.open = simple_open,
...
};
</smpl>
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: checkpatch fixes]
Signed-off-by: Stephen Boyd <sboyd@codeaurora.org>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Julia Lawall <Julia.Lawall@lip6.fr>
Acked-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Whenever the station informs the AP that it is about to leave the
operating channel, the timestamp should be recorded. It is handled
in scan resume but not in scan start. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Is possible that we will arm the tid_rx->reorder_timer after
del_timer_sync() in ___ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(). We need to stop
timer after RCU grace period finish, so move it to
ieee80211_free_tid_rx(). Timer will not be armed again, as
rcu_dereference(sta->ampdu_mlme.tid_rx[tid]) will return NULL.
Debug object detected problem with the following warning:
ODEBUG: free active (active state 0) object type: timer_list hint: sta_rx_agg_reorder_timer_expired+0x0/0xf0 [mac80211]
Bug report (with all warning messages):
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=804007
Reported-by: "jan p. springer" <jsd@igroup.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The on-oper-channel optimization was reverted,
so remove the outdated comment as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pull networking merge from David Miller:
"1) Move ixgbe driver over to purely page based buffering on receive.
From Alexander Duyck.
2) Add receive packet steering support to e1000e, from Bruce Allan.
3) Convert TCP MD5 support over to RCU, from Eric Dumazet.
4) Reduce cpu usage in handling out-of-order TCP packets on modern
systems, also from Eric Dumazet.
5) Support the IP{,V6}_UNICAST_IF socket options, making the wine
folks happy, from Erich Hoover.
6) Support VLAN trunking from guests in hyperv driver, from Haiyang
Zhang.
7) Support byte-queue-limtis in r8169, from Igor Maravic.
8) Outline code intended for IP_RECVTOS in IP_PKTOPTIONS existed but
was never properly implemented, Jiri Benc fixed that.
9) 64-bit statistics support in r8169 and 8139too, from Junchang Wang.
10) Support kernel side dump filtering by ctmark in netfilter
ctnetlink, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
11) Support byte-queue-limits in gianfar driver, from Paul Gortmaker.
12) Add new peek socket options to assist with socket migration, from
Pavel Emelyanov.
13) Add sch_plug packet scheduler whose queue is controlled by
userland daemons using explicit freeze and release commands. From
Shriram Rajagopalan.
14) Fix FCOE checksum offload handling on transmit, from Yi Zou."
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1846 commits)
Fix pppol2tp getsockname()
Remove printk from rds_sendmsg
ipv6: fix incorrent ipv6 ipsec packet fragment
cpsw: Hook up default ndo_change_mtu.
net: qmi_wwan: fix build error due to cdc-wdm dependecy
netdev: driver: ethernet: Add TI CPSW driver
netdev: driver: ethernet: add cpsw address lookup engine support
phy: add am79c874 PHY support
mlx4_core: fix race on comm channel
bonding: send igmp report for its master
fs_enet: Add MPC5125 FEC support and PHY interface selection
net: bpf_jit: fix BPF_S_LDX_B_MSH compilation
net: update the usage of CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY
fcoe: use CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY instead of CHECKSUM_PARTIAL on tx
net: do not do gso for CHECKSUM_UNNECESSARY in netif_needs_gso
ixgbe: Fix issues with SR-IOV loopback when flow control is disabled
net/hyperv: Fix the code handling tx busy
ixgbe: fix namespace issues when FCoE/DCB is not enabled
rtlwifi: Remove unused ETH_ADDR_LEN defines
igbvf: Use ETH_ALEN
...
Fix up fairly trivial conflicts in drivers/isdn/gigaset/interface.c and
drivers/net/usb/{Kconfig,qmi_wwan.c} as per David.
Pull RCU changes for v3.4 from Ingo Molnar. The major features of this
series are:
- making RCU more aggressive about entering dyntick-idle mode in order
to improve energy efficiency
- converting a few more call_rcu()s to kfree_rcu()s
- applying a number of rcutree fixes and cleanups to rcutiny
- removing CONFIG_SMP #ifdefs from treercu
- allowing RCU CPU stall times to be set via sysfs
- adding CPU-stall capability to rcutorture
- adding more RCU-abuse diagnostics
- updating documentation
- fixing yet more issues located by the still-ongoing top-to-bottom
inspection of RCU, this time with a special focus on the CPU-hotplug
code path.
* 'core-rcu-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip: (48 commits)
rcu: Stop spurious warnings from synchronize_sched_expedited
rcu: Hold off RCU_FAST_NO_HZ after timer posted
rcu: Eliminate softirq-mediated RCU_FAST_NO_HZ idle-entry loop
rcu: Add RCU_NONIDLE() for idle-loop RCU read-side critical sections
rcu: Allow nesting of rcu_idle_enter() and rcu_idle_exit()
rcu: Remove redundant check for rcu_head misalignment
PTR_ERR should be called before its argument is cleared.
rcu: Convert WARN_ON_ONCE() in rcu_lock_acquire() to lockdep
rcu: Trace only after NULL-pointer check
rcu: Call out dangers of expedited RCU primitives
rcu: Rework detection of use of RCU by offline CPUs
lockdep: Add CPU-idle/offline warning to lockdep-RCU splat
rcu: No interrupt disabling for rcu_prepare_for_idle()
rcu: Move synchronize_sched_expedited() to rcutree.c
rcu: Check for illegal use of RCU from offlined CPUs
rcu: Update stall-warning documentation
rcu: Add CPU-stall capability to rcutorture
rcu: Make documentation give more realistic rcutorture duration
rcutorture: Permit holding off CPU-hotplug operations during boot
rcu: Print scheduling-clock information on RCU CPU stall-warning messages
...
uapsd_queues and uapsd_max_sp_len are relevant only for managed
interfaces, and can be configured differently for each vif.
Move them from the local struct to sdata->u.mgd, and update
the debugfs functions accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some debugfs write functions call kstrto* functions, which
assume the string is null-terminated. Make it valid by changing
ieee80211_if_write() to use static buffer instead of allocating
one, and set the last char to NULL.
(The write functions try to parse some integer/mac address,
so 64 bytes buffer should be enough)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The current max throughput rate is known to be good as otherwise it
wouldn't be the max throughput rate. Since rate sampling can introduce
some overhead (by adding RTS for example or due to not aggregating the
frame) don't sample the max throughput rate.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When regulatory information changes our HT behavior (e.g,
when we get a country code from the AP we have just associated
with), we should use this information to change the power with
which we transmit, and what channels we transmit. Sometimes
the channel parameters we derive from regulatory information
contradicts the parameters we used in association. For example,
we could have associated specifying HT40, but the regulatory
rules we apply may forbid HT40 operation.
In the situation above, we should reconfigure ourselves to
transmit in HT20 only, however it makes no sense for us to
disable receive in HT40, since if we associated with these
parameters, the AP has every reason to expect we can and
will receive packets this way. The code in mac80211 does
not have the capability of sending the appropriate action
frames to signal a change in HT behaviour so the AP has
no clue we can no longer receive frames encoded this way.
In some broken AP implementations, this can leave us
effectively deaf if the AP never retries in lower HT rates.
This change breaks up the channel_type parameter in the
ieee80211_enable_ht function into a separate receive and
transmit part. It honors the channel flags set by regulatory
in order to configure the rate control algorithm, but uses
the capability flags to configure the channel on the radio,
since these were used in association to set the AP's transmit
rate.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Luis R Rodriguez <mcgrof@frijolero.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This value is not really very useful by itself,
yet some drivers (including iwlwifi until I can
figure out what it should do) use it. At least
rename it to "last_tsf" to indicate the meaning
and add a note that it may be really old.
I suspect the value may become useful combined
with the rx_status->mactime, but we don't (yet)
store that value and pass it to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not linearizing every SKB will help actually pass
non-linear SKBs all the way up when on an encrypted
connection. For now, linearize TKIP completely as
it is lower performance and I don't quite grok all
the details.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is better done inside the WEP decrypt
function where it doesn't have to check all
the conditions any more since they've been
tested already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The authentication and association handshake
already happens in the context of the new BSS,
and the basic rates are needed at least for
the ACK response frame to the authentication
or association response frames. Therefore the
basic rates should already be configured into
the driver when those frames are sent.
Change the logic to set up the basic rates in
the connection preparation that happens for
authentication and association (if needed).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As associating is possible without first authenticating
(for FT over DS) association also has to be able to
switch to the right channel, insert the station entry
etc. Factor out this common code into a new function
called ieee80211_prep_connection().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The BSSID has been set a lot earlier already and
didn't change again in ieee80211_set_associated().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of setting assoc_data->wmm_used solely
based on the BSS also take into account our own
capabilities and later check those.
Also rename "wmm_used" and "uapsd_used" to just
"wmm" and "uapsd".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Always set/use IEEE80211_STA_DISABLE_11N instead
of duplicating the queue, WMM and HT checks in
all places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Looks like some changes in this area moved
the code but not the comment that belongs
to the code, move it to the right place.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Disable multi stream rates (MCS > 7) when a STA is in static SMPS mode
since it has only one active rx chain. Hence, it doesn't even make
sense to sample multi stream rates.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As we've discussed, we want to avoid channel changes
while associated. While the part when we actually
associate needs a bit more work, the bit that happens
on disassociating can be changed quite easily. Move
the channel type change later in the disassociate
process to set the channel only after the driver was
told that it's now disassociated.
As the driver could expect powersave to be enabled
only when associated, this thus results in splitting
the config call, but overall what happens makes more
sense this way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the station state callback was added, this
was no longer needed in theory. With the iwlwifi
changes to remove use of it landing, we can kill
the entire tx-sync framework again, RIP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While setting up or tearing down a BA session mac80211 is buffering
pending frames for the according TID. However, there's currently no
limit on how many frames are buffered possibly leading to an out-of-
memory situation. This can happen on systems with little memory when
the CPU is fully loaded since the BA session work is executed in
process context while frames can still come via softirq.
Apply a limitation to the TIDs pending queue to avoid consuming
too much memory in this situation.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch "{nl,cfg,mac}80211: Implement RSSI threshold for mesh peering"
has a potential null pointer dereferencing problem. Thanks to Dan Carpenter
for pointing out. This patch will fix the issue.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 is lenient with respect to reception of corrupted beacons.
Even if the frame is corrupted as a whole, the available IE elements
are still passed back and accepted, sometimes replacing legitimate
data. It is unknown to what extent this "feature" is made use of,
but it is clear that in some cases, this is detrimental. One such
case is reported in http://crosbug.com/26832 where an AP corrupts
its beacons but not its probe responses.
One approach would be to completely reject frames with invaid data
(for example, if the last tag extends beyond the end of the enclosing
PDU). The enclosed approach is much more conservative: we simply
prevent later IEs from overwriting the state from previous ones.
This approach hopes that there might be some salient data in the
IE stream before the corruption, and seeks to at least prevent that
data from being overwritten. This approach will fix the case above.
Further, we flag element structures that contain data we think might
be corrupted, so that as we fill the mac80211 BSS structure, we try
not to replace data from an un-corrupted probe response with that
of a corrupted beacon, for example.
Short of any statistics gathering in the various forms of AP breakage,
it's not possible to ascertain the side effects of more stringent
discarding of data.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Cc: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Airtime link metric estimation was broken in HT mesh, use
cfg80211_calculate_bitrate to get the right rate value.
Also factor out tx rate copying from sta_set_sinfo().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the signal strength (in dBm only for now) to
frames that are received via nl80211's various
frame APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When associating and particularly when disassociating
there's no need to notify the driver about changes
with multiple calls to bss_info_changed, we should
combine the QoS enabling/disabling into the same call
as otherwise the driver could get confused about QoS
suddenly getting disabled while connected.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need to hardcode a subset of the
radiotap header for cooked monitor receive,
we can just reuse the normal monitor mode
radiotap code. This simplifies the code and
extends the information available on cooked
monitor interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
RANN, PREP and PERR propagation should happen only if the
dot11MeshForwarding is true. Besides, data frame should not be
forwarded if dot11MeshForwarding is false. This redundant checking
is necessary to avoid the broadcasted ARP breaking the non-forwarding
rule.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For A-MPDU rx it makes sense to only process the signal strength once per
aggregate instead of once per subframe. Additonally, some hardware (e.g.
Atheros) only provides valid signal strength information for the last
subframe.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Because of the constant size and guaranteed 16 bit alignment, the inline
compare_ether_addr function is much cheaper than calling memcmp.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Several MAC address comparison functions assume 16 bit alignment for pointers
passed to them. Since the addition of the control_port field, alignment
for the IBSS bssid was off by one, causing a severe performance hit on
architectures without efficient unaligned access (e.g. MIPS).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh peer links are established only if average rssi of the peer
candidate satisfies the threshold. This is not in 802.11s specification
but was requested by David Fulgham, an open80211s user. This is a way to avoid
marginal peer links with stations that are barely within range.
This patch adds a new mesh configuration parameter, mesh_rssi_threshold. This
feature is supported only for hardwares that report signal in dBm.
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <ashok@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
According to Section Y.7.4 Actions on receipt of proactive RANN, an individually
addressed PREQ should be generated towards the neighbor peer mesh STA indicated
in the RANN Sender Address field in the forwarding information.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This renames the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE
TX flag to IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER and also
uses it for non-bufferable MMPDUs (all MMPDUs but
deauth, disassoc and action frames.)
Previously, mac80211 would let the MMPDU through
but not set the flag so drivers supporting some
hardware aids for avoiding the PS races would
then reject the frame.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The association sequence looks (roughly) like
this now:
* set BSSID
* set station to EXIST state
* send auth
* set station to AUTH state
* send assoc
* set station to ASSOC state
* set BSS info to associated
In contrast, the deauth/disassoc sequence is
the other way around:
* clear BSSID/BSS info state
* remove station
* send deauth/disassoc
(in some cases the last two steps are reversed.)
This patch encodes the entire sequence in the
ieee80211_set_disassoc() function and changes
it to be like this, for good measure with an
explicit flush:
* send deauth/disassoc
* flush
* remove station
* clear BSSID/BSS info state
At least iwlwifi gets confused with the other
sequence in P2P mode and complains that it
wasn't able to flush the queues.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When ieee80211_set_disassoc() is called with the
tx argument set to true, it will send DelBA out
to the peer. This isn't useful or necessary in a
few cases where we do it today, those being when
we lost the connection or when the supplicant
explicitly asked us to not tell the AP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of calling cfg80211 in ieee80211_send_deauth_disassoc()
pass out the frame and call it from the caller. That saves the
SKB allocation if we don't actually want to send the frame and
enables us to make the ordering smarter in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In "cfg80211: no cookies in cfg80211_send_XXX()"
Holger Schurig removed the cookies in the calls
from mac80211 to cfg80211, but the ones in the
other direction were left in. Remove them now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The major features of this series are:
- making RCU more aggressive about entering dyntick-idle mode in order to
improve energy efficiency
- converting a few more call_rcu()s to kfree_rcu()s
- applying a number of rcutree fixes and cleanups to rcutiny
- removing CONFIG_SMP #ifdefs from treercu
- allowing RCU CPU stall times to be set via sysfs
- adding CPU-stall capability to rcutorture
- adding more RCU-abuse diagnostics
- updating documentation
- fixing yet more issues located by the still-ongoing top-to-bottom
inspection of RCU, this time with a special focus on the
CPU-hotplug code path.
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
That's a lot longer than open-coding it and
doesn't really add value, so just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The comment for sta_info_flush() states
"Returns the number of removed STA entries"
but that isn't actually true. Consequently,
the warning when a station is still around
on interface removal can never trigger and
this delayed finding the timer issue the
previous patch fixed. Fix the return value
here to make that warning useful again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When removing an interface while it is in the
process of authenticating or associating, we
leak the auth_data or assoc_data, and leave
the timer pending. The timer then crashes the
system when it fires as its data is gone.
Fix this by explicitly deleting all the data
when the interface is removed. This uncovered
another bug -- this problem should have been
detected by the sta_info_flush() warning but
that function doesn't ever return non-zero,
I'll fix that in a separate patch.
Reported-by: Hieu Nguyen <hieux.c.nguyen@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use interface data from sta instead of invalid pointer
to list head in calls to drv_sta_state.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Kicinski <kubakici@wp.pl>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Eliad reports that if a scan finishes in the
middle of processing associated (however it
happens), the interface can go idle. This is
because we set assoc_data to NULL before we
set associated. Change the order so any idle
check will find either one of them.
Doing this requires duplicating the TX sync
processing, but I already have a patch to
delete that completely and will submit that
as soon as my driver changes to no longer
require it are submitted.
Reported-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Tested-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some files implicitly get this via mesh.h
which itself doesn't need it, so move the
inclusion into the right files. Some other
files don't need it at all but include it,
so remove it from there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_restart_sta_timer() takes care for enqueueing
monitor_work if needed, so no need to do it again.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Devices that monitor the connection in the hw don't need
the monitor work in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The AP/GO mode API isn't very clearly defined, it
has "set beacon" and "new beacon" etc.
Modify the API to the following:
* start AP -- all settings
* change beacon -- new beacon data
* stop AP -- stop AP mode operation
This also reflects in the nl80211 API, rename
the commands there correspondingly (but keep
the old names for compatibility.)
Overall, this makes it much clearer what's going
on in the API.
Kalle developed the ath6kl changes, I created
the rest of the patch.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
nothing needs to be done for monitor/AP_VLAN mode on calling
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify -> drv_bss_info_changed with the change
flag 'BSS_CHANGED_IDLE'. 'wl1271' seems to use BSS_CHANGED_IDLE only for
STA and IBSS mode. further the non-idle state of the monitor mode is
taken care by the 'count' variable which counts non-idle interfaces.
ieee80211_idle_off(local, "in use") will be called.
this fixes the following WARNING when we have initially STA mode
(network manager running) and not associated, and change it to monitor
mode with network manager disabled and bringing up the monitor mode.
this changes the idle state from 'true' (STA unassociated) to 'false'
(MONITOR mode)
exposed by the commit 405385f8ce
"mac80211: set bss_conf.idle when vif is connected"
WARNING: net/mac80211/main.c:212
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211]()
Hardware name: 64756D6
Pid: 3835, comm: ifconfig Tainted: G O
3.3.0-rc3-wl #9
Call Trace:
[<c0133b02>] warn_slowpath_common+0x72/0xa0
[<fc8e8c3f>] ?
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211]
[<fc8e8c3f>] ?
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211]
[<c0133b52>] warn_slowpath_null+0x22/0x30
[<fc8e8c3f>]
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify+0x1cf/0x330 [mac80211]
[<fc8f9de3>] __ieee80211_recalc_idle+0x113/0x430
[mac80211]
[<fc8fabc6>] ieee80211_do_open+0x156/0x7e0 [mac80211]
[<fc8f8a25>] ?
ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface+0x25/0x180 [mac80211]
[<c015dd9f>] ? raw_notifier_call_chain+0x1f/0x30
[<fc8fb290>] ieee80211_open+0x40/0x80 [mac80211]
[<c05894f6>] __dev_open+0x96/0xe0
[<c068fba5>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_bh+0x35/0x40
[<c05881d9>] __dev_change_flags+0x109/0x170
[<c0589423>] dev_change_flags+0x23/0x60
[<c05f3770>] devinet_ioctl+0x6a0/0x770
ieee80211 phy0: device no longer idle - in use
Cc: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rate control algorithms concludes the rate as invalid
with rate[i].idx < -1 , while they do also check for rate[i].count is
non-zero. it would be safer to zero initialize the 'count' field.
recently we had a ath9k rate control crash where the ath9k rate control
in ath_tx_status assumed to check only for rate[i].count being non-zero
in one instance and ended up in using invalid rate index for
'connection monitoring NULL func frames' which eventually lead to the crash.
thanks to Pavel Roskin for fixing it and finding the root cause.
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=768639
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The call_rcu() in mesh_gate_del() invokes mesh_gate_node_reclaim(),
which simply calls kfree(). So convert the call_rcu() to kfree_rcu(),
allowing mesh_gate_node_reclaim() to be eliminated.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Most rate control implementations assume .get_rate and .tx_status are only
called once the per-station data has been fully initialized.
minstrel_ht crashes if this assumption is violated.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are situations where we don't have the
necessary rate control information yet for
station entries, e.g. when associating. This
currently doesn't really happen due to the
dummy station handling; explicitly disabling
rate control when it's not initialised will
allow us to remove dummy stations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
read_lock(&tpt_trig->trig.leddev_list_lock) is accessed via the path
ieee80211_open (->) ieee80211_do_open (->) ieee80211_mod_tpt_led_trig
(->) ieee80211_start_tpt_led_trig (->) tpt_trig_timer before initializing
it.
the intilization of this read/write lock happens via the path
ieee80211_led_init (->) led_trigger_register, but we are doing
'ieee80211_led_init' after 'ieeee80211_if_add' where we
register netdev_ops.
so we access leddev_list_lock before initializing it and causes the
following bug in chrome laptops with AR928X cards with the following
script
while true
do
sudo modprobe -v ath9k
sleep 3
sudo modprobe -r ath9k
sleep 3
done
BUG: rwlock bad magic on CPU#1, wpa_supplicant/358, f5b9eccc
Pid: 358, comm: wpa_supplicant Not tainted 3.0.13 #1
Call Trace:
[<8137b9df>] rwlock_bug+0x3d/0x47
[<81179830>] do_raw_read_lock+0x19/0x29
[<8137f063>] _raw_read_lock+0xd/0xf
[<f9081957>] tpt_trig_timer+0xc3/0x145 [mac80211]
[<f9081f3a>] ieee80211_mod_tpt_led_trig+0x152/0x174 [mac80211]
[<f9076a3f>] ieee80211_do_open+0x11e/0x42e [mac80211]
[<f9075390>] ? ieee80211_check_concurrent_iface+0x26/0x13c [mac80211]
[<f9076d97>] ieee80211_open+0x48/0x4c [mac80211]
[<812dbed8>] __dev_open+0x82/0xab
[<812dc0c9>] __dev_change_flags+0x9c/0x113
[<812dc1ae>] dev_change_flags+0x18/0x44
[<8132144f>] devinet_ioctl+0x243/0x51a
[<81321ba9>] inet_ioctl+0x93/0xac
[<812cc951>] sock_ioctl+0x1c6/0x1ea
[<812cc78b>] ? might_fault+0x20/0x20
[<810b1ebb>] do_vfs_ioctl+0x46e/0x4a2
[<810a6ebb>] ? fget_light+0x2f/0x70
[<812ce549>] ? sys_recvmsg+0x3e/0x48
[<810b1f35>] sys_ioctl+0x46/0x69
[<8137fa77>] sysenter_do_call+0x12/0x2
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Cc: Gary Morain <gmorain@google.com>
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Abhijit Pradhan <abhijit@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vthiagar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Cc: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Most rate control implementations assume .get_rate and .tx_status are only
called once the per-station data has been fully initialized.
minstrel_ht crashes if this assumption is violated.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Tested-by: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If you want to use mesh support from mac80211 on a recent
kernel on 2.6.24 you'll run into a name clash when compiling
against include/linux/namei.h, so rename this routine.
/home/mcgrof/tmp/compat-wireless-3.2.5-1/net/mac80211/mesh_pathtbl.c: At top level:
/home/mcgrof/tmp/compat-wireless-3.2.5-1/net/mac80211/mesh_pathtbl.c:342:26: error: conflicting types for ‘path_lookup’
include/linux/namei.h:71:12: note: previous declaration of ‘path_lookup’ was here
Although this could sit as a separate patch in compat-wireless it seems
best to just merge upstream.
Cc: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@frijolero.org>
Acked-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When not debugging mac80211 code, station state transitions do not need to
show up in the kernel log.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are situations where we don't have the
necessary rate control information yet for
station entries, e.g. when associating. This
currently doesn't really happen due to the
dummy station handling; explicitly disabling
rate control when it's not initialised will
allow us to remove dummy stations.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, mac80211 goes to idle-off before starting a scan.
However, some devices that implement hw scan might not
need going idle-off in order to perform a hw scan, and
thus saving some energy and simplifying their state machine.
(Note that this is also the case for sched scan - it
currently doesn't make mac80211 go idle-off)
Add a new flag to indicate support for hw scan while idle.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"ridx" is used as an index into the mcs_mask[] array which has
IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN elements.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the IBSS network is RSN-protected, let userspace authorize the stations
instead of adding them as AUTHORIZED by default.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is the second part of the auth/assoc redesign,
the mac80211 part. This moves the auth/assoc code
out of the work abstraction and into the MLME, so
that we don't flip channels all the time etc.
The only downside is that when we are associated,
we need to drop the association in order to create
a connection to another AP, but for most drivers
this is actually desirable and the ability to do
was never used by any applications. If we want to
implement resource reservation with FT-OTA, we'd
probably best do it with explicit R-O-C in wpa_s.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To track authenticated state seems to have been
a design mistake in cfg80211. It is possible to
have out of band authentication (FT), tracking
multiple authentications caused more problems
than it ever helped, and the implementation in
mac80211 is too complex.
Remove all this complexity, and let userspace
do whatever it wants to, mac80211 can deal with
that just fine. Association is still tracked of
course, but authentication no longer is. Local
auth state changes are thus no longer of value,
so ignore them completely.
This will also help implement SAE -- asking the
driver to do an authentication is now almost
equivalent to sending an authentication frame,
with the exception of shared key authentication
which is still handled completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The dummy STA support was added because I didn't
want to change the driver API at the time. Now
that we have state transitions triggering station
add/remove in the driver, we only call add once a
station reaches ASSOCIATED, so we can remove the
dummy station stuff again.
While at it, tighten the RX check and accept only
port control (EAP) frames from the AP station if
it's not associated yet -- in other cases there's
no race.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of maintaining separate sta_add/sta_remove
callsites, implement it in sta_state when the driver
has no sta_state implementation.
The only behavioural change this should cause is in
secure mesh mode: with this the station entries will
only be created after the stations are set to AUTH.
Given which drivers support mesh, this seems to not
be a problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
(based on Eliad's patch)
Add a callback to notify the low-level driver whenever
the state of a station changes. The driver is only
notified when the station is actually in the mac80211
hash table, not for pre-insert state transitions.
To allow the driver to replace sta_add/remove calls
with this, call extra transitions with the NOTEXIST
state.
This callback can fail, so we need to be careful in
handling it when a station is inserted, particularly
in the IBSS case where we still keep the station entry
around for mac80211 purposes.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be used by drivers later if they
need to have stations inserted all the time,
in mac80211 has no purpose, is never used
and sta_state starts out in NONE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a station couldn't be uploaded to the driver but
is still kept (only in IBSS mode) we still shouldn't
try to program the keys for it into hardware; fix
this bug by skipping the key upload in this case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Setting keys and updating TKIP keys must use the
BSS sdata (not AP_VLAN), so we translate. Move
the translation into driver-ops wrappers instead
of having it inline in the code to simplify the
normal code flow.
The same can be done for sta_add/remove which
already does the translation in the wrapper.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the station state modification right before insert,
this just makes the current code more readable (you can
tell that it's before insertion looking at a single
screenful of code) right now, but some upcoming changes
will require this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The current code checks for stored_mpdu_num > 1, causing
the reorder_timer to be triggered indefinitely, but the
frame is never timed-out (until the next packet is received)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Cc: <stable@vger.kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Unted the assumption that the sta struct is still accessible before the
synchronize_rcu call we should move the num_sta_ps counter decrement
after synchronize_rcu to avoid incorrect decrements if num_sta_ps.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* Handle MCS masks set by the user.
* Match rates provided by the rate control algorithm to the mask set,
also in HT mode, and switch back to legacy mode if necessary.
* add debugfs files to observate the rate selection
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the driver blocked this specific STA with the help of
ieee80211_sta_block_awake we won't clear WLAN_STA_PS_STA later but
still decrement num_sta_ps. Hence, the next data frame from this
STA will trigger ap_sta_ps_end again and also decrement num_sta_ps
again leading to an incorrect num_sta_ps counter.
This can result in problems with powersaving clients not waking up
from PS because the TIM calculation might be skipped due to the
incorrect num_sta_ps counter.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER is set by ieee80211_sta_block_awake the
num_sta_ps counter is not incremented. Hence, we shouldn't decrement
it in __sta_info_destroy if only WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER is set. This
could result in an incorrect num_sta_ps counter leading to strange side
effects with associated powersaving clients.
Fix this by only decrementing num_sta_ps when WLAN_STA_PS_STA was set
before.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the future, when we start notifying drivers,
state transitions could potentially fail. To make
it easier to distinguish between programming bugs
and driver failures:
* rename sta_info_move_state() to
sta_info_pre_move_state() which can only be
called before the station is inserted (and
check this with a new station flag).
* rename sta_info_move_state_checked() to just
plain sta_info_move_state(), as it will be
the regular function that can fail for more
than just one reason (bad transition or an
error from the driver)
This makes the programming model easier -- one of
the functions can only be called before insertion
and can't fail, the other can fail.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit f1e3be1561.
Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> thinks that this patch is
incorrect. I'll defer to his judgment.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when we are on an IBSS network with no active station,
we would scan for other BSSID, even if fixed_bssid is on, due to
a bug in ibss.c, where fixed_channel would be checked instead of
fixed_bssid. This would trigger useless scans where scan results
would not be used anyway.
This patch also reverts commit 39d02a7d90,
which assumed that the ifibss->fixed_channel check was legitimate
to disable single-channel scans. IBSS single-channel scan should
now be fixed.
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Cavallari <cavallar@lri.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The sta might be in psm against the ap (e.g. because
this was the before a hw restart), so we explicitly
send a null packet in order to make sure it'll
sync against the ap (and get out of psm).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A mesh node that joins the mesh network is by default a forwarding entity. This patch allows
the mesh node to set as non-forwarding entity. Whenever dot11MeshForwarding is set to 0, the
mesh node can prevent itself from forwarding the traffic which is not destined to him.
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It seems that -Wshadow is no longer default in
sparse runs, but let's fix the warnings anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Similar to the previous beacon filtering patch,
make CQM RSSI support depend on the flags that
the driver set for virtual interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Due to firmware limitations, we may not be able to
support beacon filtering on all virtual interfaces.
To allow this in mac80211, introduce per-interface
driver capability flags that the driver sets when
an interface is added.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
__ieee80211_recalc_idle() iterates through the vifs,
sets bss_conf.idle = true if they are disconnected,
and increases "count" if they are not (which later
gets evaluated in order to determine whether the
device is idle).
However, the loop doesn't set bss_conf.idle = false
(along with increasing "count"), causing the device
idle state and the vif idle state to get out of sync
in some cases.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 13c40c5 ("mac80211: Add HT operation modes for IBSS") broke
ibss operation by mistakenly removing the local->oper_channel
update (causing ibss to start on the wrong channel). fix it.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case of a node re-joining the cell the sta_info structure belonging to it is
first destroyed and then reinserted. In this way its internal state is reset.
The joining operation is recognised thank the Auth frame being received.
This operation is helpful in case of a node being rebooted that is joining the
ad-hoc cell again, before its purge timeout on other nodes expires.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In IBSS mode, whenever a new station is added a 2-way authentication challenge
is performed. Actually this event can be used to recognise a new station joining
the cell even if its sta_info entry is already in the list.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It seems exceedingly unlikely that we'll ever
support swapping rate control algorithms at
runtime, so remove the unused refcounting code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Yogesh's patch to destroy aggregation sessions when
stations are destroyed was needed, but unnecessarily
complex. Clean up this code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Actually the DA field has already been checked along the rx path (in
prepare_for_handlers()) and this check is therefore useless at this point.
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The local maximum transmit power for a channel is defined as the maximum
regulatory transmission power minus the local power constraint specified
for the channel in the Power Constraint element. (7.3.2.15 IEEE80211 2007)
Signed-off-by: Hong Wu <hong.wu@dspg.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In case of authentication frame exchange between two IBSS STAs, the
DA field must contain the destinatioin address (instead of the BSSID).
Signed-off-by: Antonio Quartulli <ordex@autistici.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use a switch statement instead of a list of if
statements. Also include AP_VLAN in the list
and skip them since the AP interface will also
be looked at.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
we would have bailed out if 'ifibss->fixed_channel'
is valid i.e. we had used 'fixed-freq' parameter in iw ibss
join command. this is with the state 'IEEE80211_IBSS_MLME_JOINED'
so no need to check for it
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Bail out if sta_apply_parameters() returns an error.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When deauth is requested while an auth or assoc
work item is in progress, we currently delete it
without regard for any state it might need to
clean up. Fix it by cleaning up for those items.
In the case Pontus found, the problem manifested
itself as such:
authenticate with 00:23:69:aa:dd:7b (try 1)
authenticated
failed to insert Dummy STA entry for the AP (error -17)
deauthenticating from 00:23:69:aa:dd:7b by local choice (reason=2)
It could also happen differently if the driver
uses the tx_sync callback.
We can't just call the ->done() method of the work
items because that will lock up due to the locking
in cfg80211. This fix isn't very clean, but that
seems acceptable since I have patches pending to
remove this code completely.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use local->tx_headroom instad of local->hw.extra_tx_headroom.
local->tx_headroom is the max of hw.extra_tx_headroom required by the
driver and the headroom required by mac80211 for status reporting. On
drivers where hw.extra_tx_headroom is smaller than what mac80211
requires (e.g. ath5k), we would not reserve sufficient buffer space to
report tx status.
Also, don't reserve local->tx_headroom + local->hw.extra_tx_headroom.
Reported-by: Simon Morgenthaler <s.morgenthaler@students.unibe.ch>
Reported-by: Kai Scharwies <kai@scharwies.de>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since stations moved into a virtual interface
subdirectory, this link has been broken. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All other code paths in sta_unblock synchronize with the network
softirq by using local_bh_disable/enable. Do the same around
ieee80211_sta_ps_deliver_wakeup.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In function ieee80211_tx_h_encrypt the var info was
initialized from tx->skb, since the fucntion
is called after the function ieee80211_tx_h_fragment
tx->skb is not valid anymore.
Signed-off-by: Yoni Divinsky <yoni.divinsky@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We may leak the 'fwd_skb' we skb_copy() in ieee80211_rx_h_mesh_fwding() if
we take the 'else' branch in the 'if' statement just below. If we take
that branch we'll end up returning from the function and since we've not
assigned 'fwd_skb' to anything at that point, we leak it when the variable
goes out of scope.
The simple fix seems to be to just kfree_skb(fwd_skb); just before we
return. That is what this patch does.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When userspace attempts to authorize a station
that is already authorized, nothing happens as
you'd expect. Similarly, when it unauthorizes
a station that is associated, nothing happens.
However, when it unauthorizes a station that
isn't even associated yet, we erroneously try
to move the station to associated. This seems
to happen occasionally as a result of a race
when wpa_supplicant attempts to unauthorize
the port in managed mode. Particularly with my
new patches to keep stations, it can then move
a station into ASSOCIATED state before we have
really associated, which is really confusing.
I introduced this bug in
"mac80211: refactor station state transitions"
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit a9b3cd7f32 (rcu: convert uses of rcu_assign_pointer(x, NULL) to
RCU_INIT_POINTER) did a lot of incorrect changes, since it did a
complete conversion of rcu_assign_pointer(x, y) to RCU_INIT_POINTER(x,
y).
We miss needed barriers, even on x86, when y is not NULL.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
CC: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since:
commit 816c04fe7e
Author: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Date: Sat Apr 30 15:24:30 2011 +0200
mac80211: consolidate MIC failure report handling
is possible to that we dereference rx->key == NULL when driver set
RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED and not RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED and we are in
promiscuous mode. This happen with rt73usb and rt61pci at least.
Before the commit we always check rx->key against NULL, so I assume
fix should be done in mac80211 (also mic_fail path has similar check).
References:
https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=769766http://rt2x00.serialmonkey.com/pipermail/users_rt2x00.serialmonkey.com/2012-January/004395.html
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.0+
Reported-by: Stuart D Gathman <stuart@gathman.org>
Reported-by: Kai Wohlfahrt <kai.scorpio@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_offchannel_enable_all_ps function is no longer used
and looks like its logic is extensively handled in
ieee80211_offchannel_stop_vifs
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ideally, hardware/firmware initialization is complete after the
drv_start routine. In mac80211 restart code (ieee80211_reconfig),
defer calling the driver commands i.e. setup fragmentation
threshold, rts threshold and coverage class till drv_start
routine is called.
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
v2: Removed extra blank line added.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
this is being recently introduced by the commit
a85e1d5597
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
when we run high bandwidth UDP traffic and we trigger a scan, the scan
state machine seems to be looping in SUSPEND->RESUME->DECISION->SUSPEND
and SET_CHANNEL seems to be never called as 'tx_empty' is never true
while running UDP traffic. fix this by settting SET_CHANNEL state when
we get into RESUME state.
Cc: Leela Kella <leela@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the vif is stopped while it is offchannel (e.g. right
after p2p negotiation) the SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL flag
is never get cleared, resulting in various bad effects
(e.g. GO can't start beaconing).
Fix it by clearing the SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL flag
even if the vif is stopped.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This seems to not serve any purpose anymore, at least all frame
processing afterwards seems to be able to deal with QoS frames. So,
let's save the expensive memmove and just leave the QoS header in the
802.11 frame for further processing.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When mac80211 relays a frame from STA1 to STA2 in AP mode it will get
re-classified in the tx path. Unfortunately the frame protocol field
is always set to ETH_P_8023 while the classification only kicks in
for ETH_P_IP. Hence, a high priority frame from STA1 will be send to
STA2 as best effort.
Instead of running classification on the frame just use the same
priority as STA1 did. Do this by adding 256 to the skb->priority
to allow cfg80211_classify8021d to shortcut frame classification.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IBSS merge code calls ieee80211_sta_expire() with a relatively
short expire timeout that purges other clients prematurely. The
expire function has to check that only the clients belonging to
the vif in question are purged.
Signed-off-by: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
DaveM said:
Please, this kind of stuff rots forever and not using bool properly
drives me crazy.
Joe Perches <joe@perches.com> gave me the spatch script:
@@
bool b;
@@
-b = 0
+b = false
@@
bool b;
@@
-b = 1
+b = true
I merely installed coccinelle, read the documentation and took credit.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The commit 42624d4913
created following sparse warning
>net/mac80211/sta_info.c:965:24: warning: incorrect type in assignment (different address spaces)
>net/mac80211/sta_info.c:965:24: expected struct tid_ampdu_tx *tid_tx
>net/mac80211/sta_info.c:965:24: got struct tid_ampdu_tx [noderef] <asn:4>*<noident>
Making use of rcu_dereference_protected to fix the problem.
V2:
- Replacing rcu_dereference with rcu_dereference_protected
as suggested by Johannes.
- Adding mutex_lock/unlock to satisfy the condition at
rcu_dereference_protected
Cc: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a peer changes SMPS state we should update
rate control so it doesn't have to detect it by
itself. It can't detect "dynamic" mode anyway
since that just requires rts-cts handshaking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If station info contains a beacon loss count, return
it to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently code allows three (HT_AGG_MAX_RETRIES) unanswered addba
requests. When this limit is reached aggregation is turned off for
given TID permanently. This doesn't seem right: three requests is
not that much, some 'blackout' can happen, but effect of it affects
whole connection indefinitely.
This patch increases number of retries to 15. Also, when there have
been 3 or more retries it splits further retries apart by 15 seconds
instead of sending them in very short period of time.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
we found that power save is not getting enabled when we do
change interface in this order STA->IBSS->STA. this is
because ieee80211_setup_sdata clears type-dependent union
Reported-by: Leela Kella <leela@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently BAR, ADDBA and DELBA frames are always sent using AC_VO. If
the TID for which a BA session is established is assigned to a different
queue BAR, ADDBA and DELBA frames can "overtake" frames of the according
BA session.
Hence, always put BA session related frames into the same queue as the
BA sessions data frames.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that IBSS no longer needs to insert stations
from atomic context, we can get rid of all the
special cases for that, and even get rid of the
sta_lock (though it needs to stay as tim_lock.)
This makes the station management code much more
straight-forward.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to notify drivers and simplify the station
management code, defer IBSS station insertion to a
work item and don't do it directly while receiving
a frame.
This increases the complexity in IBSS a little bit,
but it's pretty straight forward and it allows us
to reduce the station management complexity (next
patch) considerably.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No real changes, just note that they are const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, each AP interface will send multicast
traffic if any interface has a station entry even
if that station entry is allocated only. With the
new station state management we can easily fix it
by adding a counter that counts each authorized
station only and send multicast traffic only when
the correct interface has at least one authorized
station.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Station entries can have various states, the most
important ones being auth, assoc and authorized.
This patch prepares us for telling the driver about
these states, we don't want to confuse drivers with
strange transitions, so with this we enforce that
they move in the right order between them (back and
forth); some transitions might happen before the
driver even knows about the station, but at least
runtime transitions will be ordered correctly.
As a consequence, IBSS and MESH stations will now
have the ASSOC flag set (so they can transition to
AUTHORIZED), and we can get rid of a special case
in TX processing.
When freeing a station, unwind the state so that
other parts of the code (or drivers later) can rely
on the transitions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need to use RCU here, we can just lock
the station mutex instead. This allows the code
to sleep, which is necessary for later patches.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is already checked in cfg80211, so no need
to repeat the checks here.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The nl80211 station handling code is a bit messy
and doesn't do a lot of validation. It seems like
this could be an issue for drivers that don't use
mac80211 to validate everything.
As cfg80211 doesn't keep station state, move the
validation of allowing supported_rates to change
for TDLS only in station mode to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Our new return also created a memleak. The skb should be freed before
returning an error.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ip address of the vif can be set even before the
vif is up. requiring the vif to be up in the vif
notifier makes the notifer ignore this event, which
causes wrong arp filter configuration later on.
Reported-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Configure arp filtering on sta reconfiguration.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_configure_filter code used local->scanning as a boolean
value when it was a bit mask. Bits SCAN_COMPLETED, SCAN_ABORTED
should not set FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC filter.
SCAN_HW_SCANNING should not set FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC either,
as there is no explicit filter configuration request from
scan code. If a driver requires FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC mode
during HW scanning, it's up to the driver to temporary enable it.
Similar mistake was fixed also in ieee80211_hw_config (power
configuration code).
Verified-by: Vitaly Wool <vitaly.wool@sonyericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Tarnyagin <dmitry.tarnyagin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use ieee80211_is_data, ieee80211_is_mgmt and ieee80211_is_first_frag
in the tx status path. This makes the code easier to read and allows us
to remove two local variables: frag and type.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a station leaves suddenly while ampdu traffic to that station is still
running, there is a possibility that the ampdu pending queues are not freed due
to a race condition leading to memory leaks. In '__sta_info_destroy' when we
attempt to destroy the ampdu sessions in 'ieee80211_sta_tear_down_BA_sessions',
the driver calls 'ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe' to delete the ampdu
structures (tid_tx) and splice the pending queues and this job gets queued in
sdata workqueue. However, the sta entry can get destroyed before the above work
gets scheduled and hence the race.
Purging the queues and freeing the tid_tx to avoid the leak. The better solution
would be to fix the race, but that can be taken up in a separate patch.
Signed-off-by: Nishant Sarmukadam <nishants@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We recently introduced a new return here but it needs an unlock first.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Emmanuel noticed that when mac80211 stops the queues
for aggregation that can leave a packet pending. This
packet will be given to the driver after the AMPDU
callback, but as a non-aggregated packet which messes
up the sequence number etc.
I also noticed by looking at the code that if packets
are being processed while we clear the WANT_START bit,
they might see it cleared already and queue up on
tid_tx->pending. If the driver then rejects the new
aggregation session we leak the packet.
Fix both of these issues by changing this code to not
stop the queues at all. Instead, let packets queue up
on the tid_tx->pending queue instead of letting them
get to the driver, and add code to recover properly
in case the driver rejects the session.
(The patch looks large because it has to move two
functions to before their new use.)
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
AP interfaces routinely call this logic, so just silently
return when this happens instead of splatting the kernel
logs.
Reported-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Arik's patch "mac80211: allow action frames with unknown
BSSID in GO mode" allowed any action frames in P2P mode
to go through, but only to cooked monitor interfaces as
the IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH was still cleared. As a result
my no-monitor patches broke invitation responses.
Instead of allowing any action frames in P2P GO mode to
go through with a wrong BSSID like that patch did, allow
all public action frames. They will never be processed
by mac80211, but can be reported via nl80211 then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes another regression from my "pass all
fragments to driver at once" patches -- if the
packet is being retransmitted then we don't go
through all handlers, but we still need to move
it to the skbs list, otherwise we run into the
first warning in __ieee80211_tx() and leak the
skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The HT mode is set by iw (previous patchsets).
The interface is set into the specified HT mode.
HT mode and capabilities are announced in beacons.
If we add a station that uses HT also, the fastest matching HT mode will
be used for transmission. That means if we are using HT40+ and we add a station
running on HT40-, we would transfer at HT20.
If we join an IBSS with HT40, but the secondary channel is not
available, we will fall back into HT20 as well.
Allow frame aggregation to start in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
[siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de: Updates]
* remove implicit channel_type enum assumptions
* use rate_control_rate_init() if channel type changed
* remove channel flags check
* activate HT IBSS feature support
* slightly reword commit message
* rebase on wireless-testing
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* Follow 802.11n-2009 9.13.3.1 for protection mode and ADDBA
* Send ADDBA only to HT STAs - implement 11.5.1.1 partially
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The on-channel work optimisations have caused a
number of issues, and the code is unfortunately
very complex and almost impossible to follow.
Instead of attempting to put in more workarounds
let's just remove those optimisations, we can
work on them again later, after we change the
whole auth/assoc design.
This should fix rate_control_send_low() warnings,
see RH bug 731365.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The rates bitmap for internal scan requests shoud be filled,
otherwise there will be probe requests with zero rates supported.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's little point in this config symbol, if
tracing is disabled the overhead is negligible
and if you think it's too bad you can always
turn off tracing completely.
Also remove the part where we don't have sparse
check the tracing code -- it seems that it can
now deal with it (or the code changed).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Lose about two levels of unnecessary indentation.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We used to initiate a path discovery when receiving a frame for which
there is no forwarding information. To cut down on PREQ spam, just send
a (gated) PERR in response.
Also separate path discovery logic from nexthop querying. This patch
means we no longer queue frames when forwarding, so kill the PERR TX
stuff in discard_frame().
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As per 802.11mb 13.9.11.3
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can't rely on ieee80211_select_queue() to do its job at this point
since the skb->protocol is not yet known. Instead, factor out and reuse
the queue mapping logic for injected frames.
Also, to mitigate congestion, forwarded frames should be dropped if the
outgoing queue was stopped. This was not correctly implemented as we
were not checking the right queue. Furthermore, we were dropping frames
that had arrived to their destination if that queue was stopped.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
HWMP originator and target addresses were switched on the air but also
on reception, which is why path selection still worked.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Don't write the TA until next hop is actually known, since we might need
the original TA for sending a PERR. Previously we would send a PERR to
ourself if path resolution for a forwarded frame failed.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Chun-Yeow Yeoh <yeohchunyeow@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It doesn't have any actual effect here, but we should
skb_put() *before* copying the data.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Emmanuel reported that my previous patches to enable
handing all fragments to drivers at once triggered
the warning that the SKB queue wasn't empty. This is
happening when we actually queue up some frames and
don't hand them to the driver (queues are stopped).
The reason for it is that my code that splices the
frame(s) over to the pending queue didn't re-init
the local queue, so skb_queue_empty() was false. Fix
this by using the _init versions of the splicing.
Also, convert the warning to WARN_ON_ONCE.
Reported-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes frequent WARN_ONs when using AP VLAN + aggregation, as these vifs
are virtual and not registered with drivers.
Use sta_info_get_bss instead of sta_info_get in aggregation callbacks, so
that these callbacks can find the station entry when called with the AP vif.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add additional debug logging of initiator and reason when rx
aggregation session is stopped
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT instead of hardcoded 0 for clarity
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently tx aggregation is not being timed out even if timeout is
specified when aggregation is opened. Tx tid stays active until delba
arrives from recipient (i.e. recipient times out tid when it is
inactive).
The problem with this approach is that delba can get lost in the air
and tx tid will stay perpetually opened on the originator while closed
on recipient thus all data sent via this tid will be lost.
This patch implements tx tid timeouting in way very similar to rx tid
timeouting.
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Due the a fall-through in the switch statement, the IBSS mode got a
report for AP_RPOBE_RESPONSE change on reconfig. Change this to an AP
only notification.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch contains the processing changes in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This feature has been superseded by the NoAck per Queue feature.
Signed-off-by: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de>
Signed-off-by: Mathias Kretschmer <mathias.kretschmer@fokus.fraunhofer.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a packet is supposed to sent be as an a-MPDU, mac80211 sets
IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU to let the driver know. On the other
hand, mac80211 configures the driver for aggregration with the
ampdu_action callback.
There is race between these two mechanisms since the following
scenario can occur when the BA agreement is torn down:
Tx softIRQ drv configuration
========== =================
check OPERATIONAL bit
Set the TX_CTL_AMPDU bit in the packet
clear OPERATIONAL bit
stop Tx AGG
Pass Tx packet to the driver.
In that case the driver would get a packet with TX_CTL_AMPDU set
although it has already been notified that the BA session has been
torn down.
To fix this, we need to synchronize all the Qdisc activity after we
cleared the OPERATIONAL bit. After that step, all the following
packets will be buffered until the driver reports it is ready to get
new packets for this RA / TID. This buffering allows not to run into
another race that would send packets with TX_CTL_AMPDU unset while
the driver hasn't been requested to tear down the BA session yet.
This race occurs in practice and iwlwifi complains with a WARN_ON
when it happens.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Emmanuel Grumbach <emmanuel.grumbach@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If addBA responses comes in just after addba_resp_timer has
expired mac80211 will still accept it and try to open the
aggregation session. This causes drivers to be confused and
in some cases even crash.
This patch fixes the race condition and makes sure that if
addba_resp_timer has expired addBA response is not longer
accepted and we do not try to open half-closed session.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
[some adjustments]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Nikolay noticed (by code review) that mac80211 can
attempt to stop an aggregation session while it is
already being stopped. So to fix it, check whether
stop is already being done and bail out if so.
Also move setting the STOPPING state into the lock
so things are properly atomic.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Nikolay Martynov <mar.kolya@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sparse RCU checking reports two warnings in the mesh
path table code. These are due to questionable uses of
rcu_dereference.
To fix the first one, get rid of mesh_gate_add() and
just make mesh_path_add_gate() do the correct deref.
To fix the second one, simply remove rcu_dereference()
in mesh_gate_del() -- it already gets a proper pointer
as indicated by the prototype (no __rcu annotation)
and confirmed by the code.
Cc: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Cc: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This implements ht-cap over-rides for mac80211 drivers.
HT may be disabled, making an /a/b/g/n station act like an
a/b/g station. HT40 may be disabled forcing the station to
be HT20 even if the AP and local hardware support HT40.
MAX-AMSDU may be disabled.
AMPDU-Density may be increased.
AMPDU-Factor may be decreased.
This has been successfully tested with ath9k using patched
wpa_supplicant and iw.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No other driver ever ended up using this, and
the commit forgot to move the prototype so no
driver could have used it. Revert it, if any
driver shows up and needs it it can be moved
again, but until then it's more efficient to
have it in mac80211 where the only user is.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently mac80211 implements these for all devices,
but given restrictions of some devices that isn't
really true, so prepare for being able to remove the
capability for some mac80211 devices.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
First time I tried smatch, and it says:
mesh_hwmp.c +870 mesh_queue_preq(21) error: double lock 'bottom_half:'
mesh_hwmp.c +873 mesh_queue_preq(24) error: double unlock 'bottom_half:'
mesh_hwmp.c +886 mesh_queue_preq(37) error: double unlock 'bottom_half:'
Which is indeed true -- there's no point in disabling BHs
again if we just did that a few lines earlier, so remove.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
WLAN_STA_ASSOC_AP indicates that the station entry
is for an AP we're associated to but isn't used so
remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers can usually handle fragmented packets
much easier when they get the entire list of
fragments at once. The only thing they need to
do is keep enough space on the queues for up
to ten fragments of a single MSDU.
This allows them to implement this with a new
operation tx_frags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This just prepares for passing the entire fragment
list to the driver. No significant changes, but the
TX throughput is calculated slightly differently
now and we blink only once for each MSDU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of adjusting the fragment flags at
TX time, adjust them at fragmentation time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are currently linking the skbs by using skb->next
directly. This works, but the preferred way is to use
a struct sk_buff_head instead. That also prepares for
passing that to drivers directly.
While at it I noticed we calculate the duration for
fragments twice -- remove one of them.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I intoduced this bug in commit a2fe816674
"mac80211: Build TX radiotap header dynamically"
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It was flipped. See section 7.3.2.56 of the 802.11n
spec for details.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers (e.g. ath9k) assume that it's safe to go into low-power mode
immediately after the idle state changes. To support that, mac80211 even
calls drv_flush() before that happens.
In some instances, mac80211 sent a packet right after recalculating the
idle state, this patch fixes that.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove unused function parameters in the following functions:
minstrel_calc_rate_ewma()
minstrel_ht_calc_tp()
minstrel_aggr_check()
minstrel_ht_set_rate()
Signed-off-by: Patrick Kelle <patrick.kelle81@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We recently introduced a return here, but we need to call kfree
first.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sk_buff structs should be freed using kfree_skb().
This was introduced recently in 029458212 "mac80211: Save probe
response data for bss".
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Finding the group index for a specific rate is done by looping through
all groups and returning if the correct one is found. This code is
called for each tx'ed frame and thus it makes sense to reduce its
runtime.
Do this by calculating the group index by this formula based on the SGI
and HT40 flags as well as the stream number:
idx = (HT40 * 2 * MINSTREL_MAX_STREAMS) +
(SGI * MINSTREL_MAX_STREAMS) +
(streams - 1)
Hence, the groups are ordered by th HT40 flag first, then by the SGI
flag and afterwards by the number of used streams.
This should reduce the runtime of minstrel_ht_get_group_idx
considerable.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The drivers are not required to fill in rate->count if rate->idx is set
to -1. Hence, we should first check rate->idx before accessing
rate->count.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The shared key authentication frame that needs to be
encrypted (the third one in the shared key handshake)
is directly encrypted in ieee80211_send_auth and the
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT is set. All others
are not encrypted, so the only way to get to this is
erroneously on no-monitor AP side.
Remove the special case for authentication frames to
fix the AP shared key side when operating without
cooked monitor interfaces -- with cooked monitor the
IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT also gets set, so we
never get here -- an AP never encrypts auth frames.
Without this patch, an AP operating in WEP mode with
my no-monitor patches would erroneously encrypt all
authentication frames, instead of none.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The warning is spurious -- if !sta we always exit without using the
unassigned qos variable, and if we do find the sta we assign it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow setting a probe response template for an interface operating in
AP mode. Low level drivers are notified about changes in the probe
response template and are able to retrieve a copy of the current probe
response. This data can, for example, be uploaded to hardware as a
template.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Driver should be instructed to enter PS AFTER
reconfiguring ASSOCIATED (in STA case) using ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify
same as it's being done in ieee80211_set_associated()
Signed-off-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just add API to get the channel & report it. Trivial really.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Attempting to micro-optimise the scan by going
fully live again when scanning the operating
channel just made the code extremely complex
and has little gain in most use cases. Remove
all that code and simplify the state machine
again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 should set carrier_on for ibss vifs
only while they are joined (similar to sta vifs)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Initialize rate control algorithms only when supported rates are known
for a TDLS peer sta. Direct Tx between peers is not allowed before the
link is enabled. In turn, this only occurs after a change_station()
call that sets supported rates.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use kstrtoul, etc instead of the now deprecated strict_strtoul, etc.
A semantic patch rule for the kstrtoul case is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
expression a,b;
{int,long} *c;
@@
-strict_strtoul
+kstrtoul
(a,b,c)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement the socket wifi TX status error
queue reflection in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For probe responses it can be useful to not wait for ACK to
avoid retransmissions if the station that sent the probe is
already on the next channel, so allow userspace to request
not caring about the ACK with a new nl80211 flag.
Since mac80211 needs to be updated for the new function
prototype anyway implement it right away -- it's just a
few lines of code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement the cfg80211 notification but only send
one event per associated station to avoid having
tons of events if the station thinks it should be
allowed to use 4addr frames but it isn't.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there's an interface in AP mode, OBSS beacons
are needed by hostapd/wpa_s to implement logic to
enable/disable protection etc. Report the frames
and set the capability flag.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Support probing clients with null data frames
in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for the spurious class3 frame event
to mac80211 to enable AP w/o monitor mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will allow us to support dynamic WEP with 802.1X
properly in mac80211 by not encrypting outgoing and
accepting unencrypted incoming frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers that need to drop a frame before it
can be transmitted will usually simply free
that frame. This is currently fine, but in
the future it'll be needed to tell mac80211
about this case, so add a new routine that
frees a TX skb.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We only need to set the skb queue twice:
1. by the netdev, on local TX.
2. when forwarding a mesh frame.
We only need to set the qos header twice:
1. by mac80211, on local TX.
2. when putting a frame on the mpath->frame_queue
We also don't need the RA in order to set the proper queue mapping since
all mesh STAs are QoS, indicate this and do it once when the frame is
received. Also fixes an issue where the QoS header and queue mapping was not
set for unicast forwarded frames.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There was an an implicit assumption that any QoS data frame received
from a STA/TID with an active BA session was sent to this vif as part of
a BA. This is not true if IFF_PROMISC is enabled and the frame was
destined for a different peer, for example. Don't treat these frames as
part of a BA from the sending STA.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously QoS multicast frames had the Normal Acknowledgment QoS
control bits set. This would cause broadcast frames to be discarded by
peers with which we have a BA session, since their sequence number would
fall outside the allowed range. Set No Ack QoS control bits on multicast
QoS frames and filter these in de-aggregation code.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
v2: Use proper QoS Ack Policy ctl field mask (Christian)
v3: Clean up conditional (Johannes)
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Don't accept redundant PREQs for a given destination. This fixes a
problem under high load:
kernel: [20386.250913] mesh_queue_preq: 235 callbacks suppressed
kernel: [20386.253335] Mesh HWMP (mesh0): PREQ node queue full
kernel: [20386.253352] Mesh HWMP (mesh0): PREQ node queue full
(...)
The 802.11s protocol has a provision to limit the rate of path requests
(PREQs) are transmitted (dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval) but there was no
limit on the rate at which PREQs were being queued up. There is a valid
reason for queuing PREQs: this way we can even out PREQ bursts. But
queueing multiple PREQs for the same destination is useless.
Reported-by: Pedro Larbig <pedro.larbig@carhs.de>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The driver is never informed about monitor or
AP_VLAN interfaces, so whenever we pass those
to it later this is a bug. Verify we don't as
there are some cases where this could happen.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since local->tmp_channel is always NULL in one branch, some code paths
will newer be taken in that branch, so remove them.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Janusz reported that the EOSP bit in mac80211 was
getting cleared all the time. I had not found this
since I tested uAPSD with a device that always set
the bit itself. Preserve the bit when building the
QoS header.
Reported-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The vif might be busy while reconfiguring
(e.g. associated), so indicate BSS_CHANGED_IDLE as well.
Reported-by: Eyal Shapira <eyal@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
802.11n-2009 extends the supported rates element with a
magic value which can be used to prevent legacy stations
from joining the BSS.
However, this magic value is not a rate like the others
and the magic can simply be ignored/skipped at this late
stage.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>---
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the connection monitor timer fires right before
suspend, the following will happen:
timer fires -> monitor_work gets queued
suspend calls ieee80211_sta_quiesce
ieee80211_sta_quiesce:
- deletes timer
- cancels monitor_work synchronously, running it
[note wrong order of these steps]
monitor_work runs, re-arming the timer
later, timer fires while system should be quiesced
This causes a warning:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/util.c:540 ieee80211_can_queue_work+0x35/0x40 [mac80211]()
but is otherwise harmless. I'm not completely sure
this is the scenario Thomas stumbled across, but it
is the only way I can right now see the warning in
a scenario like the one he reported.
Reported-by: Thomas Meyer <thomas@m3y3r.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_probereq_get() can return NULL in
which case we should clean up & return NULL
in ieee80211_build_probe_req() as well.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When receiving failed PLCP frames is enabled, there
won't be a rate pointer when we add the radiotap
header and thus the kernel will crash. Fix this by
not assuming the rate pointer is always valid. It's
still always valid for frames that have good PLCP
though, and that is checked & enforced.
This was broken by my
commit fc88518916
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Fri Jul 30 13:23:12 2010 +0200
mac80211: don't check rates on PLCP error frames
where I removed the check in this case but didn't
take into account that the rate info would be used.
Reported-by: Xiaokang Qin <xiaokang.qin@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <anagar6@uic.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Set peer's HT capabilities, and disallow peering if we're on a different
channel type.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <anagar6@uic.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashok Nagarajan <anagar6@uic.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some refactoring for IBSS HT.
Move HT info and capability IEs building code into separate functions.
Add function to get the channel type from an HT info IE.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Simon <an.alexsimon@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove most references to magic numbers, save a few bytes and hopefully
improve readability.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some cards can generate CCMP IVs in HW, but require the space for the IV
to be pre-allocated in the frame at the correct offset. Add a key flag
that allows us to achieve this.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there are no cooked monitor interfaces, there's
no point in building the radiotap RX header for the
frame and iterating the interface list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's an extra pair of parentheses here that
is simply confusing because it implies a nesting
that doesn't actually exist. Just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 calls ieee80211_set_wmm_default (which in turn
calls drv_conf_tx()) for every new interface, including
"internal" ones (e.g. monitor interface, which the low-level
driver doesn't know about).
Limit this call only to valid interfaces.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (47 commits)
forcedeth: fix a few sparse warnings (variable shadowing)
forcedeth: Improve stats counters
forcedeth: remove unneeded stats updates
forcedeth: Acknowledge only interrupts that are being processed
forcedeth: fix race when unloading module
MAINTAINERS/rds: update maintainer
wanrouter: Remove kernel_lock annotations
usbnet: fix oops in usbnet_start_xmit
ixgbe: Fix compile for kernel without CONFIG_PCI_IOV defined
etherh: Add MAINTAINERS entry for etherh
bonding: comparing a u8 with -1 is always false
sky2: fix regression on Yukon Optima
netlink: clarify attribute length check documentation
netlink: validate NLA_MSECS length
i825xx:xscale:8390:freescale: Fix Kconfig dependancies
macvlan: receive multicast with local address
tg3: Update version to 3.121
tg3: Eliminate timer race with reset_task
tg3: Schedule at most one tg3_reset_task run
tg3: Obtain PCI function number from device
...
Set IEEE80211_FCTL_MOREDATA bit also in case we have buffered
frames (more than one) only for one AC.
Signed-off-by: Janusz Dziedzic <janusz.dziedzic@tieto.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some buggy APs (and even P2P_GO) don't advertise their
basic rates in the association response.
In such case, use the min supported rate as the
basic rate.
Reported-by: Pontus Fuchs <pontus.fuchs@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Only AID values 1-2007 are valid, but some APs have been
found to send random bogus values, in the reported case an
AP that was sending the AID field value 0xffff, an AID of
0x3fff (16383).
There isn't much we can do but disable powersave since
there's no way it can work properly in this case.
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Reported-by: Bill C Riemers <briemers@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We need to verify whether the command is successful before allocating
the station entry to avoid extra processing. This also fixes a memory
leak on the error path.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When going back on-channel, we should reconfigure
the hw iff the hardware is not already configured
to the operational channel.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org # 2.6.39+
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The offchannel code is currently broken - we should
remain_off_channel if the work was started, and
the work's channel and channel_type are the same
as local->tmp_channel and local->tmp_channel_type.
However, if wk->chan_type and local->tmp_channel_type
coexist (e.g. have the same channel type), we won't
remain_off_channel.
This behavior was introduced by commit da2fd1f
("mac80211: Allow work items to use existing
channel type.")
Tested-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org # 2.6.39+
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These files are non modular, but need to export symbols using
the macros now living in export.h -- call out the include so
that things won't break when we remove the implicit presence
of module.h from everywhere.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
These files were getting access to these two via the implicit
presence of module.h everywhere. They aren't modules, so they
don't need the full module.h inclusion though.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
With calls to modular infrastructure, these files really
needs the full module.h header. Call it out so some of the
cleanups of implicit and unrequired includes elsewhere can be
cleaned up.
Signed-off-by: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
* 'pm-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/rafael/linux-pm: (63 commits)
PM / Clocks: Remove redundant NULL checks before kfree()
PM / Documentation: Update docs about suspend and CPU hotplug
ACPI / PM: Add Sony VGN-FW21E to nonvs blacklist.
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 A4R support (v4)
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 A3SP support (v4)
PM / Sleep: Mark devices involved in wakeup signaling during suspend
PM / Hibernate: Improve performance of LZO/plain hibernation, checksum image
PM / Hibernate: Do not initialize static and extern variables to 0
PM / Freezer: Make fake_signal_wake_up() wake TASK_KILLABLE tasks too
PM / Hibernate: Add resumedelay kernel param in addition to resumewait
MAINTAINERS: Update linux-pm list address
PM / ACPI: Blacklist Vaio VGN-FW520F machine known to require acpi_sleep=nonvs
PM / ACPI: Blacklist Sony Vaio known to require acpi_sleep=nonvs
PM / Hibernate: Add resumewait param to support MMC-like devices as resume file
PM / Hibernate: Fix typo in a kerneldoc comment
PM / Hibernate: Freeze kernel threads after preallocating memory
PM: Update the policy on default wakeup settings
PM / VT: Cleanup #if defined uglyness and fix compile error
PM / Suspend: Off by one in pm_suspend()
PM / Hibernate: Include storage keys in hibernation image on s390
...
Only station flags that are already defined in nl80211 are added for
now.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The queue mapping/TID for non-QoS null data
responses to is never set, making it default
to BK. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reformat the check, the indentation is completely strange.
Also change the last part of the condition to make the
code shorter.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 already filled in the MCS rate info for rx'ed frames but tx'ed
frames that are sent to a monitor interface during the status callback
lack this information.
Add the radiotap fields for MCS info to ieee80211_tx_status_rtap_hdr
and populate them when sending tx'ed frames to the monitors.
The needed headroom is only extended by one byte since we don't include
legacy rate information in the rtap header for HT frames.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Get rid of the ieee80211_tx_status_rtap_hdr struct and instead build the
rtap header dynamically. This makes it easier to extend the rtap header
generation in the future.
Add ieee80211_tx_radiotap_len to calculate the expected size of the
rtap header before generating it. Since we can't check if the rtap
header fits into the requested headroom during compile time anymore
add a WARN_ON_ONCE.
Also move the actual rtap header generation into its own function.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This was another workaround for truesize "bugs".
The reason we did this was that when we orphaned
the SKB it wouldn't be truesize-checked later.
Now that the check is gone (and we just charge
the former smaller size to the socket) there's
no longer a reason to orphan the skb here.
Keep the skb charged to the socket until it is
really freed (or orphaned in TX status). This
helps flow control and allows us to get at the
socket later for other purposes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need to adjust truesize.
The history of this was that we always ran into
skb_truesize_bug (via skb_truesize_check) which
has since been removed in commit 92a0acce18.
skb_truesize_check() checked that truesize was
bigger or equal to the actual allocation, which
would trigger in mac80211 due to header adding.
The check no longer exists and we shouldn't be
messing with the truesize anwyay.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can now move the radiotap header parsing into
ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit(). This moves it out of
the hotpath, and also helps the code since now the
radiotap header will no longer be present in
ieee80211_xmit() etc. which is easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The purpose of this is two-fold:
1) by moving it out of tx_data.flags, we can in
another patch move the radiotap parsing so it
no longer is in the hotpath
2) if a device implements fragmentation but can
optionally skip it, the radiotap request for
not doing fragmentation may be honoured
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the only way the interface can be a monitor
interface in ieee80211_xmit() is because the frame
came from ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit() we can
move all the code there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh paths should only exist over established peer links.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When I introduced in-kernel off-channel TX I
introduced a bug -- the work can't be canceled
again because the code clear the skb pointer.
Fix this by keeping track separately of whether
TX status has already been reported.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.38+]
Reported-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Tested-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is needed so that offloaded scan can do the
right thing. Without this patch, the no_cck flag
contains random values from the kernel heap.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
tx params should be configured per interface.
add ieee80211_vif param to the conf_tx callback,
and change all the drivers that use this callback.
The following spatch was used:
@rule1@
struct ieee80211_ops ops;
identifier conf_tx_op;
@@
ops.conf_tx = conf_tx_op;
@rule2@
identifier rule1.conf_tx_op;
identifier hw, queue, params;
@@
conf_tx_op (
- struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+ struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
u16 queue,
const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params) {...}
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe
request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting
hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected
quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate
control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission.
As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should
not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send
the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to
retain the connection.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow injected unicast frames to be sent without having to wait
for an ACK.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
802.11 says:
"Sequence numbers for QoS (+)Null frames may be
set to any value."
However, if we use the normal counters then peers
will get confused with aggregation since there'll
be holes in the sequence number sequence.
To avoid that, neither assign a sequence number
to QoS null frames nor put them on aggregation.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from
the device, and to make use of that properly
it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able
to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe
it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in
the sense that it goes through the tasklet,
the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe
but doing it directly would cause reordering
issues.
This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going
into an absence period without transmitting
any frames that should be driver-released as
in this case there's no other way to inform
mac80211 that the service period ended. Note
that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe
functions another version of this function
will be required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are
going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so
it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that
station.
Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that
a single frame was going to be released whenever we
encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With
uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since
there could be more than a single frame.
To support this model, add a new callback to notify
drivers when frames are going to be released.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My work and some previous work didn't add
all the flags, add them now and while at it
simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The flaglock in struct sta_info has long been
something that I wanted to get rid of, this
finally does the conversion to atomic bitops.
The conversion itself is straight-forward in
most places, a few things needed to change a
bit since we can no longer use multiple bits
at the same time.
On x86-64, this is a fairly significant code
size reduction:
text data bss dec hex
427861 23648 1008 452517 6e7a5 before
425383 23648 976 450007 6ddd7 after
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received)
there is no way to detect that since it has no
sequence number. As a consequence, the standard
asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the
response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost).
Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to
also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the
IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response
packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual.
We could use separate flags, but that will most
likely completely confuse drivers, and while the
standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling
using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite
problematic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For PS-poll, there's a possible race between
us expiring a frame and the station polling
for it -- send it a null frame in that case.
For uAPSD, the standard says that we have to
send a frame in each SP, so send null if we
don't have any other frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not
possible with all devices, so advertising it with
the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that
want it.
Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly
straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have
accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame.
For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided
APIs allow releasing the right number of frames,
but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data
themselves. This is documented in more detail in
the new code itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there are frames for a station buffered in
the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM
IE but there's no way to release them. Add new
API to release such frames and use it when the
station polls for a frame.
Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD
it is easily extensible.
Note that before this change drivers announcing
driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually
will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially
lower priority frame (if there are any frames
buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver
that hasn't been changed will no longer respond
at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need
to be fixed to implement the new API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It doesn't seem likely, but maybe possible, that the
more-data bit needs to be recomputed due to changes
in the queued frames. Clear it for filtered frames
to ensure that we never send it incorrectly. It'll
be set again as necessary when we retransmit this
frame.
The more likely case is maybe where the station woke
up after the filtered frame in which case more-data
should be clear when the frame is transmitted to the
station since it is now awake.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Now that we no longer use the return value, we no
longer need to maintain it either, so remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD support we'll need to have per-AC PS
buffers. As this is a major undertaking, split
the buffers before really adding support for
uAPSD. This already makes some reference to the
uapsd_queues variable, but for now that will
never be non-zero.
Since book-keeping is complicated, also change
the logic for keeping a maximum of frames only
and allow 64 frames per AC (up from 128 for a
station).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 will expire normal PS-buffered frames, but
if the device rejected some frames for a sleeping
station, these won't be on the ps_tx_buf queue but
on the tx_filtered queue instead; this is done to
avoid reordering.
However, mac80211 will not expire frames from the
filtered queue, let's fix that.
Also add a more comments to what all this expiry is
doing and how it works.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, the TIM bit for a given station is set
and cleared all over the place. Since the logic to
set/clear it will become much more complex when we
add uAPSD support, as a first step let's collect
the entire logic in one place. This requires a few
small adjustments to other places.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on
which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously
knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but
with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus,
mac80211 needs to be informed about this.
For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this
will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station
but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the
TIM bit to be set.
ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only
modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able
to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do
that anyway since there's no way to selectively
release frames to the peer yet.
Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them
inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will
then sort out the AC mapping itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mark the STA entries of enabled TDLS peers with a new "peer authorized"
flag.
During link setup, allow special TDLS setup frames through the AP, but
otherwise drop all packets destined to the peer. This is required by the
TDLS (802.11z) specification in order to prevent reordering of MSDUs
between the AP and direct paths.
When setup completes and the peer is authorized, send data directly,
bypassing the AP.
In the Rx path, allow data to be received directly from TDLS peers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When adding a TDLS peer STA, mark it with a new flag in both nl80211 and
mac80211. Before adding a peer, make sure the wiphy supports TDLS and
our operating mode is appropriate (managed).
In addition, make sure all peers are removed on disassociation.
A TDLS peer is first added just before link setup is initiated. In later
setup stages we have more info about peer supported rates, capabilities,
etc. This info is reported via nl80211_set_station().
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Register and implement the TDLS cfg80211 callback functions.
Internally prepare and send TDLS management frames. We incorporate
local STA capabilities and supported rates with extra IEs given by
usermode. The resulting packet is either encapsulated in a data frame,
or assembled as an action frame. It is transmitted either directly or
through the AP, as mandated by the TDLS specification.
Declare support for the TDLS external setup wiphy capability. This
tells usermode to handle link setup and discovery on its own, and use the
kernel driver for sending TDLS mgmt packets.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Relocate the mesh implementation of adding the (extended) supported
rates IE to util.c, anticipating its use by other parts of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when hostapd sets the station as authorized
we also overwrite its uAPSD parameter. This obviously
leads to buggy behaviour (later, with my patches that
actually add uAPSD support). To fix this, only apply
those parameters if they were actually set in nl80211,
and to achieve that add a bitmap of things to apply.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I noticed a possible issue in the max_tp_rate2 management of
minstrel_ht. In particular, if we look up just among max_tp_rate2 of
each group it will be possible that the selected rate will not be the
mcs with second maximum throughput. I wrote this simple patch.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Bianconi <lorenzo.bianconi83@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
save and configure tx param per sdata, rather than
per hardware.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
tx params are currently configured per hw, although they
should be configured per interface.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to
use CCK rate for managemet frames through
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should
select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to
send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates
without diabling 11b rates globally.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new nl80211 attribute to specify whether to send the management
frames in CCK rate or not. As of now the wpa_supplicant is disabling
CCK rate at P2P init itself. So this patch helps to send P2P probe
request/probe response/action frames being sent at non CCK rate in 2GHz
without disabling 11b rates.
This attribute is used with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands to disable CCK rate for management frame
transmission.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TSF can be kept per vif.
Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move
the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory.
Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Send a Mesh Peering Close frame when we deactivate a mesh peer link.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an AP interface is removed without the
AP/VLAN interfaces having been removed before
already, the AP-VLAN interface might still
have sleeping stations and buffer multicast
frames which will happen on the AP interface.
Thus, we need to remove AP/VLAN interfaces
before purging buffered broadcast frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The commit "mac80211: stop tx before doing hw config and
rate update" stops the tx queue and call drv_flush so frequently
whenever a beacon got received with 11n htcap. This leads to
massive "Failed to stop TX DMA" logspam on embedded hw. So the
queue stop and flush should be called if and only if there is a
change in the channel type.
Reported-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The hw.conf.channel value is not updated properly for drivers that
support HW channel switch. Since the switch is done entirely by the
driver and we don't call ieee80211_hw_config(), this value remains
untouched. This patch fixes that by setting the new channel directly in
ieee80211_chswitch_work().
Signed-off-by: Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Per sec 7.1.3.5 of draft 12.0 of 802.11s, mesh frames indicate the
presence of the mesh control header in their QoS header.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to support QoS in mesh, we need to assign queue mapping only
after the next hop has been resolved, both for forwarded and locally
originated frames. Also, now that this is fixed, remove the XXX comment
in ieee80211_select_queue().
Also, V-Shy Ho reported that the queue mapping was not being applied to
the forwarded frame (fwd_skb instead of skb). Fixed that as well.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Juuso optimised the timer to not run all the
time in commit 3393a608c4.
However, after that it will still run once
more even if all frames just expired. Fixing
that also makes the function return value a
little clearer in the process.
Also, while at it, change the return value
to bool (instead of int).
Cc: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes
in SSID to low level drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Minstrel HT tries very hard to establish a BA session with
each peer once there's some data on the way. However the
stack does not inform minstrel if an aggregation session
is already in place, so it keeps trying and wastes good
cycles in the tx status path.
[ 8149.946393] Open BA session requested for $AP tid 0
[ 8150.048765] Open BA session requested for $AP tid 0
[ 8150.174509] Open BA session requested for $AP tid 0
[ 8150.274376] Open BA session requested for $AP tid 0
...
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The assumption is that during the hw config, transmission was
already stopped by mac80211. Sometimes the AP can be switching
b/w the ht modes due to intolerant or etc where STA is in
the middle of transmission. In such scenario, buffer overflow
was observed at driver side. And also before updating the rate
control, the frames are continued to xmited with older rates.
This patch ensures that the frames are always xmitted with
updated rates and avoid buffer overflow.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Tx flow control for non-mesh modes of operation only needs to act on the
net device queues: when the hardware queues are full we stop accepting
traffic from the net device. In mesh, however, we also need to stop
forwarding traffic. This patch checks the hardware queues before
attempting to forward a mesh frame.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To check whether a frame is in the RMC, we need access to the mesh
header. This header is encrypted in encrypted data frames, so make this
check after the frame has been decrypted.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To properly maintain the peer's block ack window, the driver needs to be
able to control the new starting sequence number that is sent along with
the BlockAckReq frame.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The calls to kzalloc() weren't checked here and it upsets the static
checkers. Obviously they're not super likely to fail, but we might
as well add some error handling.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When this flag is set, Tx A-MPDU sessions will not be started by
mac80211. This flag is required for devices that support Tx A-MPDU setup
in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Removing unnecessary messages saves code and text.
Site specific OOM messages are duplications of a generic MM
out of memory message and aren't really useful, so just
delete them.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
No need to take the mpath state lock when an mpath is removed.
Also, no need checking the lock when reading mpath flags.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an interface is removed, the mesh paths associated with it should
also be removed.
This fixes a bug we observed when reloading a device driver module
without reloading mac80211s.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Unfortunately failed BAR tx attempts happen more frequently than I
expected, and the resulting aggregation teardowns cause performance
issues, as the aggregation session does not always get re-established
properly.
Instead of tearing down the entire aggr session, we can simply store the
SSN of the last failed BAR tx attempt, wait for the first successful
tx status event, and then send another BAR with the same SSN.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Under failure conditions, the mesh stack sends PERR messages to the
previous sender of the failed frame. This happens in the tx feedback
path, in which the transmission queue lock may be taken. Avoid a
deadlock by sending the path error via the pending queue.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since my commit 34e895075e
("mac80211: allow station add/remove to sleep") there is
a race in mac80211 when it clears the TIM bit because a
sleeping station disconnected, the spinlock isn't held
around the relevant code any more. Use the right API to
acquire the spinlock correctly.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.34+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch replaces the code for getting an number from a
userspace buffer by a simple call to kstrou8_from_user.
This makes it easier to read and less error prone.
Since the old buffer was only 10 bytes long and the value is masked by a
nibble-mask anyway, we don't need to use kstrtoul but rather kstrtou8.
Kernel Version: v3.0-rc2
Signed-off-by: Peter Huewe <peterhuewe@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields to ieee80211_sta.
These fields might be needed by low-level drivers in
order to configure the AP.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When operating as a P2P GO, we receive some P2P action frames where the
BSSID is set to the peer MAC address. Specifically, this occurs for
invitation responses. These are valid action frames and they should be
passed up.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When associating to an AP, the station might miss the first EAP
packet that the AP sends due to a race condition between the association
success procedure and the rx flow in mac80211.
In such cases, the packet might fall in ieee80211_rx_h_check due to
the fact that the relevant rx->sta wasn't allocated yet.
Allocation of the relevant station info struct before actually
sending the association request and setting it with a new
dummy_sta flag solve this problem.
The station will accept only EAP packets from the AP while it
is in the pre-association/dummy state.
This dummy station entry is not seen by normal sta_info_get()
calls, only by sta_info_get_bss_rx().
The driver is not notified for the first insertion of the
dummy station. The driver is notified only after the association
is complete and the dummy flag is removed from the station entry.
That way, all the rest of the code flow should be untouched by
this change.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Divided the sta_info_insert_rcu function to 3 mini-functions:
sta_info_insert_check - the initial checks done when inserting
a new station
sta_info_insert_ibss - the function that handles the station
addition for IBSS interfaces
sta_info_insert_non_ibss - the function that handles the station
addition in other cases
The outer API was not changed.
The refactoring was done for better usage of the different
stages in the station addition in new scenarios added
in the next commit.
Signed-off-by: Guy Eilam <guy@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since a v1 of the mesh gate series was accidentally applied, this patch
contains the changes in v2.
These are:
- automatically make mesh gate a root node.
- use TU_TO_EXP_TIME macro.
- initialize timer instead of checking for NULL timer function.
- cleanups.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The PM QoS implementation files are better named
kernel/power/qos.c and include/linux/pm_qos.h.
The PM QoS support is compiled under the CONFIG_PM option.
Signed-off-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Acked-by: markgross <markgross@thegnar.org>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Allow userspace to set NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS attribute,
which will advertise this mesh node as being a mesh gate.
NL80211_HWMP_ROOTMODE must be set or this will do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set Root Announcement Interval for our mesh
interface. Also, RANN interval is now in proper units of TUs.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fix allows userspace to mark a meshif as a root node.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In this implementation, a mesh gate is a root node with a certain bit
set in its RANN flags. The mpath to this root node is marked as a path
to a gate, and added to our list of known gates for this if_mesh. Once a
path discovery process fails, we forward the unresolved frames to a
known gate. Thanks to Luis Rodriguez for refactoring and bug fix help.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previously, mpaths were never flushed since the mpath is not active once
we call this function.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mesh_queue_preq is invoked invoked from both user (work queue) and
softirq (timer) context, so the _bh version of spinlock needs to be
used. Also, the mpath->state_lock should be softirq safe as well.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we have an mpath whose timer has not been initialized, don't try to
delete it.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
make hwmp_dbg print the relevant sdata->name by default and improve
formatting. Also add mpath_dbg macro for debugging of mesh path
operations.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make mesh path selection frames Mesh Action category, remove outdated
Mesh Path Selection category and defines, use updated reason codes, add
mesh_action_is_path_sel for readability, and update/correct path
selection IEs.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch updates the mesh peering frames to the format specified in
the recently ratified 802.11s standard. Several changes took place to
make this happen:
- Change RX path to handle new self-protected frames
- Add new Peering management IE
- Remove old Peer Link IE
- Remove old plink_action field in ieee80211_mgmt header
These changes by themselves would either break peering, or work by
coincidence, so squash them all into this patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Have the mesh peering frames use the self-protected action and reason codes
specified in 802.11s and defined in ieee80211.h. Remove the local enums.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Correct ordering of IEs in the mesh beacon while removing unneeded IEs
from mesh peering frames. Set privacy bit in capability info if security
is enabled. Add utility functions to aid in construction
of IEs and reduce code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As described at [1] some STAs (i.e. Intel 5100 Windows) can end up
correctly BlockAcking incoming frames without delivering them to user
space if a AMPDU subframe got lost and we don't flush the receipients
reorder buffer with a BlockAckReq. This in turn results in stuck
connections.
According to 802.11n-2009 it is not necessary to send a BAR to flush
the recepients RX reorder buffer but we still do that to be polite.
However, assume the following frame exchange:
AP -> STA, AMPDU (failed)
AP -> STA, BAR (failed)
The client in question then ends up in the same situation and won't
deliver frames to userspace anymore since we weren't able to flush
its reorder buffer.
This is not a hypothetical situation but I was able to observe this
exact behavior during a stress test between a rt2800pci AP and a Intel
5100 Windows client.
In order to work around this issue just tear down the BA session as
soon as a BAR failed to be TX'ed.
[1] http://comments.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/66867
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While at it also fix the indention of the other IEEE80211_BAR_CTRL_ defines.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving the parsing logic for retrieving the information elements
stored in management frames, e.g. beacons or probe responses,
and making it available to other cfg80211 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
RCU api had been completed and rcu_access_pointer() or
rcu_dereference_protected() are better than generic
rcu_dereference_raw()
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a comment pointing out the use of enum station_info_flags for
all new struct station_info fields. In addition, memset the sinfo
buffer to zero before use on all paths in the current tree to avoid
leaving uninitialized pointers in the data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a PREQ or PREP is received from an intermediate node, it contains
useful information for path selection but it doesn't include the
originator's sequence number. Therefore, when updating the mesh path
to that intermediate node, we should not set the MESH_PATH_SN_VALID
flag. BUT, if the flag is set, it should not be unset as we might have
received a valid sequence number for that intermediate node in the past.
This issue was reported, fixed and tested by Ya Bo (游波) and Pedro
Larbig (ASPj).
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
drivers might assume sta.drv_priv is clear while
the sta is added, so clear it on reconfinguration.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers (ath9k for example) are using skb->protocol to treat EAPOL
frames somehow special (disallow aggregation for example).
When running in AP mode hostapd injects the EAPOL frames through a
monitor interface and thus skb->protocol isn't set at all. Hence, if the
injected frame is a data frame and carries a rfc1042 headaer update the
skb->protocol field accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make mesh_preq_queue_lock locking consistent with mesh_queue_preq() using
spin_lock_bh().
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
According to 802.11-2007, 7.3.1.14 it is compliant to use a buf_size of
0 in ADDBA requests. But some devices (AVM Fritz Stick N) arn't able to
handle that correctly and will reply with an ADDBA reponse with a
buf_size of 0 which in turn will disallow BA sessions for these
devices.
To work around this problem, initialize hw.max_tx_aggregation_subframes
to the maximum AMPDU buffer size 0x40.
Using 0 as default for the bufsize was introduced in commit
5dd36bc933 (mac80211: allow advertising
correct maximum aggregate size).
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we receive an ADDBA response with status code 0 and a buf_size of 0
we should stop the TX BA session as otherwise we'll end up queuing
frames in ieee80211_tx_prep_agg forever instead of sending them out as
non AMPDUs.
This fixes a problem with AVM Fritz Stick N wireless devices where
frames to this device are not transmitted anymore by mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For iwlwifi, I decided not to use this API since
it just increased the complexity for little gain.
Since nobody else intends to use it, let's kill
it again. If anybody later needs to have it, we
can always revive it then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When assigning a NULL value to an RCU protected pointer, no barrier
is needed. The rcu_assign_pointer, used to handle that but will soon
change to not handle the special case.
Convert all rcu_assign_pointer of NULL value.
//smpl
@@ expression P; @@
- rcu_assign_pointer(P, NULL)
+ RCU_INIT_POINTER(P, NULL)
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After the last patch, We are left in a state in which only drivers calling
ether_setup have IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING set (we assume that drivers touching real
hardware call ether_setup for their net_devices and don't hold any state in
their skbs. There are a handful of drivers that violate this assumption of
course, and need to be fixed up. This patch identifies those drivers, and marks
them as not being able to support the safe transmission of skbs by clearning the
IFF_TX_SKB_SHARING flag in priv_flags
Signed-off-by: Neil Horman <nhorman@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Karsten Keil <isdn@linux-pingi.de>
CC: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
CC: Jay Vosburgh <fubar@us.ibm.com>
CC: Andy Gospodarek <andy@greyhouse.net>
CC: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
CC: Krzysztof Halasa <khc@pm.waw.pl>
CC: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
CC: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
CC: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
CC: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (43 commits)
fs: Merge split strings
treewide: fix potentially dangerous trailing ';' in #defined values/expressions
uwb: Fix misspelling of neighbourhood in comment
net, netfilter: Remove redundant goto in ebt_ulog_packet
trivial: don't touch files that are removed in the staging tree
lib/vsprintf: replace link to Draft by final RFC number
doc: Kconfig: `to be' -> `be'
doc: Kconfig: Typo: square -> squared
doc: Konfig: Documentation/power/{pm => apm-acpi}.txt
drivers/net: static should be at beginning of declaration
drivers/media: static should be at beginning of declaration
drivers/i2c: static should be at beginning of declaration
XTENSA: static should be at beginning of declaration
SH: static should be at beginning of declaration
MIPS: static should be at beginning of declaration
ARM: static should be at beginning of declaration
rcu: treewide: Do not use rcu_read_lock_held when calling rcu_dereference_check
Update my e-mail address
PCIe ASPM: forcedly -> forcibly
gma500: push through device driver tree
...
Fix up trivial conflicts:
- arch/arm/mach-ep93xx/dma-m2p.c (deleted)
- drivers/gpio/gpio-ep93xx.c (renamed and context nearby)
- drivers/net/r8169.c (just context changes)
All these are instances of
#define NAME value;
or
#define NAME(params_opt) value;
These of course fail to build when used in contexts like
if(foo $OP NAME)
while(bar $OP NAME)
and may silently generate the wrong code in contexts such as
foo = NAME + 1; /* foo = value; + 1; */
bar = NAME - 1; /* bar = value; - 1; */
baz = NAME & quux; /* baz = value; & quux; */
Reported on comp.lang.c,
Message-ID: <ab0d55fe-25e5-482b-811e-c475aa6065c3@c29g2000yqd.googlegroups.com>
Initial analysis of the dangers provided by Keith Thompson in that thread.
There are many more instances of more complicated macros having unnecessary
trailing semicolons, but this pile seems to be all of the cases of simple
values suffering from the problem. (Thus things that are likely to be found
in one of the contexts above, more complicated ones aren't.)
Signed-off-by: Phil Carmody <ext-phil.2.carmody@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session() was calling sta_info_get()
without rcu locking, and the return value was not
checked.
This resulted in the following panic:
[<bf05726c>] (ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session+0x0/0x60 [mac80211])
[<bf0abd94>] (wl1271_event_handle+0x0/0xdc8 [wl12xx])
[<bf0a7308>] (wl1271_irq+0x0/0x4a0 [wl12xx])
[<c00c40a8>] (irq_thread+0x0/0x254)
[<c00a7398>] (kthread+0x0/0x8c)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In P2P client mode, the GO (AP) to connect to might
have periods of time where it is not available due
to powersave. To allow the driver to sync with it
and send frames to the GO only when it is available
add a new callback tx_sync (and the corresponding
finish_tx_sync). These callbacks can sleep unlike
the actual TX.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Scanning currently uses the TX rate mask to
restrict the rate set, which is bogus. Make
it use the new set of rates from userspace.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add tx_conf array to save the current tx queues
configuration, and reconfig it on resume (ieee80211_reconfig).
On resume, the driver is being reconfigured. Without
reconfiguring the tx queues as well, the driver might
configure the device to use wrong ac params (e.g. ps-poll
instead of uapsd).
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When suspending with all netdevs down, the device
is stopped but we still call a number of driver
callbacks that the driver might not expect. The
same happens during resume, we might call a few
callbacks without starting the driver. Fix this
by checking open_count around more things and
exiting quickly if it is 0.
Also, while at this I noticed that the coverage
class isn't reprogrammed after resume, so add
that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_iter_keys() currently returns keys in
the backward order they were installed in, which
is a bit confusing. Add them to the tail of the
key list to make sure iterations go in the same
order that keys were originally installed in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver wants to pre-program the TKIP
RX phase 1 key, it needs to be able to obtain
it for the peer's TA. Add API to allow it to
generate it.
The generation uses a dummy on-stack context
since it doesn't know the RX queue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In WoWLAN, devices may use crypto keys for TX/RX
and could also implement GTK rekeying. If the
driver isn't able to retrieve replay counters and
similar information from the device upon resume,
or if the device isn't responsive due to platform
issues, it isn't safe to keep the connection up
as GTK rekey messages from during the sleep time
could be replayed against it.
The only protection against that is disconnecting
from the AP. Modifying mac80211 to do that while
it is resuming would be very complex and invasive
in the case that the driver requires a reconfig,
so do it after it has resumed completely. In that
case, however, packets might be replayed since it
can then only happen after TX/RX are up again, so
mark keys for interfaces that need to disconnect
as "tainted" and drop all packets that are sent
or received with those keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
is_valid_ether_addr itself checks for is_zero_ether_addr
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mohammed@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We don't have multiple RX queues, so there's no use
in allocating multiple, use alloc_netdev_mqs() to
allocate multiple TX but only one RX queue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 maintains a running average of the RSSI when a STA
is associated to an AP. Report threshold events to any driver
that has registered callbacks for getting RSSI measurements.
Implement callbacks in mac80211 so that driver can set thresholds.
Add callbacks in mac80211 which is invoked when an RSSI threshold
event occurs.
mac80211: add tracing to rssi_reports api and remove extraneous fn argument
mac80211: scale up rssi thresholds from driver by 16 before storing
Signed-off-by: Meenakshi Venkataraman <meenakshi.venkataraman@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since ca5ecddf (rcu: define __rcu address space modifier for sparse)
rcu_dereference_check use rcu_read_lock_held as a part of condition
automatically so callers do not have to do that as well.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
A panic was observed when the device is failed to resume properly,
and there are no running interfaces. ieee80211_reconfig tries
to restart STA timers on unassociated state.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to support pre-populating the P1K cache in
iwlwifi hardware for WoWLAN, we need to calculate
the P1K for the current IV32. Allow drivers to get
the P1K for any given IV32 instead of for a given
packet, but keep the packet-based version around as
an inline.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to implement GTK rekeying, the device needs
to be able to encrypt frames with the right PN/IV and
check the PN/IV in RX frames. To be able to tell it
about all those counters, we need to be able to get
them from mac80211, this adds the required API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The current rx->queue value is slightly confusing.
It is set to 16 on non-QoS frames, including data,
and then used for sequence number and PN/IV checks.
Until recently, we had a TKIP IV checking bug that
had been introduced in 2008 to fix a seqno issue.
Before that, we always used TID 0 for checking the
PN or IV on non-QoS packets.
Go back to the old status for PN/IV checks using
the TID 0 counter for non-QoS by splitting up the
rx->queue value into "seqno_idx" and "security_idx"
in order to avoid confusion in the future. They
each have special rules on the value used for non-
QoS data frames.
Since the handling is now unified, also revert the
special TKIP handling from my patch
"mac80211: fix TKIP replay vulnerability".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 has a defnition of AES_BLOCK_SIZE and
multiple definitions of AES_BLOCK_LEN. Remove
them all and use crypto/aes.h.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Just like TKIP and CCMP, CMAC has the PN race.
It might not actually be possible to hit it now
since there aren't multiple ACs for management
frames, but fix it anyway.
Also move scratch buffers onto the stack.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we can process multiple packets at the
same time for different ACs, but the PN is
allocated from a single counter, we need to
use an atomic value there. Use atomic64_t to
make this cheaper on 64-bit platforms, other
platforms will support this through software
emulation, see lib/atomic64.c.
We also need to use an on-stack scratch buf
so that multiple packets won't corrupt each
others scratch buffers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Our current TKIP code races against itself on TX
since we can process multiple packets at the same
time on different ACs, but they all share the TX
context for TKIP. This can lead to bad IVs etc.
Also, the crypto offload helper code just obtains
the P1K/P2K from the cache, and can update it as
well, but there's no guarantee that packets are
really processed in order.
To fix these issues, first introduce a spinlock
that will protect the IV16/IV32 values in the TX
context. This first step makes sure that we don't
assign the same IV multiple times or get confused
in other ways.
Secondly, change the way the P1K cache works. I
add a field "p1k_iv32" that stores the value of
the IV32 when the P1K was last recomputed, and
if different from the last time, then a new P1K
is recomputed. This can cause the P1K computation
to flip back and forth if packets are processed
out of order. All this also happens under the new
spinlock.
Finally, because there are argument differences,
split up the ieee80211_get_tkip_key() API into
ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k() and ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k()
and give them the correct arguments.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Unlike CCMP, the presence or absence of the QoS
field doesn't change the encryption, only the
TID is used. When no QoS field is present, zero
is used as the TID value. This means that it is
possible for an attacker to take a QoS packet
with TID 0 and replay it as a non-QoS packet.
Unfortunately, mac80211 uses different IVs for
checking the validity of the packet's TKIP IV
when it checks TID 0 and when it checks non-QoS
packets. This means it is vulnerable to this
replay attack.
To fix this, use the same replay counter for
TID 0 and non-QoS packets by overriding the
rx->queue value to 0 if it is 16 (non-QoS).
This is a minimal fix for now. I caused this
issue in
commit 1411f9b531
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Thu Jul 10 10:11:02 2008 +0200
mac80211: fix RX sequence number check
while fixing a sequence number issue (there,
a separate counter needs to be used).
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We were not allocating memory for the IEs passed in the scheduled_scan
request and this was causing memory corruption (buffer overflow).
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the necessary mac80211 APIs to support
GTK rekey offload, mirroring the functionality
from cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When in suspend/wowlan, devices might implement crypto
offload differently (more features), and might require
reprogramming keys for the WoWLAN (as it is the case
for Intel devices that use another uCode image). Thus
allow the driver to iterate all keys in this context.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the driver can't support WoWLAN in the current
state, this patch allows it to return 1 from the
suspend callback to do the normal deconfiguration
instead of using suspend/resume calls. Note that
if it does this, resume won't be called.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Based on inputs from Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
from http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/68193
and http://article.gmane.org/gmane.linux.kernel.wireless.general/71702
In xmit path, devices that do full hardware crypto (including
MMIC and ICV) need no tailroom. For such devices, tailroom
reservation can be skipped if all the keys are programmed into
the hardware (i.e software crypto is not used for any of the
keys) and none of the keys wants software to generate Michael
MIC and IV.
v2: Added check for IV along with MMIC.
Reported-by: Fabio Rossi <rossi.f@inwind.it>
Tested-by: Fabio Rossi <rossi.f@inwind.it>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
Cc: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
v3: Fixing races to avoid WARNING: at net/mac80211/wpa.c:397
ccmp_encrypt_skb+0xc4/0x1f0
Reported-by: Andreas Hartmann <andihartmann@01019freenet.de>
Tested-by: Andreas Hartmann <andihartmann@01019freenet.de>
v4: Added links with message ID
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a memeber to the ieee80211_sta structure to indicate whether the STA
supports WME.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use the tx_frames_pending() driver callback to determine if Tx frames are
pending for its internal queues. If so postpone the dynamic PS timeout
to avoid interrupting Tx traffic.
The commit e8306f9894 enabled this
behavior for drivers with IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK. We enable this
for all drivers supporting dynamic PS.
This patch helps improve performance in noisy environments.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Do not send DS Channel parameter for directed probe requests
in order to maximize the chance that we get a response. Some
badly-behaved APs don't respond when this parameter is included.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When forming a Rx BA session, sometimes the ADDBA response gets lost.
This leads to a situation where the session is configured locally, but
doesn't exist on the remote side. Subsequent ADDBA requests are declined
by mac80211.
Fix this by assuming the session state of the initiator is the correct
one. When receiving an unexpected ADDBA request on a TID with an active
Rx BA session, delete the existing one and establish a new session.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Advertise only user-requested bitrates in a HW scan.
Note that the hw_scan API doesn't currently have a
way of asking for a specific probe request bitrate,
so we might end up using a bitrate that we don't
advertise as supported. I'll fix that later.
Also add a hexdump printk to hwsim to verify this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move all that mac80211 has into the generic
ieee80211.h header file and use them. At the
same time move them from mask+shift to just
bits and rename them for consistent names.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes when reporting a MIC failure rx->key may be unset. This
code path is hit when receiving a packet meant for a multicast
address, and decryption is performed in HW.
Fortunately, the failing key_idx is not used for anything up to
(and including) usermode, so we allow ourselves to drop it on the
way up when a key cannot be retrieved.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When suspending, __ieee80211_suspend() calls ieee80211_scan_cancel(),
which will only cancel sw scan. In order to cancel hw scan, the
low-level driver has to cancel it in the suspend() callback. however,
this is too late, as a new scan_work will be enqueued (while the driver
is going into suspend).
Add a new cancel_hw_scan() callback, asking the driver to cancel an
active hw scan, and call it in ieee80211_scan_cancel().
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Trigger connection monitor on resume from suspend. Since we
have been sleeping, there is reason to suspect that we might
not still be associated. The speed of detecting loss of
{connection,authentication} is worth the cost of the small
additional traffic at resume.
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Function ieee80211_reconfig in net/mac80211/util.c contains label wake_up
which is defined unconditionally, but only used with CONFIG_PM. Gcc
warns about this when CONFIG_PM is not defined.
This patch makes the label's definition dependent on CONFIG_PM too,
eliminating the warning.
The issue was apparently introduced in git commit
eecc48000a.
Signed-off-by: Vincent Zweije <vincent@zweije.nl>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add ieee80211_get_operstate() function to get the operstate
of the netdevice.
This is needed for drivers that need to know when the interface
is IF_OPER_UP (e.g. wl12xx), and block notifiers can't be used
(e.g. because the interface is already IF_OPER_UP, like after
resuming from suspend)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ignacy reports that sometimes after leaving an IBSS
joining a new one didn't work because there still
were stations on the list. He fixed it by flushing
stations when attempting to join a new IBSS, but
this shouldn't be happening in the first case. When
I looked into it I saw a race condition in teardown
that could cause stations to be added after flush,
and thus cause this situation. Ignacy confirms that
after applying my patch he hasn't seen this happen
again.
Reported-by: Ignacy Gawedzki <i@lri.fr>
Debugged-by: Ignacy Gawedzki <i@lri.fr>
Tested-by: Ignacy Gawedzki <i@lri.fr>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some devices support BT/WLAN co-existence algorigthms.
In order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
requests not to allow any RX BA session and tear down existing RX BA sessions
based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs to limit
WLAN activity (eg.SCO or A2DP).
In such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the RX PPDU and
therefore prevent the peer device to use A-MPDU aggregation.
Adding ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session() callback
that can be used by the driver to stop existing BA sessions.
Signed-off-by: Shahar Levi <shahar_levi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 1d38c16ce4.
The mac80211 maintainer raised complaints about abuse of the CSA stop
reason, and about whether this patch actually serves its intended
purpose at all.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This partially reverts 1c5cae815d, because
the netdev name is copied into sdata->name, which is used for debugging
messages, for example. Otherwise, we get messages like this:
wlan%d: authenticated
Signed-off-by: Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo <cascardo@holoscopio.com>
Cc: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Found several threads about fixed rate mode in minstrel_ht for test
environments, but no patches for it.
This patch provides such a mode through debugfs.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds dump support to testmode. The testmode
dump support in nl80211 requires using two of the
six cb->args, the rest can be used by the driver
to figure out where the dump position is at or to
store other data across invocations.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 79f460ca49 add a duplicate
linux/slab.h include to net/mac80211/scan.c - remove it.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
local->ps_data wasn't cleared on disassociation, which
(in some corner cases) caused reconnections to enter
psm before association completed.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Stop tx queues before updating rate control to ensure
proper rate selection. Otherwise packets can be transmitted
in 40 Mhz whereas hw is configured in HT20.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1446 commits)
macvlan: fix panic if lowerdev in a bond
tg3: Add braces around 5906 workaround.
tg3: Fix NETIF_F_LOOPBACK error
macvlan: remove one synchronize_rcu() call
networking: NET_CLS_ROUTE4 depends on INET
irda: Fix error propagation in ircomm_lmp_connect_response()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'bytes' in irlan_check_command_param()
irda: Kill set but unused variable 'clen' in ircomm_connect_indication()
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_transport()
be2net: Kill set but unused variable 'req' in lancer_fw_download()
irda: Kill set but unused vars 'saddr' and 'daddr' in irlan_provider_connect_indication()
atl1c: atl1c_resume() is only used when CONFIG_PM_SLEEP is defined.
rxrpc: Fix set but unused variable 'usage' in rxrpc_get_peer().
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'local' in rxrpc_UDP_error_handler()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_process_connection()
rxrpc: Kill set but unused variable 'sp' in rxrpc_rotate_tx_window()
pkt_sched: Kill set but unused variable 'protocol' in tc_classify()
isdn: capi: Use pr_debug() instead of ifdefs.
tg3: Update version to 3.119
tg3: Apply rx_discards fix to 5719/5720
...
Fix up trivial conflicts in arch/x86/Kconfig and net/mac80211/agg-tx.c
as per Davem.
After commit 1928ecab62 (mac80211: fix and
simplify mesh locking) mesh table allocation is performed with the
pathtbl_resize_lock taken. Under those conditions one should not sleep.
This patch makes the allocations GFP_ATOMIC to prevent that.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds proper RCU annotations to the mesh path
table code, and fixes a number of bugs in the code
that I found while checking the sparse warnings I
got as a result of the annotations.
Some things like the changes in mesh_path_add() or
mesh_pathtbl_init() only serve to shut up sparse,
but other changes like the changes surrounding the
for_each_mesh_entry() macro fix real RCU bugs in
the code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The locking in mesh_{mpath,mpp}_table_grow not only
has an rcu_read_unlock() missing, it's also racy
(though really only technically since it's invoked
from a single function only) since it obtains the
new size of the table without any locking, so two
invocations of the function could attempt the same
resize.
Additionally, it uses synchronize_rcu() which is
rather expensive and can be avoided trivially here.
Modify the functions to only use the table lock
and use call_rcu() instead of synchronize_rcu().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 uses call_rcu() with functions that are
defined in the module, so it must use rcu_barrier()
at module exit time.
Luckily, this seems to not be a problem in practice
as module unload and unregistration takes a long
time and probably does multiple synchronize_rcu().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As long as no delay is required b/w channel change, scan work
is proceeding without scheduling a new work. In such case, we
can not abort scan work when the card was unplugged. This patch
completes the scanning immediately whenever the device goes down.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers shouldn't attempt to advertise support
for more than one IBSS interface since mac80211
doesn't support that. Check and return an error
from ieee80211_register_hw() in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh paths are deleted via mesh_path_del() which properly
deactivates the timer associated to a mesh path. But if paths were
deleted by mesh_table_free(..., true) timers would not be deactivated.
This fixes this case.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently the devices that have already stripped IEEE 802.11
header from the AMSDU SKB can not use ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
routine. This patch enhances ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s() API by
changing mandatory removing of IEEE 802.11 header from AMSDU
to optional.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These definitions need to be exposed now that we can set the peer link
states via NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE. They were already being
(opaquely) reported by NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds sparse RCU annotations to most of
mac80211, only the mesh code remains to be
done.
Due the the previous patches, the annotations
are pretty simple. The only thing that this
actually changes is removing the RCU usage of
key->sta in debugfs since this pointer isn't
actually an RCU-managed pointer (it only has
a single assignment done before the key even
goes live). As that is otherwise harmless, I
decided to make it part of this patch.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
During my quest to make mac80211 not have any RCU
warnings from sparse, I came across the a-MPDU code
again and it wasn't quite clear why it isn't racy.
So instead of assigning the tid_tx array with just
the spinlock held in ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session
use a separate temporary array protected only by
the spinlock and protect all assignments to the
"live" array by both the spinlock and the mutex so
that other code is easily verified to be correct.
Due to pointer assignment atomicity I don't think
this is a real issue, but I'm not sure, especially
on Alpha the current code might be problematic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add the ability to advertise interface combinations in nl80211.
This allows the driver to indicate what the combinations are
that it supports. "Combinations" of just a single interface are
implicit, as previously. Note that cfg80211 will enforce that
the restrictions are met, but not for all drivers yet (once all
drivers are updated, we can remove the flag and enforce for all).
When no combinations are actually supported, an empty list will
be exported so that userspace can know if the kernel exported
this info or not (although it isn't clear to me what tools using
the info should do if the kernel didn't export it).
Since some interface types are purely virtual/software and don't
fit the restrictions, those are exposed in a new list of pure SW
types, not subject to restrictions. This mainly exists to handle
AP-VLAN and monitor interfaces in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need to have table functions in one
file and all users in another, move the functions
to the right file and make them static. Also move
a static variable to the beginning of the file to
make it easier to find.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When sched_scan_stopped was called by the driver, mac80211 calls
cfg80211, which in turn was calling mac80211 back with a flag
"driver_initiated". This flag was used so that mac80211 would do the
necessary cleanup but would not call the driver. This was enough to
prevent the bounce back between the driver and mac80211, but not
between mac80211 and cfg80211.
To fix this, we now do the cleanup in mac80211 before calling
cfg80211. To help with locking issues, the workqueue was moved from
cfg80211 to mac80211.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A few configuration functions correctly do
rcu_read_lock() but don't correctly reference
some pointers protected by RCU. Fix that.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The code here is only not racy because all the
places that assign the pointers it uses are
holding the sta_mtx as well as the key_mtx and
so can't race against this because this code
holds the sta_mtx. But that's not intuitive,
so fix it to hold the key_mtx.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The code in ieee80211_del_key() doesn't acquire the
key_mtx properly when it dereferences the keys. It
turns out that isn't actually necessary since the
key_mtx itself seems to be redundant since all key
manipulations are done under the RTNL, but as long
as we have the key_mtx we should use it the right
way too.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The code here to RCU-dereference a pointer that's
on the stack is totally pointless, RCU isn't magic
(like say Java's weak references are), so the code
can't work like whoever wrote it thought it might.
Remove it so readers don't get confused. Note that
it seems that a bug is there anyway: I don't see
any code that cancels the timer when a mesh path
struct is destroyed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When transmitting a frame, the transmitter waits a random number of
slots between 0 and cw. Thus, the contention time is (cw / 2) * t_slot
which we can represent instead as (cw * t_slot) >> 1. Also fix a few
other accounting bugs around contention time, and add comments.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/mac80211/cfg.c: In function ‘sta_apply_parameters’:
net/mac80211/cfg.c:746: error: ‘struct sta_info’ has no member named ‘plink_state’
make[1]: *** [net/mac80211/cfg.o] Error 1
make: *** [net/mac80211/mac80211.ko] Error 2
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Implement support for HW scheduled scan. The mac80211 code doesn't perform
scheduled scans itself, but calls the driver to start and stop scheduled
scans.
This patch also creates a trace event class to be used by drv_hw_scan
and the new drv_sched_scan_start and drv_sched_stop functions, in
order to avoid duplicate code.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The functions drv_add_interface() and drv_remove_interface() print out
the same values in the traces. Combine the traces of these two
functions into one event class to remove some duplicate code.
Also add a new class for functions drv_set_frag_threshold() and
drv_set_rts_threshold().
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes routing loops in PREP propagation and is in accordance with Draft
11, Section: 11C.9.8.4.
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Deyber <fabricedeyber@agilemesh.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The mesh and mpp path tables are accessed from softirq and workqueue
context so non-irq locking cannot be used. Or at least that's what
PROVE_RCU seems to tell us here:
[ 431.240946] =================================
[ 431.241061] [ INFO: inconsistent lock state ]
[ 431.241061] 2.6.39-rc3-wl+ #354
[ 431.241061] ---------------------------------
[ 431.241061] inconsistent {IN-SOFTIRQ-W} -> {SOFTIRQ-ON-W} usage.
[ 431.241061] kworker/u:1/1423 [HC0[0]:SC0[0]:HE1:SE1] takes:
[ 431.241061] (&(&newtbl->hashwlock[i])->rlock){+.?...}, at:
[<c14671bf>] mesh_path_add+0x167/0x257
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not sure if I'm chasing a ghost here, seems like the
mesh_path->size_order needs to be inside an RCU-read section to prevent
that value from changing between table allocation and copying. We have
observed crashes that might be caused by this.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previous versions of 11s draft used the all zeroes address. Current
draft uses the same address as address 2.
Also, use the ANA-approved action category code for peer establishment frames.
Note: This breaks compatibility with previous mesh protocol instances.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Note: This breaks compatibility with previous mesh protocol instances.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce a new configuration option to support AMPE from userspace.
Prior to this series we only supported authentication in userspace: an
authentication daemon would authenticate peer candidates in userspace
and hand them over to the kernel. From that point the mesh stack would
take over and establish a peer link (Mesh Peering Management).
These patches introduce support for Authenticated Mesh Peering Exchange
in userspace. The userspace daemon implements the AMPE protocol and on
successfull completion create mesh peers and install encryption keys.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This seems to be a leftover from the old days, when we didn't support
any frames that didn't contain the full ieee802.11 header. This is
not the case anymore. It does not cause problems now, because they
are only dropped during scan. But when scheduled scans get merged,
this would become a problem because we would drop all small frames
while scheduled scan is running.
To fix this, return RX_CONTINUE instead of RX_DROP_MONITOR.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When mac80211 is built without CONFIG_PM being defined, the following errors
are output:
net/mac80211/main.c: In function ‘ieee80211_register_hw’:
net/mac80211/main.c:700: error: ‘const struct ieee80211_ops’ has no member named ‘suspend’
net/mac80211/main.c:700: error: ‘const struct ieee80211_ops’ has no member named ‘resume’
make[2]: *** [net/mac80211/main.o] Error 1
make[1]: *** [net/mac80211] Error 2
make[1]: *** Waiting for unfinished jobs....
make: *** [net] Error 2
Signed-off-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we are disconnecting, we set PS off, but this happens before we
send the deauth/disassoc request. When the deauth/disassoc frames are
sent, we trigger the dynamic ps timer, which then times out and turns
PS back on. Thus, PS remains on after disconnecting, causing problems
when associating again.
This can be fixed by preventing the timer to start when we're not
associated anymore.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The rcu callback kfree_tid_tx() just calls a kfree(),
so we use kfree_rcu() instead of the call_rcu(kfree_tid_tx).
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
Acked-by: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
The rcu callback work_free_rcu() just calls a kfree(),
so we use kfree_rcu() instead of the call_rcu(work_free_rcu).
Signed-off-by: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
Acked-by: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Josh Triplett <josh@joshtriplett.org>
This adds basic support for the new WoWLAN
configuration in mac80211. The behaviour is
completely offloaded to the driver though,
with two new callbacks (suspend/resume).
Options for the driver include a complete
reconfiguration after wakeup, and exposing
all the triggers it wants to support.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is based on (but now quite far from) the
original work from Luis and Eliad. Add support
for configuring WoWLAN triggers, and getting
the configuration out again. Changes from the
original patchset are too numerous to list,
but one important change needs highlighting:
the suspend() callback is passed NULL for the
trigger configuration if userspace has not
configured WoWLAN at all.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only user of WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SEPARATE_DEFAULT_KEYS was removed
and consequently, this flag can be removed, too. In addition, a single
capability flag was not enough to indicate this capability clearly since
the device behavior may be different based on which operating mode is
being used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Whenever the driver's queue depth reaches the max, the queues are
stopped by the driver till the driver can accept the frames.
At the mean time dynamic_ps_timer can be expired due to not
receiving packet from upper layer which could restart the transmission
at the end of ps work. Due to the mismatch with driver state,
mac80211 is unneccesarity buffering all the frames till the driver
wakes up the queue.
Check whether there is no transmit or the tx queues were stopped by some
reasons. If any of the queue was stopped, the postpond ps timer and
do not restart netif_tx.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The queue mapping of internal mgmt packets is set to VO. Set the TID
value to match the queue mapping. Otherwise drivers that only look at
the TID might get confused.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
netif_tx_start_all_queues is used to allow the upper layer
to transmit frames but it does not restart transmission.
To restart the trasmission use netif_tx_wake_all_queues.
Not doing so, sometimes stalls the transmission and the
application has to be restarted to proceed further.
This issue was originally found while sending udp traffic
in higer bandwidth in open environment without bgscan.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Force dev_alloc_name() to be called from register_netdevice() by
dev_get_valid_name(). That allows to remove multiple explicit
dev_alloc_name() calls.
The possibility to call dev_alloc_name in advance remains.
This also fixes veth creation regresion caused by
84c49d8c3e
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently, mac80211 handles MIC failures differently
depending on whenever they are detected by the stack's
own software crypto or when are handed down from the
driver.
This patch tries to unify both by moving the special
branch out of mac80211 rx hotpath and into into the
software crypto part. This has the advantage that we
can run a few more sanity checks on the data and verify
if the key type was TKIP. This is very handy because
several devices generate false postive MIC failure
reports. Like carl9170, ath9k and wl12xx:
<http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg68494.html>
"mac80211: report MIC failure for truncated packets in AP mode"
Cc: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Cc: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In xmit path, devices that do full hardware crypto (including
TKIP MMIC) need no tailroom. For such devices, tailroom
reservation can be skipped if all the keys are programmed into
the hardware (i.e software crypto is not used for any of the
keys) and none of the keys wants software to generate Michael
MIC.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds a new API for setting a TX rate mask in
drivers that have rate control in either the firmware or hardware.
This can be used for various purposes, for example, masking out the
11b rates in P2P operation.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add API that allows low level drivers to notify mac80211 about TX
packet loss. This is useful when there are FW triggers to notify the
low level driver about these events.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
These warnings are exposed by gcc 4.6.
net/mac80211/sta_info.c: In function 'sta_info_cleanup_expire_buffered':
net/mac80211/sta_info.c:590:32: warning: variable 'sdata' set but not used
net/mac80211/ibss.c: In function 'ieee80211_rx_mgmt_auth_ibss':
net/mac80211/ibss.c:43:34: warning: variable 'status_code' set but not used
net/mac80211/work.c: In function 'ieee80211_send_assoc':
net/mac80211/work.c:203:9: warning: variable 'len' set but not used
net/mac80211/tx.c: In function '__ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap':
net/mac80211/tx.c:1039:35: warning: variable 'sband' set but not used
net/mac80211/mesh.c: In function 'ieee80211_mesh_rx_queued_mgmt':
net/mac80211/mesh.c:616:28: warning: variable 'ifmsh' set but not used
...
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The release timer has to expire "just" after a
frame is up for release. Currently, if the timer
callback starts on time, the "!time_after" check
above will start a new timer instead of
releasing the frames.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Resolved logic conflicts causing a build failure due to
drivers/net/r8169.c changes using a patch from Stephen Rothwell.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently mac80211 uses ieee80211_disable_40mhz_24ghz module
parameter to allow disabling 40MHz operation in the 2.4GHz band.
Move this handling from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that the feature
will be more generic.
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, the code to tear down BA sessions will
execute after queues are stopped, but attempt to
send frames, so those frames will just get queued,
which isn't intended. Move this code to before to
tear down the sessions properly.
Additionally, after stopping queues, flush the TX
queues in the driver driver to make sure all the
frames went out.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The locking with SMPS requests means that the
debugs file should lock the mgd mutex, not the
iflist mutex. Calls to __ieee80211_request_smps()
need to hold that mutex, so add an assertion.
This has always been wrong, but for some reason
never been noticed, probably because the locking
error only happens while unassociated.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.34+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Apparently this was confusing still ... add a
note that the byte is needed as padding.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows a driver to buffer frames for a PS station and tell mac80211
to wake it up even though mac80211 does not have any buffered frames for
it.
This is necessary for properly handling aggregation related buffering,
in ath9k, because the driver needs to keep its frames in order to keep
track of the Block-ACK window.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix printf() format warning (tm_year is long int):
net/mac80211/debugfs_sta.c:113: warning: format '%d' expects type 'int', but argument 4 has type 'long int'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes it easier to handle moving stations to VLAN interfaces that are
part of a different bridge.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add station connected time in debugfs. This will be helpful to get a
measure of stability of the connection and for debugging stress issues
Cc: Senthilkumar Balasubramanian <Senthilkumar.Balasubramanian@Atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Also, advertise support for mesh authentication.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Modify the NEW_STATION command to accept PLINK_ACTIONS, in case
userspace wants to create stations and initiate a peer link right away
(for authenticated stations) or create a blocked station (for
debugging).
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE. This reflects our ability to insert any ie
into a mesh beacon, not simply path selection ies.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In a highly noisy environment, the tx rate of the driver drops and
the application slows down since it has not yet received ACKs for
the frames already queued in the hardware. Since this ACK may take
more than 100ms, stopping the dev queues for entering PS at this
stage breaks applications, WMM test cases in my testing.
If there are frames already pending in the tx queue, postponing the
PS logic helps to avoid redundant queue stops. When power save is
enabled by default and in a noisy environment, this API certainly
helps in improving the average throughput.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (34 commits)
net: Add support for SMSC LAN9530, LAN9730 and LAN89530
mlx4_en: Restoring RX buffer pointer in case of failure
mlx4: Sensing link type at device initialization
ipv4: Fix "Set rt->rt_iif more sanely on output routes."
MAINTAINERS: add entry for Xen network backend
be2net: Fix suspend/resume operation
be2net: Rename some struct members for clarity
pppoe: drop PPPOX_ZOMBIEs in pppoe_flush_dev
dsa/mv88e6131: add support for mv88e6085 switch
ipv6: Enable RFS sk_rxhash tracking for ipv6 sockets (v2)
be2net: Fix a potential crash during shutdown.
bna: Fix for handling firmware heartbeat failure
can: mcp251x: Allow pass IRQ flags through platform data.
smsc911x: fix mac_lock acquision before calling smsc911x_mac_read
iwlwifi: accept EEPROM version 0x423 for iwl6000
rt2x00: fix cancelling uninitialized work
rtlwifi: Fix some warnings/bugs
p54usb: IDs for two new devices
wl12xx: fix potential buffer overflow in testmode nvs push
zd1211rw: reset rx idle timer from tasklet
...
This allows user-space monitoring of BSS parameters for the associated
station. This is useful for debugging and verifying that the paramaters
are as expected.
[Exactly the same as before but bundled into a single message]
Signed-off-by: Paul Stewart <pstew@chromium.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We currently run this timer exactly once when
a new mac80211 device is registered, but that
is completely pointless since it will have no
work to do at all. Therefore, remove that and
also simplify some code using the timer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The only thing that using crypto_blkcipher with ecb does over just using
arc4 directly is wrapping the encrypt/decrypt function into a for loop,
looping over each individual character.
To be able to do this, it pulls in around 40 kb worth of unnecessary
kernel modules (at least on a MIPS embedded device).
Using arc4 directly not only eliminates those dependencies, it also makes
the code smaller.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The commit "mac80211: reply to directed probes in IBSS" changed ad-hoc
specific code to respond to unicast probe requests, even if
drv_tx_last_beacon returns false, however due to confusion over the
meaning of the IEEE80211_RX_RA_MATCH flag, it also unconditionally
enabled responding to multicast probe requests.
Fix this by explicitly checking for a multicast destination address
instead.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cleaning the ieee80211_rx_data.flags field here is wrong, instead the
flags should be valid accross processing the frame on different
interfaces. Fix this by removing the incorrect flags=0 assignment.
Introduced in commit 554891e63a
(mac80211: move packet flags into packet).
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Indicate an NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION event when a station entry in
mac80211 is deleted to match with the NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION event
that is used when the entry was added. This is needed, e.g., to allow
user space to remove a peer from RSN IBSS Authenticator state machine
to avoid re-authentication and re-keying delays when the peer is not
reachable anymore.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_tx_status iterates over all tx rates the driver reports back
in order to
1) mark tx rates as invalid if the driver cannot have tried that rate
2) find the actually used tx rate for the final retransmission
By leaving the for loop when the first invalid rate index is found we
can move the rates_idx assignment after the loop and therefore save
a few assignments and conditionals.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Took me a minute to figure this out, maybe
it's better documented...
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Suppose the aggregation reorder buffer looks like this:
x-T-R1-y-R2,
where x and y are frames that have not been received, T is a received
frame that has timed out, and R1,R2 are received frames that have not
yet timed out. The proper behavior in this scenario is to move the
window past x (skipping it), release T and R1, and leave the window at y
until y is received or R2 times out.
As written, this code will instead leave the window at R1, because it
has not yet timed out. Fix this by exiting the reorder loop only when
the frame that has not timed out AND there are skipped frames earlier in
the current valid window.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch moves 'key' dereference after BUG_ON(!key) so that when key is NULL
we will see proper trace instead of oops.
Signed-off-by: Mariusz Kozlowski <mk@lab.zgora.pl>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ieee80211_key struct can be kfree()d several times in the function, for
example if some of the key setup functions fails beforehand, but there's no
check if the struct is still valid before we call memcpy() and INIT_LIST_HEAD()
on it. In some cases (like it was in my case), if there's missing aes-generic
module it could lead to the following kernel OOPS:
Unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference at virtual address 0000018c
....
PC is at memcpy+0x80/0x29c
...
Backtrace:
[<bf11c5e4>] (ieee80211_key_alloc+0x0/0x234 [mac80211]) from [<bf1148b4>] (ieee80211_add_key+0x70/0x12c [mac80211])
[<bf114844>] (ieee80211_add_key+0x0/0x12c [mac80211]) from [<bf070cc0>] (__cfg80211_set_encryption+0x2a8/0x464 [cfg80211])
Signed-off-by: Petr Štetiar <ynezz@true.cz>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a client connects in HT mode but does not provide any valid MCS
rates, the function that finds the next sample rate gets stuck in an
infinite loop.
Fix this by falling back to legacy rates if no usable MCS rates are found.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This field is used to determine the inactivity time. When in AP mode,
hostapd uses it for kicking out inactive clients after a while. Without this
patch, hostapd immediately deauthenticates a new client if it checks the
inactivity time before the client sends its first data frame.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (47 commits)
doc: CONFIG_UNEVICTABLE_LRU doesn't exist anymore
Update cpuset info & webiste for cgroups
dcdbas: force SMI to happen when expected
arch/arm/Kconfig: remove one to many l's in the word.
asm-generic/user.h: Fix spelling in comment
drm: fix printk typo 'sracth'
Remove one to many n's in a word
Documentation/filesystems/romfs.txt: fixing link to genromfs
drivers:scsi Change printk typo initate -> initiate
serial, pch uart: Remove duplicate inclusion of linux/pci.h header
fs/eventpoll.c: fix spelling
mm: Fix out-of-date comments which refers non-existent functions
drm: Fix printk typo 'failled'
coh901318.c: Change initate to initiate.
mbox-db5500.c Change initate to initiate.
edac: correct i82975x error-info reported
edac: correct i82975x mci initialisation
edac: correct commented info
fs: update comments to point correct document
target: remove duplicate include of target/target_core_device.h from drivers/target/target_core_hba.c
...
Trivial conflict in fs/eventpoll.c (spelling vs addition)
When running an AP interface along with the cooked monitor interface created
by hostapd, adding an interface and deleting it again triggers a channel type
recalculation during which the (non-HT) monitor interface takes precedence
over the HT AP interface, thus causing the channel type to be set to non-HT.
Fix this by ensuring that a more wide channel type will not be overwritten
by a less wide channel type.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Devices without multi rate retry support won't be able to use all rates
as specified by mintrel_ht. Hence, we can simply skip setting up further
rates as the devices will only use the first one.
Also add a special case for devices with only two possible tx rates. We
use sample_rate -> max_prob_rate for sampling and max_tp_rate ->
max_prob_rate by default.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If dynamic_ps is disabled, enabling power save before the 4-way
handshake completes may delay the station from being authorized to
send/receive traffic, i.e. increase roaming times. It also may result in
a failed 4-way handshake depending on the AP's timing requirements and
beacon interval, and the station's listen interval.
To fix this, prevent power save from being enabled while the station
isn't authorized and recalculate power save whenever the station's
authorized state changes.
Signed-off-by: Jason Young <a.young.jason@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Waiting until the status is received can cause the same rate to be
probed multiple times consecutively.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The scan code has a race that Michael reported
he ran into, but it's easy to fix while at the
same time simplifying the code.
The race resulted in the following warning:
------------[ cut here ]------------
WARNING: at net/mac80211/scan.c:310 ieee80211_rx_bss_free+0x20c/0x4b8 [mac80211]()
Modules linked in: [...]
[<c0033edc>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0xe0) from [<c004f2a4>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x4c/0x64)
[... backtrace wasn't useful ...]
Reported-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a log message to ieee80211_restart_hw() to highlight
that special codepath in the logs. This helps debugging
bugs in the rarely tested restart code.
Signed-off-by: Michael Buesch <mb@bu3sch.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 does the same afterwards anyway. Hence, just drop
this redundant code.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
... Otherwise it is displayed when mac80211 isn't
even turned on, which is completely pointless.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For devices supported by iwlwifi sometimes
off-channel transmissions need to be handled
by the device completely. To support this
mac80211 needs to pass the frame directly
to the driver and not through the TX path
as the driver needs the frame and channel
information at the same time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Is still possible to schedule conn_mon_timer after disassociate from
ieee80211_sta_tx_notify() and ieee80211_offchannel_ps_disable().
Move disassociate check to ieee80211_sta_reset_conn_monitor() to cover
all these cases, and add unlikely since in most the time we call
ieee80211_sta_reset_conn_monitor() when associated.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We need to copy this to allow drivers to look
at the information where needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts 4a332a38
("mac80211: Give it some time to do the TSF sync").
There's no point in waiting with a new IBSS merge
just because the hardware hasn't merged up with
the old IBSS yet, and since 34e8f082 we no longer
attempt to merge with the IBSS we're already in.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The return value of the tx operation is commonly
misused by drivers, leading to errors. All drivers
will drop frames if they fail to TX the frame, and
they must also properly manage the queues (if they
didn't, mac80211 would already warn).
Removing the ability for drivers to return a BUSY
value also allows significant cleanups of the TX
TX handling code in mac80211.
Note that this also fixes a bug in ath9k_htc, the
old "return -1" there was wrong.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Sedat Dilek <sedat.dilek@googlemail.com> [ath5k]
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com> [rt2x00]
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net> [b43, rtl8187, rtlwifi]
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com> [wl12xx]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The flag isn't very descriptive -- the intention
is that the driver provides a TSF timestamp at
the beginning of the MPDU -- make that clearer
by renaming the flag to RX_FLAG_MACTIME_MPDU.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a race on sending a data frame before the tx completion
of nullfunc frame for enabling power save. As the data quickly
follows the nullfunc frame, the AP thinks that the station is out
of power save and continues to send the frames. Whereas in the
station, the nullfunc ack will be processed after the tx completion
of data frame and mac80211 goes to powersave. Thus the power
save state mismatch between the station and the AP causes some
data loss and some applications fail because of that. This patch
fixes this issue.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
From: Eric W. Biederman <ebiederm@xmission.com>
In the beginning with batching unreg_list was a list that was used only
once in the lifetime of a network device (I think). Now we have calls
using the unreg_list that can happen multiple times in the life of a
network device like dev_deactivate and dev_close that are also using the
unreg_list. In addition in unregister_netdevice_queue we also do a
list_move because for devices like veth pairs it is possible that
unregister_netdevice_queue will be called multiple times.
So I think the change below to fix dev_deactivate which Eric D. missed
will fix this problem. Now to go test that.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Clear IEEE80211_STA_NULLFUNC_ACKED flag on disabling power
save. Without this fix, there is a chance of setting CONF_PS
before sending nullfunc frame.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"def_bool n" without prompt is pointless, this should be just "bool".
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@novell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The module parameter ieee80211_disable_40mhz_24ghz
was meant to allow disabling 40 MHz operation in
the 2.4 GHz band by default. However, it is buggy
as implemented because while it advertises to the
AP that the device doesn't support 40 MHz, it will
itself still use 40 MHz configurations.
To fix this, clear the 40 MHz bits from the sband
completely instead of overriding where used.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
WFA certification and the WMM spec require that we
always reply to unicast probe requests, so do that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_rx_h_check returned RX_DROP_MONITOR in case the if statement
in question was true but the same return value is also used directly
after the if clause. Hence, we can just drop the whole if clause and as
such simplify the code.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My previous patch to optimize scanning on operating channel
accidentally removed the code that would ensure power was
set to maximum for scanning.
This patch re-adds that functionality.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Narrow channel types can function within larger channel types.
So, use existing channel type for work items when possible.
This decreases hardware channel changes significantly when
using non NO_HT channel types on the operating channel.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Previous code set the channel type to NO_HT, but it
appears that NO_HT packets can be sent on any channel
type, so we do not need to change the channel type
as long as the channel is correct.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some were indirectly set to NO_HT (zero), but I think
it's better to explicitly set it in case the enum ever
changes. In cfg.c, it seems the channel-type was just
ignored (and thus always set to NO_HT).
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"ap" is the address of sdata->u.ap so it can never be NULL here. Also
we dereferenced it on the previous line. I removed the check.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 now supports passing MCS index to radiotap, so update the
comments regarding this
Signed-off-by: Mohammed Shafi Shajakhan <mshajakhan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since 4-addr frames completely override the source address which will
make it into the converted 802.3 frames, receiving frames for other
4-addr stations will confuse the bridging code.
To be able to handle traffic for all connected devices, the bridge
code will automatically turn on promiscuous mode, which triggers
this problem.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Reported-by: Steve Brown <sbrown@cortland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows users to tune the connection-loss algorithms
to be more or less lenient. In particular, larger
null-func retries helps when using lots of virtual
stations on a loaded network.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using skb_header_cloned to check if it's safe to write to the skb is not
enough - mac80211 also touches the tailroom of the skb.
Initially this check was only used to increase a counter, however this
commit changed the code to also skip skb data reallocation if no extra
head/tailroom was needed:
commit 4cd06a344d
mac80211: skip unnecessary pskb_expand_head calls
It added a regression at least with iwl3945, which is fixed by this patch.
Reported-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Tested-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dmitry.torokhov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This should decrease un-necessary flushes, on/off channel work,
and channel changes in cases where the only scanned channel is
the current operating channel.
* Removes SCAN_OFF_CHANNEL flag, uses SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL
and is-scanning flags instead.
* Add helper method to determine if we are currently configured
for the operating channel.
* Do no blindly go off/on channel in work.c Instead, only call
appropriate on/off code when we really need to change channels.
Always enable offchannel-ps mode when starting work,
and disable it when we are done.
* Consolidate ieee80211_offchannel_stop_station and
ieee80211_offchannel_stop_beaconing, call it
ieee80211_offchannel_stop_vifs instead.
* Accept non-beacon frames when scanning on operating channel.
* Scan state machine optimized to minimize on/off channel
transitions. Also, when going on-channel, go ahead and
re-enable beaconing. We're going to be there for 200ms,
so seems like some useful beaconing could happen.
Always enable offchannel-ps mode when starting software
scan, and disable it when we are done.
* Grab local->mtx earlier in __ieee80211_scan_completed_finish
so that we are protected when calling hw_config(), etc.
* Pass probe-responses up the stack if scanning on local
channel, so that mlme can take a look.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I can't think of a valid use case for this aside from debugging (which can
also be done with a real monitor interface), and dropping these frames saves
some precious CPU cycles.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While leaving oper channel, STA informs sleep state to AP to
stop sending data. Till sending ack for the nullfunc, AP
continues to send the data to STA which restarts ps_timer that
is causing unnecessary nullfunc exchange on timer expiry
when the STA was already moved to offchannel. So don't restart ps_timer
on data reception during scan. This issue was identified by
the following warning.
WARNING: at net/mac80211/tx.c:661 invoke_tx_handlers+0xf07/0x1330 [mac80211]
wlan0: Dropped data frame as no usable bitrate found while scanning and
associated. Target station: 00:03:7f:0b:a6:1b on 5 GHz band
Call Trace:
[<ffffffffa0413ba7>] invoke_tx_handlers+0xf07/0x1330 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0414056>] ieee80211_tx+0x86/0x2c0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0414345>] ieee80211_xmit+0xb5/0x1d0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa04037e0>] ieee80211_dynamic_ps_enable_work+0x0/0xb0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa04158cf>] ieee80211_tx_skb+0x4f/0x60 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa04026e6>] ieee80211_send_nullfunc+0x46/0x60 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa0403885>] ieee80211_dynamic_ps_enable_work+0xa5/0xb0 [mac80211]
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On review of 'zd1211rw: implement beacon fetching and handling
ieee80211_get_buffered_bc()', Christian Lamparter noted that [1]:
Since zd_beacon_done also uploads the next beacon so long in advance,
there could be an equally long race between the outdated state of the
next beacon's DTIM broadcast traffic indicator (802.11-2007 7.3.2.6)
which -in your case- was uploaded almost a beacon interval ago and
the xmit of ieee80211_get_buffered_bc *now*.
The dtim bc/mc bit might be not set, when a mc/bc arrived after the
beacon was uploaded, but before the "beacon done event" from the
hardware. So, dozing stations don't expect the broadcast traffic
and of course, they might miss it completely.
It's probably better to fix this in mac80211 (see the attached hack).
[1] http://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=129435041117256&w=2
CC: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TKIP countermeasures depend on devices being able to detect Michael
MIC failures on received frames and for stations to report errors to
the AP. In order to test that behavior, it is useful to be able to
send out TKIP frames with incorrect Michael MIC. This testing behavior
has minimal effect on the TX path, so it can be added to mac80211 for
convenient use.
The interface for using this functionality is a file in mac80211
netdev debugfs (tkip_mic_test). Writing a MAC address to the file
makes mac80211 generate a dummy data frame that will be sent out using
invalid Michael MIC value. In AP mode, the address needs to be for one
of the associated stations or ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff to use a broadcast
frame. In station mode, the address can be anything, e.g., the current
BSSID. It should be noted that this functionality works correctly only
when associated and using TKIP.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TKIP implementation was originally prepared to be a bit more
flexible in the way Michael MIC TX/RX keys are configured. However, we
are now taking care of the TX/RX MIC key swapping in user space, so
this code will not be needed. Similarly, there were some remaining WPA
testing code that won't be used in their current form. Remove the
unneeded extra complexity.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no point in disallowing scanning for a
GO interface when it's not beaconing yet.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Beacons from external BSSes are required for updating overlapping BSS
info (i.e. ERP protection). Pass them up unconditionally.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When operating in AP mode the wl1271 hardware filters out null-data
packets as well as management packets. This makes it impossible for
mac80211 to monitor the PS mode by using the PM bit of incoming frames.
Implement a HW flag to indicate that mac80211 should ignore the PM bit.
In addition, expose ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to make low-level
drivers capable of controlling PS-mode.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When rate-control is performed in HW, we cannot calculate frame
duration as we do not have the skb transmission rate in SW.
ieee80211_tx_h_calculate_duration() should only be called when
ieee80211_tx_h_rate_ctrl() has been called before to initialize data
in skb->cb. This doesn't happen for drivers with HW rate-control.
Fixes the following warning when operating in AP-mode
in a driver with HW rate-control.
WARNING: at net/mac80211/tx.c:57 ieee80211_duration+0x54/0x1d8 [mac80211]()
Modules linked in: wl1271_sdio wl1271 firmware_class crc7 mac80211 cfg80211
[<c0046090>] (unwind_backtrace+0x0/0x124) from [<c0064c10>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x4c/0x64)
[<c0064c10>] (warn_slowpath_common+0x4c/0x64) from [<c0064c40>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x18/0x1c)
[<c0064c40>] (warn_slowpath_null+0x18/0x1c) from [<bf040e34>] (ieee80211_duration+0x54/0x1d8 [mac80211])
[<bf040e34>] (ieee80211_duration+0x54/0x1d8 [mac80211]) from [<bf04200c>] (invoke_tx_handlers+0xfa0/0x1088 [mac80211])
[<bf04200c>] (invoke_tx_handlers+0xfa0/0x1088 [mac80211]) from [<bf042178>] (ieee80211_tx+0x84/0x248 [mac80211])
[<bf042178>] (ieee80211_tx+0x84/0x248 [mac80211]) from [<bf042f44>] (ieee80211_tx_pending+0x12c/0x278 [mac80211])
[<bf042f44>] (ieee80211_tx_pending+0x12c/0x278 [mac80211]) from [<c0069a9c>] (tasklet_action+0x68/0xbc)
[<c0069a9c>] (tasklet_action+0x68/0xbc) from [<c006a044>] (__do_softirq+0x84/0x114)
[<c006a044>] (__do_softirq+0x84/0x114) from [<c006a1b8>] (do_softirq+0x48/0x54)
[<c006a1b8>] (do_softirq+0x48/0x54) from [<c006a4f8>] (local_bh_enable+0x98/0xcc)
[<c006a4f8>] (local_bh_enable+0x98/0xcc) from [<bf074e60>] (wl1271_rx+0x2e8/0x3a4 [wl1271])
[<bf074e60>] (wl1271_rx+0x2e8/0x3a4 [wl1271]) from [<bf071ae4>] (wl1271_irq_work+0x230/0x310 [wl1271])
[<bf071ae4>] (wl1271_irq_work+0x230/0x310 [wl1271]) from [<c0076864>] (process_one_work+0x208/0x350)
[<c0076864>] (process_one_work+0x208/0x350) from [<c0076e14>] (worker_thread+0x1cc/0x300)
[<c0076e14>] (worker_thread+0x1cc/0x300) from [<c007bb88>] (kthread+0x84/0x8c)
[<c007bb88>] (kthread+0x84/0x8c) from [<c0041494>] (kernel_thread_exit+0x0/0x8)
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a vif goes away, it could cause the super-chan
to be recalculated differently, so do that calculation
on iface removal.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I have a netgear WNDR3700 that appears to have an off-by-four
bug in how it fills out the hti->control_chan (I configure the
AP to channel 11, it reports 15 as control_chan).
Poke a message into the kernel logs to give users a
clue as to why they are not getting the expected
channel-type or rate.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we cannot set the channel type, set the channel back to the
original.
Don't update the driver hardware if nothing actually changed.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the off-channel TX is done with remain-on-channel
offloaded to hardware, the reported cookie is wrong as
in that case we shouldn't use the SKB as the cookie but
need to instead use the corresponding r-o-c cookie
(XOR'ed with 2 to prevent API mismatches).
Fix this by keeping track of the hw_roc_skb pointer
just for the status processing and use the correct
cookie to report in this case. We can't use the
hw_roc_skb pointer itself because it is NULL'ed when
the frame is transmitted to prevent it being used
twice.
This fixes a bug where the P2P state machine in the
supplicant gets stuck because it never gets a correct
result for its transmitted frame.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
PS should not be enabled if an infra AP vif exists in
the interface list. So while recalculating PS,
AP vif type should be taken into account.
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the MCS information we currently get
from the drivers into radiotap.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For events that include only the local struct as
their parameter, we can use DECLARE_EVENT_CLASS
and save quite some binary size across segments
as well lines of code.
text data bss dec hex filename
375745 19296 916 395957 60ab5 mac80211.ko.before
367473 17888 916 386277 5e4e5 mac80211.ko.after
-8272 -1408 0 -9680 -25d0 delta
Some more tracepoints with identical arguments
could be combined like this but for now this is
the one that benefits most.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers (e.g. ath9k) do not always disable beacons when they're
supposed to. When an interface is changed using the change_interface op,
the mode specific sdata part is in an undefined state and trying to
get a beacon at this point can produce weird crashes.
To fix this, add a check for ieee80211_sdata_running before using
anything from the sdata.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend channel to frequency mapping for 802.11j Japan 4.9GHz band, according to
IEEE802.11 section 17.3.8.3.2 and Annex J. Because there are now overlapping
channel numbers in the 2GHz and 5GHz band we can't map from channel to
frequency without knowing the band. This is no problem as in most contexts we
know the band. In places where we don't know the band (and WEXT compatibility)
we assume the 2GHz band for channels below 14.
This patch does not implement all channel to frequency mappings defined in
802.11, it's just an extension for 802.11j 20MHz channels. 5MHz and 10MHz
channels as well as 802.11y channels have been omitted.
The following drivers have been updated to reflect the API changes:
iwl-3945, iwl-agn, iwmc3200wifi, libertas, mwl8k, rt2x00, wl1251, wl12xx.
The drivers have been compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: Brian Prodoehl <bprodoehl@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This particular error isn't about multicast.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The meaning of CONFIG_EMBEDDED has long since been obsoleted; the option
is used to configure any non-standard kernel with a much larger scope than
only small devices.
This patch renames the option to CONFIG_EXPERT in init/Kconfig and fixes
references to the option throughout the kernel. A new CONFIG_EMBEDDED
option is added that automatically selects CONFIG_EXPERT when enabled and
can be used in the future to isolate options that should only be
considered for embedded systems (RISC architectures, SLOB, etc).
Calling the option "EXPERT" more accurately represents its intention: only
expert users who understand the impact of the configuration changes they
are making should enable it.
Reviewed-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Acked-by: David Woodhouse <david.woodhouse@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Cc: Greg KH <gregkh@suse.de>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Robin Holt <holt@sgi.com>
Cc: <linux-arch@vger.kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
When running as a 4-addr station against an AP that has the 4-addr VLAN
interface and the main 3-addr AP interface bridged together, sometimes
frames originating from the station were looping back from the 3-addr AP
interface, causing the bridge code to emit warnings about receiving frames
with its own source address.
I'm not sure why this is happening yet, but I think it's a good idea to
drop all frames (except 802.1x/EAP frames) that do not match the configured
addressing mode, including 4-address frames sent to a 3-address station.
User test reports indicate that the problem goes away with this patch.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, mac80211 always advertises that it may send
up to 64 subframes in an aggregate. This is fine, since
it's the max, but might as well be set to zero instead
since it doesn't have any information.
However, drivers might have that information, so allow
them to set a variable giving it, which will then be
used. The default of zero will be fine since to the
peer that means we don't know and it will just use its
own limit for the buffer size.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The aggregation code currently doesn't implement the
buffer size negotiation. It will always request a max
buffer size (which is fine, if a little pointless, as
the mac80211 code doesn't know and might just use 0
instead), but if the peer requests a smaller size it
isn't possible to honour this request.
In order to fix this, look at the buffer size in the
addBA response frame, keep track of it and pass it to
the driver in the ampdu_action callback when called
with the IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL action. That
way the driver can limit the number of subframes in
aggregates appropriately.
Note that this doesn't fix any drivers apart from the
addition of the new argument -- they all need to be
updated separately to use this variable!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When mesh is disabled, mac80211 was returning
beacons with an empty mesh ID. That isn't
desirable, even if drivers shouldn't be trying
to get beacons to start with.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mppath is mesh related parameter and maybe unused
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some devices don't support the maximum AMDPU buffer size of 64, so we
need to add an option to configure this in the hardware configuration.
This value will be used in the ADDBA response instead of the value
suggested in the request, if the latter is greater than the max
supported.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Tested-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Replace MESH_WORK_GROW_MPATH_TABLE by MESH_WORK_GROW_MPP_TABLE in
mesh_mpp_table_grow call condition.
(Clearly the original was a typo... -- JWL)
Signed-off-by: Nickolay Ledovskikh <nledovskikh@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rewrote code for checking if the destination is proxied by a mesh portal, to facilitate better
understanding of the functionality.
Signed-off-by: Joel A Fernandes <agnel.joel@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix a bunch of
warning: ‘inline’ is not at beginning of declaration
messages when building a 'make allyesconfig' kernel with -Wextra.
These warnings are trivial to kill, yet rather annoying when building with
-Wextra.
The more we can cut down on pointless crap like this the better (IMHO).
A previous patch to do this for a 'allnoconfig' build has already been
merged. This just takes the cleanup a little further.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
When the buffer size is set to zero in the block ack parameter set
field, we should use the maximum supported number of subframes. The
existing code was bogus and was doing some unnecessary calculations
that lead to wrong values.
Thanks Johannes for helping me figure this one out.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the introduction of the fixes for the
reorder timer, mac80211 will cause lockdep
warnings because lockdep confuses
local->skb_queue and local->rx_skb_queue
and treats their lock as the same.
However, their locks are different, and are
valid in different contexts (the former is
used in IRQ context, the latter in BH only)
and the only thing to be done is mark the
former as a different lock class so that
lockdep can tell the difference.
Reported-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Reported-by: Sujith <m.sujith@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Miles Lane <miles.lane@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Sujith <m.sujith@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Somehow this snuck into my earlier patch, and
only now did I see a compiler warning:
net/mac80211/led.c:218:13: warning: function '__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger' with external linkage has definition
Remove the stray extern.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver has remain-on-channel offload,
implement off-channel transmission using that
primitive.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows drivers to support remain-on-channel
offload if they implement smarter timing or need
to use a device implementation like iwlwifi.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The key documentation is slightly out of date, fix
that. Also, the list entry in the key struct is no
longer used that way, so list_del_init() isn't
necessary any more there.
Finally, ieee80211_key_link() is no longer invoked
under RCU read lock, but rather with an appropriate
station lock held.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts enables the reorder release timer once again.
The issues laid out in:
<http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html>
Have been addressed by:
mac80211: serialize rx path workers
mac80211: ignore PSM bit of reordered frames
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch addresses the issue of serialization between
the main rx path and various reorder release timers.
<http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html>
It converts the previously local "frames" queue into
a global rx queue [rx_skb_queue]. This way, everyone
(be it the main rx-path or some reorder release timeout)
can add frames to it.
Only one active rx handler worker [ieee80211_rx_handlers]
is needed. All other threads which have lost the race of
"runnning_rx_handler" can now simply "return", knowing that
the thread who had the "edge" will also take care of their
workload.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fixed a bug where if a mesh interface has a different MAC address from its bridge
interface, then it would not be able to send data traffic to any other mesh node.
This also adds support for communication between mesh nodes and external bridged
nodes by using a 6 address format if the source is a node within the mesh and the
destination is an external node proxied by a mesh portal.
Signed-off-by: Joel A Fernandes <agnel.joel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch tackles one of the problems of my
reorder release timer patch from August.
<http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-wireless/msg57214.html>
=>
What if the reorder release triggers and ap_sta_ps_end
(called by ieee80211_rx_h_sta_process) accidentally clears
the WLAN_STA_PS_STA flag, because 100ms ago - when the STA
was still active - frames were put into the reorder buffer.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit ad0e2b5a00
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Date: Tue Jun 1 10:19:19 2010 +0200
mac80211: simplify key locking
removed the synchronization against RCU and thus
opened a race window where we can use a key for
TX while it is already freed. Put a synchronisation
into the right place to close that window.
Reported-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.36+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit b51aff057c said:
Under memory pressure, the mac80211 mesh code
may helpfully print a message that it failed
to clone a mesh frame and then will proceed
to crash trying to use it anyway. Fix that.
Avoid the reference whenever the frame copy is unsuccessful
regardless of the debug message being suppressed or printed.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.27+]
Signed-off-by: Milton Miller <miltonm@bga.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (42 commits)
ipv4: dont create routes on down devices
epic100: hamachi: yellowfin: Fix skb allocation size
sundance: Fix oopses with corrupted skb_shared_info
Revert "ipv4: Allow configuring subnets as local addresses"
USB: mcs7830: return negative if auto negotiate fails
irda: prevent integer underflow in IRLMP_ENUMDEVICES
tcp: fix listening_get_next()
atl1c: Do not use legacy PCI power management
mac80211: fix mesh forwarding
MAINTAINERS: email address change
net: Fix range checks in tcf_valid_offset().
net_sched: sch_sfq: fix allot handling
hostap: remove netif_stop_queue from init
mac80211/rt2x00: add ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
typhoon: memory corruption in typhoon_get_drvinfo()
net: Add USB PID for new MOSCHIP USB ethernet controller MCS7832 variant
net_sched: always clone skbs
ipv6: Fragment locally generated tunnel-mode IPSec6 packets as needed.
netlink: fix gcc -Wconversion compilation warning
asix: add USB ID for Logitec LAN-GTJ U2A
...
There's a redundant rcu_read_lock/unlock pair, a
redundant variable, and a few redundant accesses
to the 1d_to_ac array. Fix this to make the code
neater and easier to follow.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS is not set, ieee80211_i.h was failing to compile,
because struct led_trigger is only declared when CONFIG_LEDS_TRIGGERS is
set.
This patch adds ifdefs around the tpt_led_trigger declaration in
ieee80211_i.h to avoid the problem.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <luciano.coelho@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The throughput LED trigger was always active when
the radio was enabled. In most cases that's likely
the desired behaviour, but iwlwifi requires it to
be only active when one of the virtual interfaces
is actually "connected" in some way.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi and other drivers like to blink their LED
based on throughput. Implement this generically in
mac80211, based on a throughput table the driver
specifies. That way, drivers can set the blink
frequencies depending on their desired behaviour
and max throughput.
All the drivers need to do is provide an LED class
device, best with blink hardware offload.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The throughput trigger will require doing LED
classdev/trigger handling before register_hw(),
so drivers should have access to the trigger
names before it. If trigger registration fails,
this will still make the trigger name available,
but that's not a big problem since the default
trigger will the simply not be found.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Under memory pressure, the mac80211 mesh code
may helpfully print a message that it failed
to clone a mesh frame and then will proceed
to crash trying to use it anyway. Fix that.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.27+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an skb is shared, it needs to be duplicated, along with its data buffer.
If the skb does not have enough headroom, using skb_copy might cause the data
buffer to be copied twice (once by skb_copy and once by pskb_expand_head).
Fix this by using skb_clone initially and letting ieee80211_skb_resize sort
out the rest.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the skb is not cloned and we don't need any extra headroom, there
is no point in reallocating the skb head.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The change 'mac80211: Fix BUG in pskb_expand_head when transmitting shared skbs'
added a check for copying the skb if it's shared, however the tx info variable
still points at the cb of the old skb
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Acked-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The Mesh Control header only includes 0, 1 or 2 addresses. If there is
one address, it should be interpreted as Address 4. If there are 2,
they are interpreted as Addresses 5 and 6 (Address 4 being the 4th
address in the 802.11 header).
The address extension used to hold up to 3 addresses instead of the current 2.
I'm not sure which draft version changed this, but it is very unlikely that it
will change again given the state of the approval process of this draft. See
section 7.1.3.6.3 in current draft (8.0).
Also, note that the extra address that I'm removing was not being used, so this
change has no effect on over-the-air frame formats. But I thought I better
remove it before someone does start using it.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Let path selection frames for protocols other than HWMP be sent to
userspace via NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME. Also allow userspace to send
and receive mesh path selection frames.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Userspace will now be allowed to toggle between the default path
selection algorithm (HWMP, implemented in the kernel), and a vendor
specific alternative. Also in the same patch, allow userspace to add
information elements to mesh beacons. This is accordance with the
Extensible Path Selection Framework specified in version 7.0 of the
802.11s draft.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mesh parameters can be to setup a mesh or to configure it.
This patch renames the ambiguous name mesh_params to mesh_config
in preparation for mesh_setup.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new notification to indicate that a received, unprotected
Deauthentication or Disassociation frame was dropped due to
management frame protection being in use. This notification is
needed to allow user space (e.g., wpa_supplicant) to implement
SA Query procedure to recover from association state mismatch
between an AP and STA.
This is needed to avoid getting stuck in non-working state when MFP
(IEEE 802.11w) is used and a protected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame is dropped for any reason. After that, the
station would silently discard any unprotected Deauthentication or
Disassociation frame that could be indicating that the AP does not
have association for the STA (when the Reason Code would be 6 or 7).
IEEE Std 802.11w-2009, 11.13 describes this recovery mechanism.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 00d3f14c has removed the references of this macro,
but left it only. So remove this definition.
commit 00d3f14cf9
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Feb 10 21:26:00 2009 +0100
mac80211: use cfg80211s BSS infrastructure
Remove all the code from mac80211 to keep track of BSSes
and use the cfg80211-provided code completely.
Signed-off-by: Shan Wei <shanwei@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow drivers or rate control algorithms to specify BlockAck session
timeout when initiating an ADDBA transaction. This is useful in cases
where maintaining persistent BA sessions does not incur any overhead.
The current timeout value of 5000 TUs is retained for all non ath9k/ath9k_htc
drivers.
Signed-off-by: Sujith Manoharan <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With the upcoming hardware offload implementation,
some devices will have a different maximum duration
for the remain-on-channel command. Advertise the
maximum duration in mac80211, and make mac80211 set
it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (75 commits)
pppoe.c: Fix kernel panic caused by __pppoe_xmit
WAN: Fix a TX IRQ causing BUG() in PC300 and PCI200SYN drivers.
bnx2x: Advance a version number to 1.60.01-0
bnx2x: Fixed a compilation warning
bnx2x: LSO code was broken on BE platforms
qlge: Fix deadlock when cancelling worker.
net: fix skb_defer_rx_timestamp()
cxgb4vf: Ingress Queue Entry Size needs to be 64 bytes
phy: add the IC+ IP1001 driver
atm: correct sysfs 'device' link creation and parent relationships
MAINTAINERS: remove me from tulip
SCTP: Fix SCTP_SET_PEER_PRIMARY_ADDR to accpet v4mapped address
enic: Bug Fix: Pass napi reference to the isr that services receive queue
ipv6: fix nl group when advertising a new link
connector: add module alias
net: Document the kernel_recvmsg() function
r8169: Fix runtime power management
hso: IP checksuming doesn't work on GE0301 option cards
xfrm: Fix xfrm_state_migrate leak
net: Convert netpoll blocking api in bonding driver to be a counter
...
When software crypto is used, mac80211 will
support IBSS RSN, it doesn't depend on the
driver in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The 802.11 spec states that the STA that generated the last Beacon frame shall
be the STA that response to a probe request. This is important for congestion
reduction when a probe request is received - only 1 node in an adhoc BSS
will transmit a response. While mac80211 drivers should provide the
tx_last_beacon function to report if they transmitted the last beacon many
do not. As an attempt to reduce probe response congestion default this
to 0 such that a node not implementing this capability does not contribute
to unnecessary congestion.
In a modern medium sized office environment I see upwards of 100 probe
requests per second received at a given node from various hardware/OS/drivers
doing zeroconf 'active probing' as opposed to passively listening for beacons.
With a modest 10-node adhoc network consisting of drivers that do not implement
this tx_last_beacon feature, I have seen this result in the simultaneous xmit
of probe responses accumulating to 500 probe responses per second because of
collisions which brings the adhoc network to its knees as well as causes
needless congestion.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for split default keys (unicast
and multicast) in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to specify that a given key
is default only for unicast and/or multicast
transmissions. Only WEP keys are for both,
WPA/RSN keys set here are GTKs for multicast
only. For more future flexibility, allow to
specify all combiations.
Wireless extensions can only set both so use
nl80211; WEP keys (connect keys) must be set
as default for both (but 802.1X WEP is still
possible).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using the default key for "any key set" isn't
quite what we should do. It works, but with the
upcoming changes it makes life unnecessarily
complex, so do something better here and really
check for "any key".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On suspend, there might be usb wireless drivers which wrongly trigger
the warning in ieee80211_work_work. If an usb driver doesn't have a
suspend hook, the usb stack will disconnect the device. On disconnect,
a mac80211 driver calls ieee80211_unregister_hw, which calls dev_close,
which calls ieee80211_stop, and in the end calls ieee80211_work_purge->
ieee80211_work_work.
The problem is that this call to ieee80211_work_purge comes after
mac80211 is suspended, triggering the warning even when we don't have
work queued in work_list (the expected case when already suspended),
because it always calls ieee80211_work_work.
So, just call ieee80211_work_work in ieee80211_work_purge if we really
have to abort work. This addresses the warning reported at
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=24402
Signed-off-by: Herton Ronaldo Krzesinski <herton@mandriva.com.br>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
dev_open will eventually call ieee80211_ibss_join which sets up the
skb used for beacons/probe-responses however it is possible to
receive beacons that attempt to merge before this occurs causing
a null pointer dereference. Check ssid_len as that is the last
thing set in ieee80211_ibss_join.
This occurs quite easily in the presence of adhoc nodes with hidden SSID's
revised previous patch to check further up based on irc feedback
Signed-off-by: Tim Harvey <harvey.tim@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Wrap mesh sections inside CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH to fix compilation
problems reported by Stephen Rothwell, Larry Finger and Bruno Randolf.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/mac80211/mlme.c: In function 'ieee80211_sta_work':
net/mac80211/mlme.c:1981: warning: too many arguments for format
Introduced by commit 04ac3c0ee2
("mac80211: speed up AP probing using nullfunc frames").
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 uses pm_qos (/dev/network_latency) in order to determine the
dynamic ps timeout (or disable the dynamic-ps at all in some cases).
commit ff616381 added a comparison for the current network_latency
against one high value (1900ms), and against the default value
(2000sec, rather than the commented 2sec).
however, the representation of 1900ms was incorrect:
1900ms = 1900000us ( != 1900000000 )
fix it by using USEC_TO_MSEC/SEC consts.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
--
v2: fix ABI breakage and change factor to be a power of 2.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of tying mesh activity to interface up,
add join and leave commands for mesh. Since we
must be backward compatible, let cfg80211 handle
joining a mesh if a mesh ID was pre-configured
when the device goes up.
Note that this therefore must modify mac80211 as
well since mac80211 needs to lose the logic to
start the mesh on interface up.
We now allow querying mesh parameters before the
mesh is connected, which simply returns defaults.
Setting them (internally renamed to "update") is
only allowed while connected. Specify them with
the new mesh join command instead where needed.
In mac80211, beaconing must now also follow the
mesh enabled/not enabled state, which is done
by testing the mesh ID.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 used to do all its bookkeeping in
the notifier, but some new stuff will have
to use local variables so make the callback
return the netdev pointer.
Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Logically, the filter adjusting belongs with
starting/stopping mesh, not interface up/down,
so move it there.
Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The TTL in path selection information elements is different from
the mesh ttl used in mesh data frames. Version 7.03 of the 11s
draft calls this ttl 'Element TTL'.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the nullfunc frame used to probe the AP was not acked, there is no point
in waiting for the probe timeout, so advance to the next try (or disconnect)
immediately.
If we do reach the probe timeout without having received a tx status, the
connection is probably really bad and worth disconnecting.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_is_nullfunc() implies ieee80211_is_data()
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The last_tx_rate field was also updated for non-data frames that are
often sent with a lower rate (for example management frames at 1 Mbps).
This is confusing when the data rate is actually much higher.
Hence, only update the last_tx_rate field with tx rate information
gathered from last data frames.
If the rate control algorithm filled in txrc.reported_rate we don't need
to verify this information.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's not useful to build LED triggers when there's no LEDs that can be
triggered by them. Therefore, fix up the dependencies so that this
cannot happen, and fix a few users that select triggers to depend on
LEDS_CLASS as well (there is also one user that also selects LEDS_CLASS,
which is OK).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Tested-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Arnd Hannemann <arnd@arndnet.de>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Remove a superfluous ieee80211_is_data check as that was checked a few
lines before already and we wont't get here for non-data frames at all.
Second, the frame was already converted to 802.3 header format and
reading the fc and addr1 fields was only possible because the 802.3
header is short enough and didn't overwrite the relevant parts of the
802.11 header. Make the code more obvious by checking the ethernet
header's h_dest field.
Furthermore reorder the conditions to reduce the number of checks
when dynamic powersave is not needed (AP mode for example).
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Th commit titled "mac80211: clean up rx handling wrt. found_sta"
removed found_sta variable which caused a MIC failure event
to be reported twice for a single failure to supplicant resulted
in STA disconnect.
This should fix WPA specific countermeasures WiFi test case (5.2.17)
issues with mac80211 based drivers which report MIC failure events in
rx status.
Cc: Stable <stable@kernel.org> (2.6.37)
Signed-off-by: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes an curious issue due to insufficient
rx frame filtering.
Saqeb Akhter reported frequent disconnects while streaming
videos over samba: <http://marc.info/?m=128600031109136>
> [ 1166.512087] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7)
> [ 1526.059997] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7)
> [ 2125.324356] wlan1: deauthenticated from 30:46:9a:10:49:f7 (Reason: 7)
> [...]
The reason is that the device generates frames with slightly
bogus SA/TA addresses.
e.g.:
[ 2314.402316] Ignore 9f:1f:31:f8:64:ff
[ 2314.402321] Ignore 9f:1f:31:f8:64:ff
[ 2352.453804] Ignore 0d:1f:31:f8:64:ff
[ 2352.453808] Ignore 0d:1f:31:f8:64:ff
^^ the group-address flag is set!
(the correct SA/TA would be: 00:1f:31:f8:64:ff)
Since the AP does not know from where the frames come, it
generates a DEAUTH response for the (invalid) mcast address.
This mcast deauth frame then passes through all filters and
tricks the stack into thinking that the AP brutally kicked
us!
This patch fixes the problem by simply ignoring
non-broadcast, group-addressed deauth/disassoc frames.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Reported-by: Saqeb Akhter <saqeb.akhter@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The RX aggregation locking documentation was
wrong, which led Christian to also code the
timer timeout handling for it somewhat wrongly.
Fix the documentation, the two places that
need to hold the reorder lock across accesses
to the structure, and the debugfs code that
should just use RCU.
Also, remove acquiring the sta->lock across
reorder timeouts since it isn't necessary, and
change a few places to GFP_KERNEL because the
code path here doesn't need atomic allocations
as I noticed when reviewing all this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This implements the new off-channel TX API
in mac80211 with a new work item type. The
operation doesn't add a new work item when
we're on the right channel and there's no
wait time so that for example p2p probe
responses will be transmitted without delay.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With p2p, it is sometimes necessary to transmit
a frame (typically an action frame) on another
channel than the current channel. Enable this
through the CMD_FRAME API, and allow it to wait
for a response. A new command allows that wait
to be aborted.
However, allow userspace to specify whether or
not it wants to allow off-channel TX, it may
actually want to use the same channel only.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order for frame injection to work properly for some use cases
(e.g., finding the station entry and keys for encryption), mac80211
needs to find the correct sdata entry. This works when the main vif
is in AP mode, but commit a2c1e3dad5
broke this particular use case for station main vif. While this type of
injection is quite unusual operation, it has some uses and we should fix
it. Do this by changing the monitor vif sdata selection to allow station
vif to be selected instead of limiting it to just AP vifs. We still need
to skip some iftypes to avoid selecting unsuitable vif for injection.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For drivers that have accurate TX status reporting
we can report the number of consecutive lost packets
to userspace using the new cfg80211 CQM event. The
threshold is fixed right now, this may need to be
improved in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This should help with latency issues which can happen when
using aggregation.
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: Matt Smith <matt.smith@atheros.com>
Cc: Senthil Balasubramanian <senthilkumar@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since nullfunc frames are transmitted as unicast frames, they're more
reliable than the broadcast probe requests, so we need fewer retries
to figure out whether the AP is really gone.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
nullfunc frames are better for connection monitoring, because probe requests
are answered even if the AP has already dropped the connection, whereas
nullfunc frames from an unassociated station will trigger a disassoc/deauth
frame from the AP (WLAN_REASON_CLASS3_FRAME_FROM_NONASSOC_STA), which allows
the station to reconnect immediately instead of waiting until it attempts to
transmit the next unicast frame.
This only works on hardware with reliable tx ACK reporting, any other hardware
needs to fall back to the probe request method.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- store the multicast rate as an index instead of the rate value
(reduces cpu overhead in a hotpath)
- validate the rate values (must match a bitrate in at least one sband)
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check the connection by probing the AP (either using nullfunc or a
probe request). If nullfunc probing is supported and the assoc is no
longer valid, the AP will send a disassoc/deauth immediately.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of using a fixed 2 second timeout, calculate beacon loss interval
from the advertised beacon interval and a frame count. With this beacon
loss happens after N (default 7) consecutive frames are missed which
for a typical setup (100TU beacon interval) is ~700ms (or ~1/3 previous).
Signed-off-by: Sam Leffler <sleffler@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When using AP VLAN interfaces, each VLAN interface should be in its own
broadcast domain. Hostapd achieves this by assigning different GTKs to
different AP VLAN interfaces.
However, mac80211 drivers are not aware of AP VLAN interfaces and as
such mac80211 sends the GTK to the driver in the context of the base AP
mode interface. This causes problems when multiple AP VLAN interfaces
are used since the driver will use the same key slot for the different
GTKs (there's no way for the driver to distinguish the different GTKs
from different AP VLAN interfaces). Thus, only the clients associated
to one AP VLAN interface (the one that was created last) can actually
use broadcast traffic.
Fix this by not programming any GTKs for AP VLAN interfaces into the hw
but fall back to using software crypto. The GTK for the underlying AP
interface is still sent to the driver.
That means, broadcast traffic to stations associated to an AP VLAN
interface is encrypted in software whereas broadcast traffic to
stations associated to the non-VLAN AP interface is encrypted in
hardware.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend nl80211 to report an exponential weighted moving average (EWMA) of the
signal value. Since the signal value usually fluctuates between different
packets, an average can be more useful than the value of the last packet.
This uses the recently added generic EWMA library function.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The code to handle powersaving stations has a race:
when the powersave flag is lifted from a station,
we could transmit a packet that is being processed
for TX at the same time right away, even if there
are other frames queued for it. This would cause
frame reordering. To fix this, lift the flag only
under the appropriate lock that blocks TX.
Additionally, the code to allow drivers to block a
station while frames for it are on the HW queue is
never re-enabled the station, so traffic would get
stuck indefinitely. Fix this by clearing the flag
for this appropriately.
Finally, as an optimisation, don't do anything if
the driver unblocks an already unblocked station.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In many places we've just hardcoded the
AC numbers -- which is a relic from the
original mac80211 (d80211). Add constants
for them so we know what we're talking
about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Chipsets with hardware based connection monitoring need to autonomically
send directed probe-request frames to the AP (in the event of beacon loss,
for example.)
For the hardware to be able to do this, it requires a template for the frame
to transmit to the AP, filled in with the BSSID and SSID of the AP, but also
the supported rate IE's.
This patch adds a function to mac80211, which allows the hardware driver to
fetch this template after association, so it can be configured to the hardware.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow antenna configuration by calling driver's function for it.
We disallow antenna configuration if the wiphy is already running, mainly to
make life easier for 802.11n drivers which need to recalculate HT capabilites.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The lower driver is notified when the fragmentation threshold changes
and upon a reconfig of the interface.
If the driver supports hardware TX fragmentation, don't fragment
packets in the stack.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
crypto_free_cipher() is a wrapper around crypto_free_tfm() which is a
wrapper around crypto_destroy_tfm() and the latter can handle being passed
a NULL pointer, so checking for NULL in the
ieee80211_aes_key_free()/ieee80211_aes_cmac_key_free() wrappers around
crypto_free_cipher() is pointless and just increase object code size
needlesly and makes us execute extra test/branch instructions that we
don't need.
Btw; don't we have to many wrappers around wrappers ad nauseam here?
Anyway, this patch removes the redundant conditionals.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
- reduce the number of retransmission attempts for sample rates
- sample lower rates less often
- do not use RTS/CTS for sampling frames
- increase the time between sampling attempts
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For client STA interfaces, ieee80211_do_stop unsets the relevant
interface's SDATA_STATE_RUNNING state bit prior to cancelling an
interrupted scan. When ieee80211_offchannel_return is invoked as
part of cancelling the scan, it doesn't bother unsetting the
SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL bit because it sees that the interface is
down. Normally this doesn't matter because when the client STA
interface is brought back up, it will probably issue a scan. But
in some cases (e.g., the user changes the interface type while it
is down), the SDATA_STATE_OFFCHANNEL bit will remain set. This
prevents the interface queues from being started. So we
cancel the scan before unsetting the SDATA_STATE_RUNNING bit.
Signed-off-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I noticed two small issues in mac80211/debugfs_key.c::key_key_read while
reading through the code. Patch below.
The key_key_read() function returns ssize_t and the value that's actually
returned is the return value of simple_read_from_buffer() which also
returns ssize_t, so let's hold the return value in a ssize_t local
variable rather than a int one.
Also, memory is allocated dynamically with kmalloc() which can fail, but
the return value of kmalloc() is not checked, so we may end up operating
on a null pointer further on. So check for a NULL return and bail out with
-ENOMEM in that case.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 651b52254f added DS Parameter Set
information into Probe Request frames that are transmitted on 2.4 GHz
band, but it failed to increment local->scan_ies_len to cover this new
information. This variable needs to be updated to match the maximum IE
data length so that the extra buffer need gets reduced from the driver
limit.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Station addition in ieee80211_ibss_rx_queued_mgmt is not updating
sta->last_rx which is causing station expiry in ieee80211_ibss_work
path. So sta addition and deletion happens repeatedly.
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I found this bug while poking around with a pure-gn AP.
Commit:
cfg80211/mac80211: Use more generic bitrate mask for rate control
Added some sanity checks to ensure that each tx rate index
is included in the configured mask and it would change any
rate indexes if it wasn't.
But, the current implementation doesn't take into account
that the invalid rate index "-1" has a special meaning
(= no further attempts) and it should not be "changed".
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iee80211_hw->restart_work is the only work which uses the system
workqueue. Instead of calling flush_scheduled_work() during
iee80211_exit(), cancel the work during unregistration.
This is to prepare for the deprecation and removal of
flush_scheduled_work().
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1699 commits)
bnx2/bnx2x: Unsupported Ethtool operations should return -EINVAL.
vlan: Calling vlan_hwaccel_do_receive() is always valid.
tproxy: use the interface primary IP address as a default value for --on-ip
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the socket match
cxgb3: function namespace cleanup
tproxy: added IPv6 support to the TPROXY target
tproxy: added IPv6 socket lookup function to nf_tproxy_core
be2net: Changes to use only priority codes allowed by f/w
tproxy: allow non-local binds of IPv6 sockets if IP_TRANSPARENT is enabled
tproxy: added tproxy sockopt interface in the IPV6 layer
tproxy: added udp6_lib_lookup function
tproxy: added const specifiers to udp lookup functions
tproxy: split off ipv6 defragmentation to a separate module
l2tp: small cleanup
nf_nat: restrict ICMP translation for embedded header
can: mcp251x: fix generation of error frames
can: mcp251x: fix endless loop in interrupt handler if CANINTF_MERRF is set
can-raw: add msg_flags to distinguish local traffic
9p: client code cleanup
rds: make local functions/variables static
...
Fix up conflicts in net/core/dev.c, drivers/net/pcmcia/smc91c92_cs.c and
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ath9k/debug.c as per David
* 'llseek' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/arnd/bkl:
vfs: make no_llseek the default
vfs: don't use BKL in default_llseek
llseek: automatically add .llseek fop
libfs: use generic_file_llseek for simple_attr
mac80211: disallow seeks in minstrel debug code
lirc: make chardev nonseekable
viotape: use noop_llseek
raw: use explicit llseek file operations
ibmasmfs: use generic_file_llseek
spufs: use llseek in all file operations
arm/omap: use generic_file_llseek in iommu_debug
lkdtm: use generic_file_llseek in debugfs
net/wireless: use generic_file_llseek in debugfs
drm: use noop_llseek
All file_operations should get a .llseek operation so we can make
nonseekable_open the default for future file operations without a
.llseek pointer.
The three cases that we can automatically detect are no_llseek, seq_lseek
and default_llseek. For cases where we can we can automatically prove that
the file offset is always ignored, we use noop_llseek, which maintains
the current behavior of not returning an error from a seek.
New drivers should normally not use noop_llseek but instead use no_llseek
and call nonseekable_open at open time. Existing drivers can be converted
to do the same when the maintainer knows for certain that no user code
relies on calling seek on the device file.
The generated code is often incorrectly indented and right now contains
comments that clarify for each added line why a specific variant was
chosen. In the version that gets submitted upstream, the comments will
be gone and I will manually fix the indentation, because there does not
seem to be a way to do that using coccinelle.
Some amount of new code is currently sitting in linux-next that should get
the same modifications, which I will do at the end of the merge window.
Many thanks to Julia Lawall for helping me learn to write a semantic
patch that does all this.
===== begin semantic patch =====
// This adds an llseek= method to all file operations,
// as a preparation for making no_llseek the default.
//
// The rules are
// - use no_llseek explicitly if we do nonseekable_open
// - use seq_lseek for sequential files
// - use default_llseek if we know we access f_pos
// - use noop_llseek if we know we don't access f_pos,
// but we still want to allow users to call lseek
//
@ open1 exists @
identifier nested_open;
@@
nested_open(...)
{
<+...
nonseekable_open(...)
...+>
}
@ open exists@
identifier open_f;
identifier i, f;
identifier open1.nested_open;
@@
int open_f(struct inode *i, struct file *f)
{
<+...
(
nonseekable_open(...)
|
nested_open(...)
)
...+>
}
@ read disable optional_qualifier exists @
identifier read_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
expression E;
identifier func;
@@
ssize_t read_f(struct file *f, char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
<+...
(
*off = E
|
*off += E
|
func(..., off, ...)
|
E = *off
)
...+>
}
@ read_no_fpos disable optional_qualifier exists @
identifier read_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
@@
ssize_t read_f(struct file *f, char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
... when != off
}
@ write @
identifier write_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
expression E;
identifier func;
@@
ssize_t write_f(struct file *f, const char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
<+...
(
*off = E
|
*off += E
|
func(..., off, ...)
|
E = *off
)
...+>
}
@ write_no_fpos @
identifier write_f;
identifier f, p, s, off;
type ssize_t, size_t, loff_t;
@@
ssize_t write_f(struct file *f, const char *p, size_t s, loff_t *off)
{
... when != off
}
@ fops0 @
identifier fops;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
};
@ has_llseek depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier llseek_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.llseek = llseek_f,
...
};
@ has_read depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.read = read_f,
...
};
@ has_write depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.write = write_f,
...
};
@ has_open depends on fops0 @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.open = open_f,
...
};
// use no_llseek if we call nonseekable_open
////////////////////////////////////////////
@ nonseekable1 depends on !has_llseek && has_open @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier nso ~= "nonseekable_open";
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .open = nso, ...
+.llseek = no_llseek, /* nonseekable */
};
@ nonseekable2 depends on !has_llseek @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier open.open_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .open = open_f, ...
+.llseek = no_llseek, /* open uses nonseekable */
};
// use seq_lseek for sequential files
/////////////////////////////////////
@ seq depends on !has_llseek @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier sr ~= "seq_read";
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = sr, ...
+.llseek = seq_lseek, /* we have seq_read */
};
// use default_llseek if there is a readdir
///////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops1 depends on !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier readdir_e;
@@
// any other fop is used that changes pos
struct file_operations fops = {
... .readdir = readdir_e, ...
+.llseek = default_llseek, /* readdir is present */
};
// use default_llseek if at least one of read/write touches f_pos
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops2 depends on !fops1 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read.read_f;
@@
// read fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = read_f, ...
+.llseek = default_llseek, /* read accesses f_pos */
};
@ fops3 depends on !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write.write_f;
@@
// write fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
... .write = write_f, ...
+ .llseek = default_llseek, /* write accesses f_pos */
};
// Use noop_llseek if neither read nor write accesses f_pos
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
@ fops4 depends on !fops1 && !fops2 && !fops3 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_no_fpos.read_f;
identifier write_no_fpos.write_f;
@@
// write fops use offset
struct file_operations fops = {
...
.write = write_f,
.read = read_f,
...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* read and write both use no f_pos */
};
@ depends on has_write && !has_read && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier write_no_fpos.write_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .write = write_f, ...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* write uses no f_pos */
};
@ depends on has_read && !has_write && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
identifier read_no_fpos.read_f;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
... .read = read_f, ...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* read uses no f_pos */
};
@ depends on !has_read && !has_write && !fops1 && !fops2 && !has_llseek && !nonseekable1 && !nonseekable2 && !seq @
identifier fops0.fops;
@@
struct file_operations fops = {
...
+.llseek = noop_llseek, /* no read or write fn */
};
===== End semantic patch =====
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
It looks like I submitted a different patch
than I tested, because clearly the code in
mac80211 is missing actually propagating the
requested SMPS mode. Fix that!
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Using the frame registration notification, we
can see when probe requests are requested and
notify the low-level driver via filtering. The
flag is also set in AP and IBSS modes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes two problems with the minstrel_ht rate control
algorithms handling of A-MPDU frames:
1. The ampdu_len field of the tx status is not always initialized for
non-HT frames (and it would probably be unreasonable to require all
drivers to do so). This could cause rate control statistics to be
corrupted. We now trust the ampdu_len and ampdu_ack_len fields only when
the frame is marked with the IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU flag.
2. Successful transmission attempts where only recognized when the A-MPDU
subframe carrying the rate control status information was marked with the
IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK flag. If this information happed to be carried on a
frame that failed to be ACKed then the other subframes (which may have
succeeded) where not correctly registered. We now update rate control
statistics regardless of whether the subframe carrying the information was
ACKed or not.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Björn Smedman <bjorn.smedman@venatech.se>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since this small buffer isn't used for DMA,
we can simply allocate it on the stack, it
just needs to be 16 bytes of which only 8
will be used for WEP40 keys.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Several serve threading problems in the current
release reorder timer implementation have been
discovered.
A lengthy discussion - which lists some of the
pitfalls and possible solutions - can be found at:
http://marc.info/?t=128635927000001
But due to the complicated nature of the subject and
the imminent advent of a new -rc cycle, it was
decided to disable the feature for the time being.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch not only fixes a null-pointer de-reference
that would be triggered by a PLINK_OPEN frame with mis-
matching/incompatible mesh configuration, but also
responds correctly to non-compatible PLINK_OPEN frames
by generating a PLINK_CLOSE with the right reason code.
The original bug was detected by smatch.
( http://repo.or.cz/w/smatch.git )
net/mac80211/mesh_plink.c +574 mesh_rx_plink_frame(168)
error: we previously assumed 'sta' could be null.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Steve deRosier <steve@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-and-Tested-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some stats for /proc/net/wireless (and wext in general) are not
being set. This patch addresses a few of those with values easily
obtained from mac80211 core.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Old messages didn't mention the device in question.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need for the WDS peer address
to not be const, so make it const.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The recent scan overhaul broke locking
because now we can jump to code that
attempts to unlock, while we don't have
the mutex held. Fix this by holding the
mutex around all the relevant code.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 5ed3bc7288.
It turns-out that not all drivers are calling ieee80211_tx_status from a
compatible context. Revert this for now and try again later...
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
net/mac80211/scan.c: In function ‘ieee80211_scan_cancel’:
net/mac80211/scan.c:794: warning: ‘finish’ may be used uninitialized in this function
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This information is already available in mac80211, we just need to export it
via cfg80211 and nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We nulify local->scan_req on failure in __ieee80211_start_scan, so
__ieee80211_scan_completed will not call cfg80211_scan_done. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When performing hw scan and not abort it, __ieee80211_scan_completed()
is currently called from scan work, so does not need to reschedule work
to call drv_hw_scan().
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is partial revert and fix for commit
85f72bc839 "mac80211: only cancel
software-based scans on suspend"
When cfg80211 request the scan and mac80211 perform some management work,
we defer the scan request. We do not canceling such requests when calling
ieee80211_scan_cancel(), because of SCAN_SW_SCANNING bit check just
before the call. So fix that problem.
Another problem, which commit 85f72bc839
tries to solve, is we can not cancel HW scan. Hence patch make
ieee80211_scan_cancel() ignore HW scan (see code comments). Keeping
local->mtx lock assures that the deferred scan will not become
"working" HW scan.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We are taking local->mtx inside __ieee80211_scan_completed(), but just
before call to that function we drop the lock. Dropping/taking lock is not
good, because can lead to hard to understand race conditions.
Patch split scan_completed() code into two functions, first must be called
with local->mtx taken and second without it.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use goto instruction to call __ieee80211_scan_completed only ones in
ieee80211_scan_work. This is prepare for the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds API to allow adding per-station GTKs,
updates mac80211 to support it, and also allows
drivers to remove a key from hwaccel again when
this may be necessary due to multiple GTKs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When roaming while we have active BA session,
we can end up transmitting delBA frames to
the old AP while we're already on the new AP's
channel, which can cause warnings.
Simply avoid sending those frames, but still
tear down the internal session state, since
they are not really necessary anyway as we
will implicitly disassociate when sending the
association to the new AP.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We never delete the addBA response timer, which
is typically fine, but if the station it belongs
to is deleted very quickly after starting the BA
session, before the peer had a chance to reply,
the timer may fire after the station struct has
been freed already. Therefore, we need to delete
the timer in a suitable spot -- best when the
session is being stopped (which will happen even
then) in which case the delete will be a no-op
most of the time.
I've reproduced the scenario and tested the fix.
This fixes the crash reported at
http://mid.gmane.org/4CAB6F96.6090701@candelatech.com
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Be consistent and use the wk->chan instead of the
local->hw.conf.channel for the association done work.
This prevents any possible races against channel changes
while we run this work.
In the case that the race did happen we would be initializing
the bit rates for the new AP under the assumption of a wrong
channel and in the worst case, wrong band. This could lead
to trying to assuming we could use CCK frames on 5 GHz, for
example.
This patch has a fix for kernels >= v2.6.34
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The locking around ieee80211_recalc_smps is
buggy -- it cannot acquire another interface's
mutex while the iflist mutex is held because
another code path could be holding the iface
mutex and trying to acquire the iflist mutex.
But the locking is also unnecessary, we only
check "ifmgd->associated" as a bool, and don't
use the pointer (in check_mgd_smps).
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable WME QoS in IBSS mode by adding a WME information element to beacons and
probe respones and by checking for it and marking stations as WME capable if it
is present.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers cannot handle multiple retry rates specified by the rc
algorithm but instead use their own retry table (for example rt2800).
However, if such a device registers itself with a max_rates value of 1
the rc algorithm cannot make use of the extended information the device
can provide about retried rates. On the other hand, if a device
registers itself with a max_rates value > 1 the rc algorithm assumes
that the device can handle multi rate retries.
Fix this issue by introducing another hw parameter max_report_rates that
can be set to a different value then max_rates to indicate if a device
is capable of reporting more rates then specified in max_rates.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Initialize the rate table for WDS interfaces, and
add cases to allow WDS packets to pass the xmit and receive
tests.
Signed-off-by: Bill Jordan <bjordan@rajant.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On association to an AP, after receiving beacons, the beacon_crc value is set.
The beacon_crc value is not reset in disassociation, but the BSS data may be
expired at a later point. When associating again, it's possible that a
beacon for the AP is not received, resulting in the beacon_ies to remain NULL.
After association, further beacons will not update the beacon data, as the
crc value of the beacon has not changed, and the beacon_crc still holds a
value matching the beacon. The beacon_ies will remain forever null.
One of the results of this is that WLAN power save cannot be entered, the STA
will remain foreven in active mode.
Fix this by adding a validation flag for the beacon_crc, which is cleared on
association.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move ieee80211_scan_cancel() and all other related code to
ieee80211_restart_work() as ieee80211_restart_hw() is intended to be
callable from any context.
Fix a bug that RTNL lock is not taken during ieee80211_cancel_scan().
Take local->mtx before WARN(test_bit(SCAN_HW_SCANNING, &local->scanning)
to prevent the race condition with __ieee80211_start_scan() described
here: http://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=128516716810537&w=2
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable management frame transmission and subscribing
to management frames through nl80211 in both cfg80211
and mac80211. Also update a few places that I forgot
to update for P2P-client mode previously, and fix a
small bug with non-action frames in this API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes an refcounting bug. Previously it
was possible to corrupt the per-device recv. filter
and monitor management counters when:
iw dev wlanX set monitor [new flags]
was issued on an active monitor interface.
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The WMM parameter configuration function (ieee80211_sta_wmm_params) only
configures the WMM parameters to the driver is the wmm_last_param_set
counter value is changed by the AP.
The wmm_last_param_set is initialized to -1 on association in order to ensure
the configuration is made to the driver at least once on association, but
currently this initialization is done *after* the WMM parameter configuration
function was called.
This leads to unreliability in the driver getting properly configured on first
association (depending on what counter value the AP happens to use.) When
disassociating (the wmm default parameters are configured to the driver) and
then reassociating, due to the above the WMM configuration is not set to the
driver at all.
On drivers without beacon filtering the problem is corrected by later beacons,
but on drivers with beacon filtering the WMM will remain permanently incorrectly
configured.
Fix this by moving the initialization of wmm_last_param_set to -1 before
ieee80211_sta_wmm_params is called on association.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Association is dealt with as an atomic offchannel operation,
we do this because we don't know we are associated until we
get the associatin response from the AP. When we do get the
associatin response though we were never clearing the offchannel
state. This has a few implications, we told drivers we were
still offchannel, and the first configured TX power for the
channel does not take into account any power constraints.
For ath9k this meant ANI calibration would not start upon
association, and we'd have to wait until the first bgscan
to be triggered. There may be other issues this resolves
but I'm too lazy to comb the code to check.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Cc: Vasanth Thiagarajan <vasanth.thiagarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 8c0c709eea
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
moved the CMNTR flag into the skb RX flags for
some aggregation cleanups, but this was wrong
since the optimisation this flag tried to make
requires that it is kept across the processing
of multiple interfaces -- which isn't true for
flags in the skb. The patch not only broke the
optimisation, it also introduced a bug: under
some (common!) circumstances the flag will be
set on an already freed skb!
However, investigating this in more detail, I
found that most of the flags that we set should
be per packet, _except_ for this one, due to
a-MPDU processing. Additionally, the flags used
for processing (currently just this one) need
to be reset before processing a new packet.
Since we haven't actually seen bugs reported as
a result of the wrong flags handling (which is
not too surprising -- the only real bug case I
can come up with is an a-MSDU contained in an
a-MPDU), I'll make a different fix for rc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even if the reorder timeout timer fires while
scanning, the frames weren't received during
scanning and therefore shouldn't be dropped.
To implement this, changes to the passive scan
RX handler simplify understanding it, because
it currently checks HW_SCANNING independently
of a packet's in-scan receive status (which
doesn't make a big difference, since scan_rx()
will only pick up probe responses and beacons,
which can't be aggregated.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a station was found, then we'll have exited
the function already, so it is not necessary to
have a variable keeping track of it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are now four instances of vaguely the same
code that does packet preparation, checking for
MMIC errors and reporting them, and then invoking
packet processing. Consolidate all of these.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The first argument to prepare_for_handlers is always
the sdata that can just be stored in rx data directly
(and even already is, in two of four code paths.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit cd87a2d3a3.
Author reports it conflicts with proper fixes, applied hereafter.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When using multiple STA interfaces on the same radio, some
data packets need to be received on all interfaces
(broadcast, for instance).
Make the STA loop look similar to the mgt-data loop.
Also, add logic to check RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR for last
interface in mgt-data loop.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The old ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw method didn't properly
find VIFS when there was more than one per AP. This caused
AMPDU logic in ath9k to get the wrong VIF when trying to
account for transmitted SKBs.
This patch changes ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw to take a
localaddr argument to distinguish between VIFs with the
same AP but different local addresses. The method name
is changed to ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Create 'stations' sub-directory under each netdev:[vif-name]
directory to hold all stations for that network device.
Signed-off-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes stale mac80211_tx_control_flags for
filtered / retried frames.
Because ieee80211_handle_filtered_frame feeds skbs back
into the tx path, they have to be stripped of some tx
flags so they won't confuse the stack, driver or device.
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IEEE Std 802.11k-2008 added DS Parameter Set information element into
Probe Request frames as an optional information on 2.4 GHz band (and
mandatory, if radio measurements are enabled). This allows APs to
filter out Probe Request frames that may be received from neighboring
overlapping channels and by doing so, reduce the number of unnecessary
frames in the air. Make mac80211 add this IE into Probe Request frames
whenever the channel is known (i.e., whenever hwscan is not used).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the TX rate set has been masked, the removed rates can also be
removed from the Supported Rates and Extended Supported Rates IEs in
Probe Request frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 8c0c709eea
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:15 2009 +0100
mac80211: move cmntr flag out of rx flags
moved the CMTR flag into the skb's status, and
in doing so introduced a use-after-free -- when
the skb has been handed to cooked monitors the
status setting will touch now invalid memory.
Additionally, moving it there has effectively
discarded the optimisation -- since the bit is
only ever set on freed SKBs, and those were a
copy, it could never be checked.
For the current release, fixing this properly
is a bit too involved, so let's just remove the
problematic code and leave userspace with one
copy of each frame for each virtual interface.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.33+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Change "return (EXPR);" to "return EXPR;"
return is not a function, parentheses are not required.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some buggy APs do not respond to unicast probe requests
or send unicast probe requests very delayed so in the
worst case we should try to send broadcast probe requests,
otherwise we can get disconnected from these APs.
Even if drivers do not have filters to disregard probe
responses from foreign APs mac80211 will only process
probe responses from our associated AP for re-arming
connection monitoring.
We need to do this since the beacon monitor does not
push back the connection monitor by design so even if we
are getting beacons from these type of APs our connection
monitor currently relies heavily on the way the probe
requests are received on the AP. An example of an AP
affected by this is the Nexus One, but this has also been
observed with random APs.
We can probably optimize this later by using null funcs
instead of probe requests.
For more details refer to:
http://code.google.com/p/chromium-os/issues/detail?id=5715
This patch has fixes for stable kernels [2.6.35+].
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The beacon monitor should be disabled when going off channel
to prevent spurious warnings and triggering connection
deterioration work such as sending probe requests. Re-enable
the beacon monitor once we come back to the home channel.
This patch has fixes for stable kernels [2.6.34+].
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be used by other components next. The beacon
monitor was added as of 2.6.34 so these fixes are applicable
only to kernels >= 2.6.34.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we go offchannel mac80211 currently leaves alive the
connection idle monitor. This should be instead postponed
until we come back to our home channel, otherwise by the
time we get back to the home channel we could be triggering
unecesary probe requests. For APs that do not respond to
unicast probe requests (Nexus One is a simple example) this
means we essentially get disconnected after the probes
fails.
This patch has stable fixes for kernels [2.6.35+]
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Upon beacon loss we send probe requests after 30 seconds of idle
time and we wait for each probe response 1/2 second. We send a
total of 3 probe requests before giving up on the AP. In the case
that we reset the connection idle monitor we should reset the probe
requests count to 0. Right now this won't help in any way but
the next patch will.
This patch has fixes for stable kernel [2.6.35+].
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This will be used in another place later. The connection
monitor was added as of 2.6.35 so these fixes will be
applicable to >= 2.6.35.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Cc: Paul Stewart <pstew@google.com>
Cc: Amod Bodas <amod.bodas@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a driver advertises p2p device support,
mac80211 will handle it, but internally it will
rewrite the interface type to STA/AP rather than
P2P-STA/GO since otherwise a lot of paths need
to be touched that are otherwise identical. A
p2p boolean tells drivers whether or not a given
interface will be used for p2p or not.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an interface is brought up, the recent changes
to allow changing type-while-up only set the running
bit after everything was done. This broke a number
of things, including idle calculation for monitor
interfaces, and it also broke WDS station insertion
(although nobody noticed yet).
Thus, change the code to set the running bit earlier,
but keep it after the driver's add_interface was
called because otherwise drivers may iterate over
interfaces they haven't fully set up yet.
Reported-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of using a WARN_ON(!mutex_is_locked())
use lockdep_assert_held() which compiles away
completely when lockdep isn't enabled, and
also is a more accurate assertion since it
checks that the current thread is holding the
mutex.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This code is modifying the station flags, and
as such should hold the flags lock so it can
do so atomically vs. other flags modifications
and readers. This issue was introduced when
this code was added in eccb8e8f, as it used
the wrong lock (thus not fixing the race that
was previously documented in a comment.)
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.31+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The default llseek operation is changing from
default_llseek to no_llseek, so all code relying on
the current behaviour needs to make that explicit.
The wireless driver infrastructure and some of the drivers
make use of generated debugfs files, so they cannot
be converted by our script that automatically determines
the right operation.
All these files use debugfs and they typically rely
on simple_read_from_buffer, so the best llseek operation
here is generic_file_llseek.
Signed-off-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: "John W. Linville" <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
dev->ip_ptr is protected by rtnl and rcu.
Yet some places dont use appropriate primitives and/or locking rules.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
sta_info_get_bss() is used to match STA pointers
for VLAN/AP interfaces, but if the same station
is also added to multiple other interfaces it
will erroneously match because both pointers are
NULL, fix this by ignoring NULL pointers here.
Reported-by: Ben Greear <greearb@candelatech.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is needed to avoid warning in ieee80211_restart_hw about hardware
scan in progress.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Wey-Yi W Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
hdr pointer is left dangling after call to ieee80211_skb_resize. This
can cause guards around mesh path selection to fail.
Signed-off-by: Steve deRosier <steve@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (26 commits)
pkt_sched: Fix lockdep warning on est_tree_lock in gen_estimator
ipvs: avoid oops for passive FTP
Revert "sky2: don't do GRO on second port"
gro: fix different skb headrooms
bridge: Clear INET control block of SKBs passed into ip_fragment().
3c59x: Remove incorrect locking; correct documented lock hierarchy
sky2: don't do GRO on second port
ipv4: minor fix about RPF in help of Kconfig
xfrm_user: avoid a warning with some compiler
net/sched/sch_hfsc.c: initialize parent's cl_cfmin properly in init_vf()
pxa168_eth: fix a mdiobus leak
net sched: fix kernel leak in act_police
vhost: stop worker only if created
MAINTAINERS: Add ehea driver as Supported
ath9k_hw: fix parsing of HT40 5 GHz CTLs
ath9k_hw: Fix EEPROM uncompress block reading on AR9003
wireless: register wiphy rfkill w/o holding cfg80211_mutex
netlink: Make NETLINK_USERSOCK work again.
irda: Correctly clean up self->ias_obj on irda_bind() failure.
wireless extensions: fix kernel heap content leak
...
Otherwise the hardware scan handler could access an invalid scan request
structure. The driver should cancel any pending hardware scans during
the suspend process anyway, so also add a warning if the hardware scan
is still pending when the device resumes.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This function exists to clean-up after a hardware error or something
similar. The restart is accomplished using the same infrastructure used
to resume after a suspend. The suspend path cancels running scans, so
it seems appropriate to do that here as well for software-based scans.
If a hardware-based scan is pending, issue a warning message since this
indicates that the drivers has failed to clean-up after itself.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The signal strength value in a single RX frame is not that reliable,
so it is better to delay start of CQM events until there is a real
average signal strength from more than a single Beacon frame
available.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ave_beacon_signal value uses 1/16 dB unit and as such, must be
initialized with the signal level of the first Beacon frame multiplied
by 16. This fixes an issue where the initial CQM events are reported
incorrectly with a burst of events while the running average
approaches the correct value after the incorrect initialization. This
could cause user space -based roaming decision process to get quite
confused at the moment when we would like to go through authentication
and DHCP.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new workqueue changes helped me find this bug
that's been lingering since the changes to the work
processing in mac80211 -- the work timer is never
deleted properly. Do that to avoid having it fire
after all data structures have been freed. It can't
be re-armed because all it will do, if running, is
schedule the work, but that gets flushed later and
won't have anything to do since all work items are
gone by now (by way of interface removal).
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.34+]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Somebody noticed this problem, and I outlined
to them how to fix it, but haven't heard back
from them. So while I was adding the state
field I figured I could use it to fix it.
The problem, as I understand it, is that when
we go offchannel while the driver has a queue
stopped, the driver will likely start draining
the queue and then enable it while offchannel.
This in turn will enable the interface queue,
and that leads to transmitting data frames on
the wrong channel.
Fix this by keeping track of offchannel status
per interface, and not enabling the interface
queues on interfaces that are offchannel when
the driver enables a queue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support to mac80211 for changing the interface
type even when the interface is UP, if the driver
supports it.
To achieve this
* add a new driver callback for switching,
* split some of the interface up/down code out
into new functions (do_open/do_stop), and
* maintain an own __SDATA_RUNNING bit that will
not be set during interface type, so that any
other code doesn't use the interface.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Split the concurrent virtual interface checks
into a new function that can be used to check
for any given new interface type.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The libertas_tf special code for zero addresses
is a bit too complex, it compares against a stack
value instead of using is_zero_ether_addr() and
tries to update all interfaces even if just the
one that's being brought up needs to be changed.
Additionally, the repeated check for a valid MAC
address need only be done if we actually changed
it on the fly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the introduction of ieee80211_sdata_running(),
some new code was introduced that uses netif_running()
instead. Switch all these instances over.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a lot of redundant code in mac80211's
interface cleanup/down, for example freeing
AP beacons is done both when the interface is
set DOWN as well as when it is torn down, of
which only the former has any effect.
Also, a bunch of things should be closer to
where they matter, like the MLME timers that
we should cancel when disassociating, rather
than only when the interface is set DOWN.
Clean up all this code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There are subqueue helpers so that we don't
need to get the TX queue and then wake/stop
it, use those helpers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some vendor specified mechanisms for 802.1X-style
functionality use a different protocol than EAP
(even if EAP is vendor-extensible). Support this
in mac80211 via the cfg80211 API for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow drivers to specify their own set of cipher
suites to advertise vendor-specific ciphers. The
driver is then required to implement hardware
crypto offload for it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ieee80211_scan_completed() function was a frequent
source of potential deadlocks, since it is called by
drivers but may call back into drivers, so drivers had
to make sure to call it without any locks held, which
frequently lead to more complex code in drivers. Avoid
that problem by allowing the function to be called in
any context, and queueing the actual work it does.
Also update the documentation for it to indicate this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since cfg80211 manages the BSS list completely,
this define hasn't been used for a long time
and will never be used again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a mac80211-based driver advertises mesh mode
support, this will be advertised to userspace.
However, if mac80211 was compiled without mesh
support, then that won't actually be true. Fix
this by removing the bit for mesh if mesh isn't
compiled in.
Since this synchronizes what we advertise to
cfg80211 and actually support, it means we can
now rely on cfg80211's interface type checks
and need not check again in mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes a potential crash (null-pointer de-
reference) which was introduced in my previous patch:
"mac80211: AMPDU rx reorder timeout timer"
During a BA teardown, the pointer to the soon-to-be-gone
tid_ampdu_rx element will be nullified. Therefore the
release timer mechanism has to be careful not to
accidentally access the item without any RCU protection.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Unlike most other workqueue-tasks, the restart_work is
not scheduled onto mac80211's private per-interface
workqueue, but onto one of the system-wide workqueues.
Therefore the mac80211-stack has to cancel any pending
restarts, before destroying the shared device context
and handing back the memory. Otherwise - under very
unlucky circumstances - there could be a stale work-
item left, because some other kernel component might
have delayed the execution of ieee80211_restart_work
for too long.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mesh_hdr only used when CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH is defined
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Standardize logging messages from
printk(KERN_<level> "%s: " fmt , wiphy_name(foo), args);
to
wiphy_<level>(foo, fmt, args);
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to register for more than just
action frames by giving the frame subtype, and
make it possible to use this in various modes
as well.
With some tweaks and some added functionality
this will, in the future, also be usable in AP
mode and be able to replace the cooked monitor
interface currently used in that case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When MFP is disabled, action frames will not
be encrypted since they are management frames
and the only management frames that can then
be encrypted are authentication frames.
Therefore, setting the don't-encrypt flag on
action frames is unnecessary.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When WEP is unavailable, don't advertise it
to cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The decryption code verifies whether or not
a given frame was decrypted and verified by
hardware. This is unnecessary, as the crypto
RX handler already does it long before the
decryption code is even invoked, so remove
that code to avoid confusion.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need to keep separate if statements
for setting up the CCMP/AES-CMAC tfm structs;
move that into the existing switch statement.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, mac80211 translates the cfg80211
cipher suite selectors into ALG_* values.
That isn't all too useful, and some drivers
benefit from the distinction between WEP40
and WEP104 as well. Therefore, convert it
all to use the cipher suite selectors.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes drivers have more information than the
stack about how their antennas/chains are used,
and may require that the SM PS mode be changed.
This could happen, for example, when detecting
that the user disconnected an antenna. Thus this
patch introduces API to allow drivers to request
SM PS mode changes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Sometimes we don't just need to know whether or
not the device is idle, but also per interface.
This adds that reporting capability to mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch introduces a new timer, which will release
queued-up MPDUs from the reorder buffer, whenever
they've waited for more than HT_RX_REORDER_BUF_TIMEOUT
(which is at around 100 ms).
The advantage of having a dedicated timer, instead of
relying on a constant stream of freshly arriving aMPDUs
to release the old ones, is particularly observable when
even a small fraction of MPDUs are forever lost at
low network speeds.
Previously under these circumstances frames would become
stuck in the reorder buffer and the network stack of both
HT peers throttled back, instead of revving up and
gunning the pipes.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch removes a few stale parameters and variables
which survived the last, large rx-path reorganization:
"mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code"
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch takes the reorder logic from the RX path and
moves it into separate routines to make the expired frame
release accessible.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_add_key() currently returns -ENOMEM in case of any error,
including a missing crypto algorithm. Change ieee80211_key_alloc()
and ieee80211_aes_{key_setup_encrypt,cmac_key_setup}() to encode
errors with ERR_PTR() rather than returning NULL, and change
ieee80211_add_key() accordingly.
Compile-tested only.
Reported-by: Marcin Owsiany <porridge@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Having both scan and work mutexes is not just
a bit too fine grained, it also creates issues
when there's code that needs both since they
then need to be acquired in the right order,
which can be hard to do.
Therefore, use just a single mutex for both.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Frames that failed PLCP error checks are most likely
microwave transmissions (well, maybe not ...) and
don't have a proper rate detected, so ignore it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When running in client mode and associating to an AP, the channel
change is usually performed with the offchannel flag still set.
However after the assoc is complete, the following channel change event
is suppressed because the run time channel is already set to the operating channel.
Fix this by sending channel change notifications to the driver even if
only the offchannel flag changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch implement basic infrastructure to support use of NAPI by
mac80211-based hardware drivers.
Because mac80211 devices can support multiple netdevs, a dummy netdev
is used for interfacing with the NAPI code in the core of the network
stack. That structure is hidden from the hardware drivers, but the
actual napi_struct is exposed in the ieee80211_hw structure so that the
poll routines in drivers can retrieve that structure. Hardware drivers
can also specify their own weight value for NAPI polling.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the writing to sysfs can free the old one, we need to block that
when we access the charp variables.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Reviewed-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Tested-by: Phil Carmody <ext-phil.2.carmody@nokia.com>
Cc: Jeff Dike <jdike@addtoit.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dcbw@redhat.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Jing Huang <huangj@brocade.com>
Cc: James E.J. Bottomley <James.Bottomley@suse.de>
Cc: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: user-mode-linux-devel@lists.sourceforge.net
Cc: libertas-dev@lists.infradead.org
Cc: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
Cc: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
To avoid more patches, I also fixed other spelling
and grammar bugs when they were in the same or
following line:
successfull -> successful
parse -> parses
controler -> controller
controlers -> controllers
Cc: Jiri Kosina <trivial@kernel.org>
Cc: linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Stefan Weil <weil@mail.berlios.de>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
The warning is:
net/mac80211/main.c:688: warning: label ‘fail_ifa’ defined but not used
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Releasing the scan mutex while starting scans
can lead to unexpected things happening, so
we shouldn't do that. Fix that and hold the
mutex across the scan triggering.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some features require knowing the DTIM period
before associating. This implements the ability
to wait for a beacon in mac80211 before assoc
to provide this value. It is optional since
most likely not all drivers will need this.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For some drivers it can be useful to know whether the channel they're
supposed to switch to is going to be used for short off-channel work or
scanning, or whether the hardware is expected to stay on it for a while
longer. This is important for various kinds of calibration work, which
takes longer to complete and should keep some persistent state, even if
the channel temporarily changes.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts this commit. While in theory the change is
correct the patch does not address current assumptions made
by some drivers, one which is definitley affected is ath9k.
Prior to this change the scan complete callback would be
called after we returned to the home channel and configured
the hardware RX filters. After this change we call the scan
complete callback prior to both the hw config and the config
filter. At least for ath9k this breaks quite a few assumptions
on the callback, leading to disconnects to the AP after every scan
making the driver pretty useless on STA mode. The goal behind
this commit was to address the now understood spurious warnings
from ath9k and mac80211_hwsim on scanning on two wiphys at the
same time but we have now supressed these and will address this
issue in the next kernel release.
When fixing this for good next we must first review the other
driver's dependence on this logic and perhaps consider removal
of the scan complete callback all together.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In the function ieee80211_subif_start_xmit the logic related with
meshdrlen is under CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH macro, but in one place it isn't.
This is some update for this
Signed-off-by: Yuri Ershov <ext-yuri.ershov@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Key locking simplification removed key->sdata != NULL verification from
ieee80211_key_free(). While that is fine for most use cases, there is one
path where this function can be called with an unlinked key (i.e.,
key->sdata == NULL && key->local == NULL). This results in a NULL pointer
dereference with the current implementation. This is known to happen at
least with FT protocol when wpa_supplicant tries to configure the key
before association.
Avoid the issue by passing in the local pointer to
ieee80211_key_free(). In addition, do not clear the key from hw_accel
or debugfs if it has not yet been added. At least the hw_accel one could
trigger another NULL pointer dereference.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In AP mode, there is no need to notify the driver about QoS
changes for the monitor interface that is created. The warning
in ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify() would be hit otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I just had the following:
WARNING: at drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-agn-tx.c:574 iwlagn_tx_skb+0x1576/0x15f0 [iwlagn]()
Call Trace:
<IRQ> [<ffffffff8105c5df>] warn_slowpath_common+0x7f/0xc0
[<ffffffff8105c63a>] warn_slowpath_null+0x1a/0x20
[<ffffffffa0290b46>] iwlagn_tx_skb+0x1576/0x15f0 [iwlagn]
[<ffffffffa027076c>] iwl_mac_tx+0x5c/0x260 [iwlagn]
[<ffffffffa01bdf5b>] __ieee80211_tx+0x10b/0x1a0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffffa01bfb86>] ieee80211_tx_pending+0x186/0x2d0 [mac80211]
[<ffffffff81062ea5>] tasklet_action+0x125/0x130
[<ffffffff810634a6>] __do_softirq+0x106/0x270
[<ffffffff8100c09c>] call_softirq+0x1c/0x30
iwlagn 0000:02:00.0: Attempting to modify non-existing station 107
Note that 107 == 0x6b which is slab poison.
The reason is that mac80211 passed a freed station
pointer to mac80211, because as it happened iwlwifi
reset itself while mac80211 was disconnecting from
the network.
It turns out that we do take care to look up the
station pointer in ieee80211_tx_pending_skb, but
then don't use it, which obviously is a bug. Fix
this by removing the ieee80211_tx_h_sta handler
and assigning the station pointer directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Another remnant of the previous key locking scheme
needs to be removed -- this causes a warning
otherwise as ieee80211_set_default_mgmt_key will
acquire a mutex.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The intent was to free "msp->ratelist" here. "msp->sample_table" is
always NULL at this point.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"It's not problematic if minstrel gets feedback for rates that it
doesn't have in its list, it should just ignore it. - Felix"
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
If sta is NULL, we will have problems long before we get here...
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
IBSS has never had locking, instead relying on some
memory barriers etc. That's hard to get right, and
I think we had it wrong too until the previous patch.
Since this is not performance sensitive, it doesn't
make sense to have the maintenance overhead of that,
so add proper locking.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Bob reported a lockdep complaint originating in
the mac80211 IBSS code due to the common work
struct patch. The reason is that the IBSS and
station mode code have different locking orders
for the cfg80211 wdev lock and the work struct
(where "locking" implies running/canceling).
Fix this by simply not canceling the work in
the IBSS code, it is not necessary since when
the REQ_RUN bit is cleared, the work will run
without effect if it runs. When the interface
is set down, it is flushed anyway, so there's
no concern about it running after memory has
been invalidated either.
This fixes
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16419
Additionally, looking into this I noticed that
there's a small window while the IBSS is torn
down in which the work may be rescheduled and
the REQ_RUN bit be set again after leave() has
cleared it when a scan finishes at exactly the
same time. Avoid that by setting the ssid_len
to zero before clearing REQ_RUN which signals
to the scan finish code that this interface is
not active.
Reported-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When WEP is not available, we should reject shared
key authentication because it could never succeed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a station interface is reused as monitor interface it is possible that
the carrier is still set to off. This breaks packet injection on that
monitor interface.
Force the carrier on in monitor interface initialisation like it is also done
for other interface types (e.g. adhoc, mesh point, ap).
Signed-off-by: David Gnedt <david.gnedt@davizone.at>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ever since
commit e1b3ec1a2a
Author: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Date: Mon Mar 29 12:18:34 2010 +0200
mac80211: explicitly disable/enable QoS
mac80211 is telling drivers, in particular
iwlwifi, whether QoS is enabled or not.
However, this is only relevant for station mode,
since only then will any device send nullfunc
frames and need to know whether they should be
QoS frames or not. In other modes, there are
(currently) no frames the device is supposed to
send.
When you now consider virtual interfaces, it
becomes apparent that the current mechanism is
inadequate since it enables/disables QoS on a
global scale, where for nullfunc frames it has
to be on a per-interface scale.
Due to the above considerations, we can change
the way mac80211 advertises the QoS state to
drivers to only ever advertise it as "off" in
station mode, and make it a per-BSS setting.
Tested-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When aggregation related action frames are enqueued for further work,
and they originate from a STA that is part of an AP VLAN, they are
currently enqueued for the AP interface. This breaks the sta_info_get()
lookup in the actual work function, and because of that, aggregation
sessions are not established for this STA.
Fix this by replacing the sta_info_get call with a call to
sta_info_get_bss.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Do this by poisoning the values of wep_tx_tfm and wep_rx_tfm if either
crypto allocation fails.
Reported-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch will also fix the odd freeze which occurred
when minstrel_ht connects to an 802.11n network with
legacy hardware.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The current mac80211 code assumes that WEP is always available. If WEP
fails to initialize, ieee80211_register_hw will always fail.
In some cases (e.g. FIPS certification), the cryptography used by WEP is
unavailable. However, in such cases there is no good reason why CCMP
encryption (or even no link level encryption) cannot be used. So, this
patch removes mac80211's assumption that WEP (and TKIP) will always be
available for use.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The check should be against current top2 rate, instead of
current top rate.
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <tom.leiming@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The throughput should be considered when updating rate
with best probability.
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <tom.leiming@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow selection of minstrel_ht as default rate control algorithm. At
the moment minstrel_ht can only be requested by the driver code but
not selected as default in make menuconfig. Fix this by using
minstrel_ht when minstrel was selected as default and minstrel_ht
is available.
This change won't affect legacy devices as minstrel_ht falls back to
minstrel in that case.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This check is duplicated in drv_get_survey.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Because of an ambiguity in the for_each_sta_info macro, it can
currently only be used if the third parameter is set to 'sta'.
Fix this by renaming the parameter to '_sta'.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In preparation for a TX power setting interface in the nl80211, change the
.set_tx_power function to use mBm units instead of dBm for greater accuracy and
smaller power levels.
Also, already in advance move the tx_power_setting enumeration to nl80211.
This change affects the .tx_set_power function prototype. As a result, the
corresponding changes are needed to modules using it. These are mac80211,
iwmc3200wifi and rndis_wlan.
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Cc: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While mesh_rx_plink_frame holds sta->lock...
mesh_rx_plink_frame ->
mesh_plink_inc_estab_count ->
ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify
...but ieee80211_bss_info_change_notify is allowed to sleep. A driver
taking advantage of that allowance can cause a scheduling while
atomic bug. Similar paths exist for mesh_plink_dec_estab_count,
so work around those as well.
http://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=16099
Also, correct a minor kerneldoc comment error (mismatched function names).
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:440:46: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different signedness)
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:440:46: expected int *idx
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:440:46: got unsigned int *<noident>
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:446:46: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different signedness)
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:446:46: expected int *idx
net/mac80211/rc80211_minstrel_ht.c:446:46: got unsigned int *<noident>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Acked-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
net/mac80211/rx.c:2059:39: warning: symbol 'mgmt' shadows an earlier one
net/mac80211/rx.c:1916:31: originally declared here
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This mechanism introduced in this patch applies (at least) for hardware
designs using a single shared antenna for both WLAN and BT. In these designs,
the antenna must be toggled between WLAN and BT.
In those hardware, managing WLAN co-existence with Bluetooth requires WLAN
full power save whenever there is Bluetooth activity in order for WLAN to be
able to periodically relinquish the antenna to be used for BT. This is because
BT can only access the shared antenna when WLAN is idle or asleep.
Some hardware, for instance the wl1271, are able to indicate to the host
whenever there is BT traffic. In essence, the hardware will send an indication
to the host whenever there is, for example, SCO traffic or A2DP traffic, and
will send another indication when the traffic is over.
The hardware gets information of Bluetooth traffic via hardware co-existence
control lines - these lines are used to negotiate the shared antenna
ownership. The hardware will give the antenna to BT whenever WLAN is sleeping.
This patch adds the interface to mac80211 to facilitate temporarily disabling
of dynamic power save as per request of the WLAN driver. This interface will
immediately force WLAN to full powersave, hence allowing BT coexistence as
described above.
In these kind of shared antenna desings, when WLAN powersave is fully disabled,
Bluetooth will not work simultaneously with WLAN at all. This patch does not
address that problem. This interface will not change PSM state, so if PSM is
disabled it will remain so. Solving this problem requires knowledge about BT
state, and is best done in user-space.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix the following compile warning:
CC [M] net/mac80211/scan.o
net/mac80211/scan.c: In function 'ieee80211_request_internal_scan':
net/mac80211/scan.c:749:23: warning: comparison between 'enum nl80211_band' and 'enum ieee80211_band'
caused by the local variable band not being of the proper 'ieee80211_band' type.
Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, detection in hwsim and ath9k can
detect that two sw scans are in flight at the
same time, which isn't really true. It is
caused by a race condition, because the scan
complete callback is called too late, after
the lock has been dropped, so that a new scan
can be started before it is called.
It is also called too early semantically, as
it is currently called _after_ the return to
the operating channel -- it should be before
so that drivers know this is the operating
channel again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
regression introduced by b8d92c9c14
In function ‘ieee80211_work_rx_queued_mgmt’:
warning: ‘rma’ may be used uninitialized in this function
this re-adds default value WORK_ACT_NONE back to rma
Signed-off-by: Christoph Fritz <chf.fritz@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, we must use a
separate counter for tracking received CCMP packet number for the
management frames. The previously used NUM_RX_DATA_QUEUESth queue was
shared with data frames when QoS was not used and that can cause
problems in detecting replays incorrectly for robust management frames.
Add a new counter just for robust management frames to avoid this issue.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used,
Deauthentication frame needs to be protected when the pairwise key is
configured. mac80211 was removing the station entry (and its keys)
before actually sending out the Deauthentication frame. Fix this by
reordering the code to send the frame before the station entry gets
removed. This matches an earlier change that handled the Disassociation
frame processing, but missed Deauthentication frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The ps-qos latency handling is broken. It uses predetermined latency values
to select specific dynamic PS timeouts. With common AP configurations, these
values overlap with beacon interval and are therefore essentially useless
(for network latencies less than the beacon interval, PSM is disabled.)
This patch remedies the problem by replacing the predetermined network latency
values with one high value (1900ms) which is used to go trigger full psm. For
backwards compatibility, the value 2000ms is still mapped to a dynamic ps
timeout of 100ms.
Currently also the mac80211 internal value for storing user space configured
dynamic PSM values is incorrectly in the driver visible ieee80211_conf struct.
Move it to the ieee80211_local struct.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There is a circular locking dependency when configuring the
hardware ARP filters on association, occurring when flushing the mac80211
workqueue. This is what happens:
[ 92.026800] =======================================================
[ 92.030507] [ INFO: possible circular locking dependency detected ]
[ 92.030507] 2.6.34-04781-g2b2c009 #85
[ 92.030507] -------------------------------------------------------
[ 92.030507] modprobe/5225 is trying to acquire lock:
[ 92.030507] ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff8105b5c0>] flush_workq
ueue+0x0/0xb0
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] but task is already holding lock:
[ 92.030507] (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] which lock already depends on the new lock.
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #2 (rtnl_mutex){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81341754>] mutex_lock_nested+0x44/0x300
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff812b9ce2>] rtnl_lock+0x12/0x20
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022d47c>] ieee80211_assoc_done+0x6c/0xe0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa022f2ad>] ieee80211_work_work+0x31d/0x1280 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] -> #1 ((&local->work_work)){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105a51a>] worker_thread+0x22a/0x370
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105ecc6>] kthread+0x96/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81003a94>] kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
[ 92.030507]
[ 92.030507] -> #0 ((wiphy_name(local->hw.wiphy))){+.+.+.}:
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff81075fdc>] __lock_acquire+0x1c0c/0x1d50
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff810761fb>] lock_acquire+0xdb/0x110
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffff8105b60e>] flush_workqueue+0x4e/0xb0
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa023ff7b>] ieee80211_stop_device+0x2b/0xb0 [mac80211]
[ 92.030507] [<ffffffffa0231635>] ieee80211_stop+0x3e5/0x680 [mac80211]
The locking in this case is quite complex. Fix the problem by rewriting the
way the hardware ARP filter list is handled - i.e. make a copy of the address
list to the bss_conf struct, and provide that list to the hardware driver
when needed.
The current patch will enable filtering also in promiscuous mode. This may need
to be changed in the future.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove BSS from cfg80211 BSS list if we are only member in IBSS when
leaving it.
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add changed basic rates flag to bss_changed while joinig ibss network.
This patch is split from the patch containing support for setting basic
rates when creating ibss network. Original patch was posted by Johannes
Berg on the linux-wireless posting list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support to nl80211 and mac80211 to set basic rates when
joining/creating ibss network.
Original patch was posted by Johannes Berg on the linux-wireless posting list.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, driver tracing is sometimes invoked
after and sometimes before the actual driver
callback. This is fine as long as the driver
has no tracing itself, but as soon as it does
it gets confusing.
To make traces containing such information
easier to read, introduce a return tracer in
mac80211 that essentially brackets any driver
tracing, and invoke the real trace before the
driver's callback, only showing the return
value, if any, afterwards.
Since tracing records the process, there's no
problem with overlapping calls if that should
happen.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The recent change to processing action frames from
the management frame queue had already broken action
frame accounting, and my rework didn't help either.
So add back accounting and simplify the code with a
label rather than duplicating it, and also add
accounting for management frames.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even before the recent changes, the documentation
for TX aggregation was somewhat out of date. Update
it and also add documentation for the RX side.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow drivers to sleep, and indicate this in
the documentation. ath9k has some locking I
don't understand, so keep it safe and disable
BHs in it, all other drivers look fine with
the context change.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To prepare for allowing drivers to sleep in
ampdu_action, change the locking in the TX
aggregation code to use the mutex the RX part
already uses. The spinlock is still necessary
around some code to avoid races with TX, but
now we can also synchronize_net() to avoid
getting an inconsistent sequence number.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we want the code to be able to sleep
in the future, it must not be called from
the timer directly. To achieve that, simply
call the function drivers would call, and
also use RCU in the timer to get the struct
so we don't need to rely on the spinlock in
the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To prepare for allowing drivers to sleep in
ampdu_action, change the locking in the RX
aggregation code to use a mutex, so that it
would already allow drivers to sleep. But
explicitly disable BHs around the callback
for now since the TX part cannot yet sleep,
and drivers' locking might require it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I noticed that when there was _no_ traffic at
all on a given aggregation session, it would
never time out. This won't happen unless you
forced creating a session, but fix it anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we want the code to be able to sleep
in the future, it must not be called from
the timer directly. To prepare, move it out
into the aggregation work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the block-ack session works into common
code, since it will be needed for RX agg too
in the next patches.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the driver or rate control requests starting
or stopping an aggregation session, that currently
causes a direct callback into the driver, which
could potentially cause locking problems. Also,
the functions need to be callable from contexts
that cannot sleep, and thus will interfere with
making the ampdu_action callback sleeping.
To address these issues, add a new work item for
each station that will process any start or stop
requests out of line.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 currently maintains the ampdu_lock to
avoid starting a queue due to one aggregation
session while another aggregation session needs
the queue stopped.
We can do better, however, and instead refcount
the queue stops for this particular purpose,
thus removing the need for the lock. This will
help making ampdu_action able to sleep.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The non-irqsafe aggregation start/stop done
callbacks are currently only used by ath9k_htc,
and can cause callbacks into the driver again.
This might lead to locking issues, which will
only get worse as we modify locking. To avoid
trouble, remove the non-irqsafe versions and
change ath9k_htc to use those instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently we allocate some memory for each TX
aggregation session and additionally keep a
state bitmap indicating the state it is in.
By using RCU to protect the pointer, moving
the state into the structure and some locking
trickery we can avoid locking when the TX agg
session is fully operational.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently we allocate some memory for each RX
aggregation session and additionally keep a
flag indicating whether or not it is valid.
By using RCU to protect the pointer and making
sure that the memory is fully set up before it
becomes visible to the RX path, we can remove
the need for the bool that indicates validity,
as well as for locking on the RX path since it
is always synchronised against itself, and we
can guarantee that all other modifications are
done when the structure is not visible to the
RX path.
The net result is that since we remove locking
requirements from the RX path, we can in the
future use any kind of lock for the setup and
teardown code paths.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This moves the aggregation callback processing
to the per-sdata skb queue and a work function
rather than the tasklet.
Unfortunately, this means that it extends the
pkt_type hack to that skb queue. However, it
will enable making ampdu_action API changes
gradually, my current plan is to get rid of
this again by forcing drivers to only return
from ampdu_action() when everything is done,
thus removing the callbacks completely.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a corner case where we receive a fragmented
frame during a blockack session, in which case we
will terminate that session. To simplify future work
in this area that will culminate in allowing the
driver callbacks for aggregation to sleep, move the
processing of this case out of the RX path into the
interface work.
This will simplify future work because the new place
for this code doesn't require that the function will
always be atomic, which the RX path needs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To prepare for making the ampdu_action callback
sleep, make mac80211 always process blockack
action frames from the skb queue. This gets rid
of the current special case for managed mode
interfaces as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some code is duplicated between ibss, mesh and
managed mode regarding the queueing of management
frames. Since all modes now use a common skb
queue and a common work function, we can pull
the queueing code into the rx handler directly
and remove the duplicated length checks etc.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All the management processing functions free the
skb after they are done, so this can be done in
the new common code instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even with the previous patch, IBSS, managed
and mesh modes all attach their own work
function to the shared work struct, which
means some duplicated code. Change that to
only have a frame processing function and a
further work function for each of them and
share some common code.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IBSS, managed and mesh modes all have their
own work struct, and in the future we want
to also use it in other modes to process
frames from the now common skb queue.
This also makes the skb queue and work safe
to use from other interface types.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IBSS, managed and mesh modes all have an
skb queue, and in the future we want to
also use it in other modes, so make them
all use a common skb queue already.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A number of places use RCU locking for accessing
the station list, even though they do not need
to. Use mutex locking instead to prepare for the
locking changes I want to make. The mlme code is
also using a WLAN_STA_DISASSOC flag that has the
same meaning as WLAN_STA_BLOCK_BA, so use that.
While doing so, combine places where we loop
over stations twice, and optimise away some of
the loops by checking if the hardware supports
aggregation at all first.
Also fix a more theoretical race condition: right
now we could resume, set up an aggregation session,
and right after tear it down again due to the code
that is needed for hardware reconfiguration here.
Also mark add a comment to that code marking it as
a workaround.
Finally, remove a pointless aggregation disabling
loop when an interface is stopped, directly after
that we remove all stations from it which will also
disable all aggregation sessions that may still be
active, and does so in a race-free way unlike the
current loop that doesn't block new sessions.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When in IBSS mode, currently action frame TX and RX
cannot be used. Allow using it to talk to any peer,
or for public action frames. Also, while at it,
restructure the code in mac80211 to make it easier
to add this for other interface types in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we receive a deauthentication frame before
having successfully associated, we neither print
a message nor abort assocation. The former makes
it hard to debug, while the latter later causes
a warning in cfg80211 when, as will typically be
the case, association timed out.
This warning was reported by many, e.g. in
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15981,
but I couldn't initially pinpoint it. I verified
the fix by hacking hostapd to send a deauth frame
instead of an association response.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Miles Lane <miles.lane@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's a window for ieee80211_ifa_changed() to get called whilst the
managed mode mutex has not been initialized when opening and stopping the
interface. Currently this causes a kernel BUG like the following:
[ 132.460013] kernel BUG at /home/wifi/iwlwifi-2.6/net/mac80211/main.c:380!
[ 132.460013] invalid opcode: 0000 [#1] SMP
The mutex is initialized during open(), hence once netif_running() is true,
the mutex should be valid. Fix by adding a netif_running() check to the
function.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Tested-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"mac80211: make ARP filtering depend on CONFIG_INET" introduced this
potential locking leak.
Reported-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes "iw wlan0 dump survey" work again with
mac80211-based drivers that support it, e.g. ath5k.
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Processing an association response could take a bit
of time while we set up the hardware etc. During that
time, the AP might already send a blockack request.
If this happens very quickly on a fairly slow machine,
we can end up processing the blockack request before
the association processing has finished. Since the
blockack processing cannot sleep right now, we also
cannot make it wait in the driver.
As a result, sometimes on slow machines the iwlagn
driver gets totally confused, and no traffic can pass
when the aggregation setup was done before the assoc
setup completed.
I'm working on a proper fix for this, which involves
queuing all blockack category action frames from a
work struct, and also allowing the ampdu_action driver
callback to sleep, which will generally clean up the
code and make things easier.
However, this is a very involved and complex change.
To fix the problem at hand in a way that can also be
backported to stable, I've come up with this patch.
Here, I simply process all aggregation action frames
from the managed interface skb queue, which means
their processing will be serialized with processing
the association response, thereby fixing the problem.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
STA_NOTIFY_ADD and STA_NOTIFY_REMOVE have no users anymore,
and station addition/removal are indicated to drivers
using sta_add() and sta_remove(), which can sleep.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch reduces the binary size by around 25k (measured on MIPS,
with CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUG_COUNTERS enabled).
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since I recently made station management able
to sleep, I can now rework key management as
well; since it will no longer need a spinlock
and can also use a mutex instead, a bunch of
code to allow drivers' set_key to sleep while
key management is protected by a spinlock can
now be removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For some odd reason, the plink_state enum is
declared in the middle between aggregation
related structures. Move it down to make the
file easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
After ieee80211_rx_h_ctrl() processing we only
want to process management (including action)
frames, so there's no point in letting control
frames continue.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Ever since we use only cfg80211 for configuration,
there is no configuration that could be pending at
this point, cfg80211 will have the configuration
that is pending and apply it afterwards.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I suspect the compiler will do this optimisation
anyway, but it seems cleaner to move this into
the WEP switch case.
Also make rx_h_decrypt use a local variable for
the frame_control so that we don't need to reload
the hdr variable for this after linearizing.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no sense in letting anything but internal
mac80211 functions set the initiator to anything
but WLAN_BACK_INITIATOR, since WLAN_BACK_RECIPIENT
is only valid when we have received a frame from
the peer, which we react to directly in mac80211.
The debugfs code I recently added got this wrong
as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware allow extended filtering of ARP frames not intended for
the host. To perform such filtering, the hardware needs to know the current
IP address(es) of the host, bound to its interface.
Add support for ARP filtering to mac80211 by adding a new op to the driver
interface, allowing to configure the current IP addresses. This op is called
upon association with the currently configured address(es), and when
associated whenever the IP address(es) change.
This patch adds configuration of IPv4 addresses only, as IPv6 addresses don't
need ARP filtering.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The IBSS code has a bogus mod_timer(..., 0) call,
we shouldn't ever pass a constant value to the
function since any constant value could be in the
future or the past.
However, invoking the timer here is not necessary
at all, since we just finished scanning and just
need to have the IBSS code run again from the
workqueue later, so factor out the work starting
and use that instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cleanup patch.
Use new __packed annotation in net/ and include/
(except netfilter)
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When sending action frames, we want to verify
that we do that on the correct channel. However,
checking the channel type in addition can get in
the way, since the channel type could change on
the fly during an association, and it's not
useful to have the channel type anyway since it
has no effect on the transmission. Therefore,
make it optional to specify so that if wanted,
it can still be checked, but is not required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The dialog token allocator has apparently been broken
since b83f4e15 ("mac80211: fix deadlock in sta->lock")
because it got moved out under the spinlock. Fix it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Daniel reported that the paged RX changes had
broken blockack request frame processing due
to using data that wasn't really part of the
skb data.
Fix this using skb_copy_bits() for the needed
data. As a side effect, this adds a check on
processing too short frames, which previously
this code could do.
Reported-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Daniel Halperin <dhalperi@cs.washington.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sparse correctly complains that
__ieee80211_get_channel_mode is not static.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (63 commits)
drivers/net/usb/asix.c: Fix pointer cast.
be2net: Bug fix to avoid disabling bottom half during firmware upgrade.
proc_dointvec: write a single value
hso: add support for new products
Phonet: fix potential use-after-free in pep_sock_close()
ath9k: remove VEOL support for ad-hoc
ath9k: change beacon allocation to prefer the first beacon slot
sock.h: fix kernel-doc warning
cls_cgroup: Fix build error when built-in
macvlan: do proper cleanup in macvlan_common_newlink() V2
be2net: Bug fix in init code in probe
net/dccp: expansion of error code size
ath9k: Fix rx of mcast/bcast frames in PS mode with auto sleep
wireless: fix sta_info.h kernel-doc warnings
wireless: fix mac80211.h kernel-doc warnings
iwlwifi: testing the wrong variable in iwl_add_bssid_station()
ath9k_htc: rare leak in ath9k_hif_usb_alloc_tx_urbs()
ath9k_htc: dereferencing before check in hif_usb_tx_cb()
rt2x00: Fix rt2800usb TX descriptor writing.
rt2x00: Fix failed SLEEP->AWAKE and AWAKE->SLEEP transitions.
...
- C99 knows about USHRT_MAX/SHRT_MAX/SHRT_MIN, not
USHORT_MAX/SHORT_MAX/SHORT_MIN.
- Make SHRT_MIN of type s16, not int, for consistency.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix drivers/dma/timb_dma.c]
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: fix security/keys/keyring.c]
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: WANG Cong <xiyou.wangcong@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix sta_info.h kernel-doc warnings:
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:164): No description found for parameter 'tid_active_rx[STA_TID_NUM]'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:164): Excess struct/union/enum/typedef member 'tid_state_rx' description in 'sta_ampdu_mlme'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 03ceedea97.
This patch was reported to cause a regression in which connectivity is
lost and cannot be reestablished after a suspend/resume cycle.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 03ceedea97, since it
breaks resume from suspend-to-ram on Rafael's Acer Ferrari One.
NetworkManager thinks everything is ok, but it can't connect to the AP
to get an IP address after the resume.
In fact, it even breaks resume for non-ath9k chipsets: reverting it also
fixes Rafael's Toshiba Protege R500 with the iwlagn driver. As Johannes
says:
"Indeed, this patch needs to be reverted. That mac80211 change is wrong
and completely unnecessary."
Reported-and-requested-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: Daniel Yingqiang Ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next-2.6: (1674 commits)
qlcnic: adding co maintainer
ixgbe: add support for active DA cables
ixgbe: dcb, do not tag tc_prio_control frames
ixgbe: fix ixgbe_tx_is_paused logic
ixgbe: always enable vlan strip/insert when DCB is enabled
ixgbe: remove some redundant code in setting FCoE FIP filter
ixgbe: fix wrong offset to fc_frame_header in ixgbe_fcoe_ddp
ixgbe: fix header len when unsplit packet overflows to data buffer
ipv6: Never schedule DAD timer on dead address
ipv6: Use POSTDAD state
ipv6: Use state_lock to protect ifa state
ipv6: Replace inet6_ifaddr->dead with state
cxgb4: notify upper drivers if the device is already up when they load
cxgb4: keep interrupts available when the ports are brought down
cxgb4: fix initial addition of MAC address
cnic: Return SPQ credit to bnx2x after ring setup and shutdown.
cnic: Convert cnic_local_flags to atomic ops.
can: Fix SJA1000 command register writes on SMP systems
bridge: fix build for CONFIG_SYSFS disabled
ARCNET: Limit com20020 PCI ID matches for SOHARD cards
...
Fix up various conflicts with pcmcia tree drivers/net/
{pcmcia/3c589_cs.c, wireless/orinoco/orinoco_cs.c and
wireless/orinoco/spectrum_cs.c} and feature removal
(Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt).
Also fix a non-content conflict due to pm_qos_requirement getting
renamed in the PM tree (now pm_qos_request) in net/mac80211/scan.c
This patch removes from net/ (but not any netfilter files)
all the unnecessary return; statements that precede the
last closing brace of void functions.
It does not remove the returns that are immediately
preceded by a label as gcc doesn't like that.
Done via:
$ grep -rP --include=*.[ch] -l "return;\n}" net/ | \
xargs perl -i -e 'local $/ ; while (<>) { s/\n[ \t\n]+return;\n}/\n}/g; print; }'
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Paged RX skb patch broke the defragmentation. We need to read hdr again
after linearization.
It fixes following bug
http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2194
Signed-off-by: Zhu, Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Abhijeet Kolekar <abhijeet.kolekar@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Check the mode in channel switch ie for either 0 or 1 on transmission.
A channel switch mode set to 1 means that the STA in a BSS to which the
frame containing the element is addressed shall transmit no further
frames within the BSS until the scheduled channel switch.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds support for offloading the channel switch
operation to devices that support such, typically
by having specific firmware API for it. The reasons
for this could be that the firmware provides better
timing or that regulatory enforcement done by the
device requires special handling of CSAs.
In order to allow drivers to specify the timing to
the device, the new channel_switch callback will
pass through the received frame's mactime, where
available.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we process a frame, we currently just match it
to the work struct by the MAC addresses, and not by
the work type. This means that we can end up doing
the work for an association request item when (for
whatever reason) we receive another frame type, for
example a probe response. Processing the wrong type
of frame will lead to completely invalid data being
processed, and will lead to various problems like
thinking the association was successful even if the
AP never sent an assocation response.
Fix this by making each processing function check
that it is invoked for the right work struct type
only and continue processing otherwise (and drop
frames that we didn't expect).
This bug was uncovered during the debugging for
https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15862
but doesn't seem to be the cause for any of the
various problems reported there.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch changes the string based list management to a handle base
implementation to help with the hot path use of pm-qos, it also renames
much of the API to use "request" as opposed to "requirement" that was
used in the initial implementation. I did this because request more
accurately represents what it actually does.
Also, I added a string based ABI for users wanting to use a string
interface. So if the user writes 0xDDDDDDDD formatted hex it will be
accepted by the interface. (someone asked me for it and I don't think
it hurts anything.)
This patch updates some documentation input I got from Randy.
Signed-off-by: markgross <mgross@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Also simplify the flags assignment into a single statement at the
end of ieee80211_beacon_get_tim.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when one interface switches HT mode,
all others will follow along. This is clearly
undesirable, since the new one might switch to
no-HT while another one is operating in HT.
Address this issue by keeping track of the HT
mode per interface, and allowing only changes
that are compatible, i.e. switching into HT40+
is not possible when another interface is in
HT40-, in that case the second one needs to
fall back to HT20.
Also, to allow drivers to know what's going on,
store the per-interface HT mode (channel type)
in the virtual interface's bss_conf.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently (all tested with hwsim) you can do stupid
things like setting up an AP on a certain channel,
then adding another virtual interface and making
that associate on another channel -- this will make
the beaconing to move channel but obviously without
the necessary IEs data update.
In order to improve this situation, first make the
configuration APIs (cfg80211 and nl80211) aware of
multi-channel operation -- we'll eventually need
that in the future anyway. There's one userland API
change and one API addition. The API change is that
now SET_WIPHY must be called with virtual interface
index rather than only wiphy index in order to take
effect for that interface -- luckily all current
users (hostapd) do that. For monitor interfaces, the
old setting is preserved, but monitors are always
slaved to other devices anyway so no guarantees.
The second userland API change is the introduction
of a per virtual interface SET_CHANNEL command, that
hostapd should use going forward to make it easier
to understand what's going on (it can automatically
detect a kernel with this command).
Other than mac80211, no existing cfg80211 drivers
are affected by this change because they only allow
a single virtual interface.
mac80211, however, now needs to be aware that the
channel settings are per interface now, and needs
to disallow (for now) real multi-channel operation,
which is another important part of this patch.
One of the immediate benefits is that you can now
start hostapd to operate on a hardware that already
has a connection on another virtual interface, as
long as you specify the same channel.
Note that two things are left unhandled (this is an
improvement -- not a complete fix):
* different HT/no-HT modes
currently you could start an HT AP and then
connect to a non-HT network on the same channel
which would configure the hardware for no HT;
that can be fixed fairly easily
* CSA
An AP we're connected to on a virtual interface
might indicate switching channels, and in that
case we would follow it, regardless of how many
other interfaces are operating; this requires
more effort to fix but is pretty rare after all
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When reconfiguring an interface due to a previous
hardware restart, mac80211 will currently include
the new IBSS flag on non-IBSS interfaces which may
confuse drivers.
Instead of doing the ~0 trick, simply spell out
which things are going to be reconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In https://bugzilla.kernel.org/show_bug.cgi?id=15794 a user encountered the
following:
[18967.469098] wlan0: authenticated
[18967.472527] wlan0: associate with 00:1c:10:b8:e3:ea (try 1)
[18967.472585] wlan0: deauthenticating from 00:1c:10:b8:e3:ea by local choice (reason=3)
[18967.672057] wlan0: associate with 00:1c:10:b8:e3:ea (try 2)
[18967.872357] wlan0: associate with 00:1c:10:b8:e3:ea (try 3)
[18968.072960] wlan0: association with 00:1c:10:b8:e3:ea timed out
[18968.076890] ------------[ cut here ]------------
[18968.076898] WARNING: at net/wireless/mlme.c:341 cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout+0xa8/0x140()
[18968.076900] Hardware name: GX628
[18968.076924] Pid: 1408, comm: phy0 Not tainted 2.6.34-rc4-00082-g250541f-dirty #3
[18968.076926] Call Trace:
[18968.076931] [<ffffffff8103459e>] ? warn_slowpath_common+0x6e/0xb0
[18968.076934] [<ffffffff8157c2d8>] ? cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout+0xa8/0x140
[18968.076937] [<ffffffff8103ff8b>] ? mod_timer+0x10b/0x180
[18968.076940] [<ffffffff8158f0fc>] ? ieee80211_assoc_done+0xbc/0xc0
[18968.076943] [<ffffffff81590d53>] ? ieee80211_work_work+0x553/0x11c0
[18968.076945] [<ffffffff8102d931>] ? finish_task_switch+0x41/0xb0
[18968.076948] [<ffffffff81590800>] ? ieee80211_work_work+0x0/0x11c0
[18968.076951] [<ffffffff810476fb>] ? worker_thread+0x13b/0x210
[18968.076954] [<ffffffff8104b6b0>] ? autoremove_wake_function+0x0/0x30
[18968.076956] [<ffffffff810475c0>] ? worker_thread+0x0/0x210
[18968.076959] [<ffffffff8104b21e>] ? kthread+0x8e/0xa0
[18968.076962] [<ffffffff810031f4>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x4/0x10
[18968.076964] [<ffffffff8104b190>] ? kthread+0x0/0xa0
[18968.076966] [<ffffffff810031f0>] ? kernel_thread_helper+0x0/0x10
[18968.076968] ---[ end trace 8aa6265f4b1adfe0 ]---
As explained by Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>:
We authenticate successfully, and then userspace requests association.
Then we start that process, but the AP doesn't respond. While we're
still waiting for an AP response, userspace asks for a deauth. We do
the deauth, but don't abort the association work. Then once the
association work times out we tell cfg80211, but it no longer wants
to know since for all it is concerned we accepted the deauth that
also kills the association attempt.
Fix this by, upon receipt of deauth request, removing the association work
and continuing to send the deauth.
Unfortunately the user reporting the issue is not able to reproduce this
problem anymore and cannot verify this fix. This seems like a well understood
issue though and I thus present the patch.
Bug-identified-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"mac80211: improve IBSS scanning" was missing a hunk.
This adds that hunk as originally intended.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When IBSS is fixed to a frequency, it can still
scan to try to find the right BSSID. This makes
sense if the BSSID isn't also fixed, but it need
not scan all channels -- just one is sufficient.
Make it do that by moving the scan setup code to
ieee80211_request_internal_scan() and include
a channel variable setting.
Note that this can be further improved to start
the IBSS right away if both frequency and BSSID
are fixed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This allows enabling TX and disabling both TX and
RX aggregation sessions manually in debugfs. It is
very useful for debugging session initiation and
teardown problems since with this you don't have
to force a lot of traffic to get aggregation and
thus have less data to analyse.
Also, to debug mac80211 code itself, make hwsim
"support" aggregation sessions. It will still just
transfer the frame, but go through the setup and
teardown handshakes.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Both of these functions can currently return
a station pointer that, to the driver, is
invalid (in IBSS mode only) because adding
the station failed. Check for that, and also
make ieee80211_find_sta() properly use the
per interface station search.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Patch "iwlwifi: work around passive scan issue" was merged into
wireless-2.6, but touched a lot of code since modified (and moved)
in wireless-next-2.6. This caused some conflicts.
Conflicts:
drivers/net/wireless/iwlwifi/iwl-scan.c
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
My previous patch "mac80211: notify driver about
IBSS status" left a problem -- when we merge with
a new BSSID, we never tell the driver that we left
the old one. Fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some drivers (e.g. iwlwifi) need to know and try
to figure it out based on other things, but making
it explicit is definitely better.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If AP do not provide us supported rates before assiociation, send
all rates we are supporting instead of empty information element.
v1 -> v2: Add comment.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use old supported rates, if AP do not provide supported rates
information element in a new managment frame.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently whenever rts thresold is set, every packet will use RTS
protection no matter its size exceeds the threshold or not. This is
due to a bug in the rts threshold check.
if (len > tx->local->hw.wiphy->rts_threshold) {
txrc.rts = rts = true;
}
Basically it is comparing an int (len) and a u32 (rts_threshold),
and the variable len is assigned as:
len = min_t(int, tx->skb->len + FCS_LEN,
tx->local->hw.wiphy->frag_threshold);
However, when frag_threshold is "-1", len is always "-1", which is
0xffffffff therefore rts is always set to true.
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Shanyu Zhao <shanyu.zhao@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When scanning, it is somewhat important to scan
on the correct virtual interface. All drivers
that currently implement hw_scan only support a
single virtual interface, but that may change
and then we'd want to be ready.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Determine the dynamic PS timeout based on the configured ps-qos network
latency. For backwards wext compatibility, allow the dynamic PS timeout
configured by the cfg80211 to overrule the automatically determined value.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A misplaced interface type check bails out too early if the interface
is not in monitor mode. This patch moves it to the right place, so that
it only covers changes to the monitor flags.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The sta->last_tx_rate is traditionally updated just before transmitting a
frame based on information from the rate control algorithm. However, for
hardware drivers with IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL this is not performed,
as the rate control algorithm is not executed, and because the used rate is
not known before the frame has actually been transmitted.
This causes atleast a fixed 1Mb/s to be reported to user space. A few other
instances of code also rely on this information.
Fix this by setting the sta->last_tx_rate in tx_status handling. There, look
for last rates entry set by the driver, and use that as value for
sta->last_tx_rate.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR is configured by the driver, starting
of ieee80211_sta_conn_mon_timer should be prevented, as it is then not needed.
This is currently partially the case. As it seems, when a probe-response is
received from the AP the timer is still restarted, thus restarting the host
based connection keep-alive mechanism. These probe-responses happen at least
when scanning while associated.
Fix this by preventing starting of the ieee80211_sta_conn_mon_timer in the
ieee80211_rx_mgmt_probe_resp function.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds the survey function to both mac80211 itself and to mac80211_hwsim.
For the latter driver, we simply invent some noise level.A real driver which
cannot determine the real channel noise MUST NOT report any noise, especially
not a magically conjured one :-)
Signed-off-by: Holger Schurig <holgerschurig@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When I set up multiple VAPs with ath9k, I encountered an issue that
the traffic may be lost after a while.
The detailed phenomenon is
1. After a while the clients connected to one of these VAPs will get
into a state that no broadcast/multicast packets can be transfered
successfully while the unicast packets can be transfered normally.
2. Minutes latter the unitcast packets transfer will fail as well,
because the ARP entry is expired and it can't be freshed due to the
broadcast trouble.
It's caused by the group key overwritten and someone discussed this
issue in ath9k-devel maillist before, but haven't work out a fix yet.
I referred the method in madwifi, and made a patch for ath9k.
The method is to set the high bit of the sender(AP)'s address, and
associated that mac and the group key. It requires the hardware
supports multicast frame key search. It seems true for AR9160.
Not sure whether it's the correct way to fix this issue. But it seems
to work in my test. The patch is attached, feel free to revise it.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Yingqiang ma <yma.cool@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
One HT debugging printk is missing a newline,
add it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The sta_cleanup timer is used to periodically expire buffered frames from the
tx buf. The timer is executing periodically, regardless of the need for it.
This is wasting resources.
Fix this simply by not restarting the sta_cleanup timer if the tx buffer was
empty. Restart the timer when there is some more tx-traffic.
Cc: Janne Ylälehto <janne.ylalehto@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kalle reported that his system deadlocks since my
recent work in this area. The reason quickly became
apparent: we try to cancel_timer_sync() a timer
from within itself. Fix that by making the function
aware of the context it is called from.
Reported-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@adurom.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kvalo@adurom.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since "mac80211: make off-channel work generic" drivers have not been
notified of configuration changes after association or authentication. This
caused more dependence on current state to ensure driver will be notified
when configuration changes occur. One such problem arises if off-channel is
in progress when HT information changes. Since HT is only enabled on the
"oper_channel" the driver will never be notified of this change. Usually
the driver is notified soon after of a BSS information change
(BSS_CHANGED_HT) ... but since the driver did not get a notification that
this is a HT channel the new BSS information does not make sense.
Fix this by also changing the off-channel information when HT is enabled
and thus cause driver to be notified correctly.
This fixes a problem in 4965 when associated with 5GHz 40MHz channel.
Without this patch the system can associate but is unable to transfer any
data, not even ping.
See http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2158
Signed-off-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the addba timer expires but has no work to do,
it should not affect the state machine. If it does,
TX will not see the successfully established and we
can also crash trying to re-establish the session.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.32, 2.6.33]
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As scan_work is queued from work_work it needs to be checked if scan
has been started during execution of work_work. Otherwise, when hw
scan is used, the stack gets error about hw being busy with ongoing
scan. This causes the stack to abort scan without notifying the driver
about it. This leads to a situation where the hw is scanning and the stack
thinks it's not. Then when the scan finishes, the stack will complain by
warnings.
Signed-off-by: Teemu Paasikivi <ext-teemu.3.paasikivi@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We delay the skb linearising in ieee80211_rx_h_decrypt so that
frames do not require software decryption are not linearized. We
are safe to do this because ieee80211_get_mmie_keyidx() only
requires to touch nonlinear data for management frames, which are
already linearized before getting here.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enhance tracing by adding tracing for a variety of
callbacks that the drivers call, and also for
internal calls (currently limited to queue status).
This can aid debugging what is going on in mac80211
in interaction with drivers, since we can now see
what drivers call and not just what mac80211 calls
in the driver.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Grouped mesh action codes together with the other action codes in
ieee80211.h.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
WEP crypto was broken, but upon finding the problem
it is evident that other things were broken by the
paged RX patch as well.
To fix it, for now move the linearising in front.
This means that we linearise all frames, which is
not at all what we want, but at least it fixes the
problem for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Acked-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A few places in mac80211 do not currently acquire
the sta lock for RX aggregation, but they should.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The aggregation code has a number of quirks, like
inventing an unneeded WLAN_BACK_TIMER value and
leaking memory under certain circumstances during
station destruction. Fix these issues by using
the regular aggregation session teardown code and
blocking new aggregation sessions, all before the
station is really destructed.
As a side effect, this gets rid of the long code
block to destroy aggregation safely.
Additionally, rename tid_state_rx which can only
have the values IDLE and OPERATIONAL to
tid_active_rx to make it easier to understand
that there is no bitwise stuff going on on the
RX side -- the TX side remains because it needs
to keep track of the driver and peer states.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I want to use it during station destruction as well
so rename it to WLAN_STA_BLOCK_BA which is also the
only use of it now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All callers of ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_ba_session can
just call __ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session instead
because they already have the station struct, so do
that and remove ieee80211_sta_stop_rx_ba_session.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All other places except one in the TX path, which
has BHs disabled, and it also cannot be locked from
interrupts so disabling IRQs is not necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a station w/o a key is destroyed, or when
a driver submits work for a station and thereby
references it again, it seems like potentially
we could reference the station structure while
it is being destroyed.
Wait for an RCU grace period to elapse before
finishing destroying the station after we have
removed the station from the driver and from
the hash table etc., even in the case where no
key is associated with the station.
Also, there's no point in deleting the plink
timer here since it'll be properly deleted just
a bit later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 is quite strict on allowing authentication and association
commands only in certain states. In order to meet these requirements,
user space applications may need to clear authentication or
association state in some cases. Currently, this can be done with
deauth/disassoc command, but that ends up sending out Deauthentication
or Disassociation frame unnecessarily. Add a new nl80211 attribute to
allow this sending of the frame be skipped, but with all other
deauth/disassoc operations being completed.
Similar state change is also needed for IEEE 802.11r FT protocol in
the FT-over-DS case which does not use Authentication frame exchange
in a transition to another BSS. For this to work with cfg80211, an
authentication entry needs to be created for the target BSS without
sending out an Authentication frame. The nl80211 authentication
command can be used for this purpose, too, with the new attribute to
indicate that the command is only for changing local state. This
enables wpa_supplicant to complete FT-over-DS transition successfully.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit e34e09401ee9888dd662b2fca5d607794a56daf2 incorrectly removed
use of ieee80211_has_protected() from the management frame case and in
practice, made this validation drop all Action frames when MFP is
enabled. This should have only been done for frames with Protected
field set to zero.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The new RCU lockdep support warns about these
in some contexts -- make it aware of the locks
used to protect all this. Different locks are
used in different contexts which unfortunately
means we can't get perfect checking.
Also remove rcu_dereference() from two places
that don't actually dereference the pointers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This fixes the problem introduced in commit
8404080568 which broke mesh peer link establishment.
changes:
v2 Added missing break (Johannes)
v3 Broke original patch into two (Johannes)
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (37 commits)
smc91c92_cs: fix the problem of "Unable to find hardware address"
r8169: clean up my printk uglyness
net: Hook up cxgb4 to Kconfig and Makefile
cxgb4: Add main driver file and driver Makefile
cxgb4: Add remaining driver headers and L2T management
cxgb4: Add packet queues and packet DMA code
cxgb4: Add HW and FW support code
cxgb4: Add register, message, and FW definitions
netlabel: Fix several rcu_dereference() calls used without RCU read locks
bonding: fix potential deadlock in bond_uninit()
net: check the length of the socket address passed to connect(2)
stmmac: add documentation for the driver.
stmmac: fix kconfig for crc32 build error
be2net: fix bug in vlan rx path for big endian architecture
be2net: fix flashing on big endian architectures
be2net: fix a bug in flashing the redboot section
bonding: bond_xmit_roundrobin() fix
drivers/net: Add missing unlock
net: gianfar - align BD ring size console messages
net: gianfar - initialize per-queue statistics
...
Fix kernel panic by NULL pointer dereference in the context of
ieee80211_ops->prepare_multicast().
This bug was introduced by commit 22bedad3c.. ("net: convert
multicast list to list_head").
Call __hw_addr_init() in ieee80211_alloc_hw() to initialize
list_head of private device multicast list, like we do in
bond_init().
Signed-off-by: YOSHIFUJI Hideaki <yoshfuji@linux-ipv6.org>
Reviewed-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Converts the list and the core manipulating with it to be the same as uc_list.
+uses two functions for adding/removing mc address (normal and "global"
variant) instead of a function parameter.
+removes dev_mcast.c completely.
+exposes netdev_hw_addr_list_* macros along with __hw_addr_* functions for
manipulation with lists on a sandbox (used in bonding and 80211 drivers)
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Commit bef5d1c70d split
ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() into separate functions that are used for
Data and Management frames. However, it did not handle the
RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED correctly for Management frames:
ieee80211_drop_unencrypted() can only return 0 for Management frames,
so there is no point in calling it here. Instead, just check the
status->flag directly.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When selecting the RX key for group-addressed robust management
frames, we do not actually select any BIP key if the frame is
unprotected (since we cannot find the key index from MMIE). This
results in the drop_unencrypted check in failing to drop the frame. It
is enough to verify that we have a STA entry for the transmitter and
that MFP is enabled for that STA; we do not need to check rx->key
here. This fixes BIP processing for unprotected, group-addressed,
robust management frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
BIP (part of IEEE 802.11w) is only supposed to be used with
group-addressed frames. We ended up picking it as a default mechanism
for every management whenever we did not have a STA entry for the
destination (e.g., for Probe Response to a STA that is not
associated). While the extra MMIE in the end of management frames
should not break frames completed in most cases, there is no point in
doing this. Fix key selection to pick the default management key only
if the frame is sent to multicast/broadcast address and the frame is a
robust management frame.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is used, the
deauthentication and disassociation frames must be protected whenever
the encryption keys are configured. We were removing the STA entry and
with it, the keys, just before actually sending out these frames which
meant that the frames went out unprotected. The AP will drop them in
such a case. Fix this by reordering the operations a bit so that
sta_info_destroy_addr() gets called only after
ieee80211_send_deauth_disassoc().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Calculate a running average of the signal strength reported for Beacon
frames and indicate cqm events if the average value moves below or
above the configured threshold value (and filter out repetitive events
with by using the configured hysteresis).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable QoS explicitly, when user space AP program will setup a QoS
queues. Currently this is not needed as iwlwifi not work in AP mode
and no other driver implement enable/disable QoS.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add interface to disable/enable QoS (aka WMM or WME). Currently drivers
enable it explicitly when ->conf_tx method is called, and newer disable.
Disabling is needed for some APs, which do not support QoS, such
we should send QoS frames to them.
Signed-off-by: Stanislaw Gruszka <sgruszka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mac80211 drivers can now pass paged SKBs to mac80211 via
ieee80211_rx{_irqsafe}. The implementation currently use
skb_linearize() in a few places i.e. management frame
handling, software decryption, defragmentation and A-MSDU
process. We will optimize them one by one later.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"mac80211: fix skb buffering issue" still left a race
between enabling the hardware queues and the virtual
interface queues. In hindsight it's totally obvious
that enabling the netdev queues for a hardware queue
when the hardware queue is enabled is wrong, because
it could well possible that we can fill the hw queue
with packets we already have pending. Thus, we must
only enable the netdev queues once all the pending
packets have been processed and sent off to the device.
In testing, I haven't been able to trigger this race
condition, but it's clearly there, possibly only when
aggregation is being enabled.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
1st) a PREQ should only be processed, if it has the same SN and better
metric (instead of better or equal).
2nd) next_hop[ETH_ALEN] now actually used to buffer
mpath->next_hop->sta.addr for use out of lock.
Signed-off-by: Marco Porsch <marco.porsch@siemens.com>
Acked-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
percpu.h is included by sched.h and module.h and thus ends up being
included when building most .c files. percpu.h includes slab.h which
in turn includes gfp.h making everything defined by the two files
universally available and complicating inclusion dependencies.
percpu.h -> slab.h dependency is about to be removed. Prepare for
this change by updating users of gfp and slab facilities include those
headers directly instead of assuming availability. As this conversion
needs to touch large number of source files, the following script is
used as the basis of conversion.
http://userweb.kernel.org/~tj/misc/slabh-sweep.py
The script does the followings.
* Scan files for gfp and slab usages and update includes such that
only the necessary includes are there. ie. if only gfp is used,
gfp.h, if slab is used, slab.h.
* When the script inserts a new include, it looks at the include
blocks and try to put the new include such that its order conforms
to its surrounding. It's put in the include block which contains
core kernel includes, in the same order that the rest are ordered -
alphabetical, Christmas tree, rev-Xmas-tree or at the end if there
doesn't seem to be any matching order.
* If the script can't find a place to put a new include (mostly
because the file doesn't have fitting include block), it prints out
an error message indicating which .h file needs to be added to the
file.
The conversion was done in the following steps.
1. The initial automatic conversion of all .c files updated slightly
over 4000 files, deleting around 700 includes and adding ~480 gfp.h
and ~3000 slab.h inclusions. The script emitted errors for ~400
files.
2. Each error was manually checked. Some didn't need the inclusion,
some needed manual addition while adding it to implementation .h or
embedding .c file was more appropriate for others. This step added
inclusions to around 150 files.
3. The script was run again and the output was compared to the edits
from #2 to make sure no file was left behind.
4. Several build tests were done and a couple of problems were fixed.
e.g. lib/decompress_*.c used malloc/free() wrappers around slab
APIs requiring slab.h to be added manually.
5. The script was run on all .h files but without automatically
editing them as sprinkling gfp.h and slab.h inclusions around .h
files could easily lead to inclusion dependency hell. Most gfp.h
inclusion directives were ignored as stuff from gfp.h was usually
wildly available and often used in preprocessor macros. Each
slab.h inclusion directive was examined and added manually as
necessary.
6. percpu.h was updated not to include slab.h.
7. Build test were done on the following configurations and failures
were fixed. CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL was turned off for all tests (as my
distributed build env didn't work with gcov compiles) and a few
more options had to be turned off depending on archs to make things
build (like ipr on powerpc/64 which failed due to missing writeq).
* x86 and x86_64 UP and SMP allmodconfig and a custom test config.
* powerpc and powerpc64 SMP allmodconfig
* sparc and sparc64 SMP allmodconfig
* ia64 SMP allmodconfig
* s390 SMP allmodconfig
* alpha SMP allmodconfig
* um on x86_64 SMP allmodconfig
8. percpu.h modifications were reverted so that it could be applied as
a separate patch and serve as bisection point.
Given the fact that I had only a couple of failures from tests on step
6, I'm fairly confident about the coverage of this conversion patch.
If there is a breakage, it's likely to be something in one of the arch
headers which should be easily discoverable easily on most builds of
the specific arch.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Guess-its-ok-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Cc: Lee Schermerhorn <Lee.Schermerhorn@hp.com>
We don't need "sdata" any more after:
d84f323477
mac80211: remove dev_hold/put calls
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for the set_cqm_config op. This op function configures the
requested connection quality monitor rssi threshold and rssi hysteresis
values to the hardware if the hardware supports
IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CQM.
For unsupported hardware, currently -EOPNOTSUPP is returned, so the mac80211
is currently not doing connection quality monitoring on the host. This could be
added later, if needed.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch is based on a RFC patch by Kalle Valo.
The wl1271 has a feature which handles the connection monitor logic
in hardware, basically sending periodically nullfunc frames and reporting
to the host if AP is lost, after attempting to recover by sending
probe-requests to the AP.
Add support to mac80211 by adding a new flag IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR
which prevents conn_mon_timer from triggering during idle periods, and
prevents sending probe-requests to the AP if beacon-loss is indicated by the
hardware.
Cc: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
when an IBSS merge happened, the supported rates for the newly added station
were left empty, causing the rate control module to be initialized with only
the basic rates.
the section of the ibss code which deals with updating supported rates for
an already existing station failed to inform the rate control module about the
new rates. as both minstrel and pid don't have an update function i just use
the init function.
also remove unnecessary (unsigned long long) casts and edit debug message.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a cooked monitor interface is active, ieee80211_tx_status()
generates a radiotap header for every single frame, even if it wasn't
injected and thus won't be sent to a monitor interface.
This patch reduces cpu utilization by moving the cooked monitor check a
bit earlier, before it generates the rtap header.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-2.6: (108 commits)
bridge: ensure to unlock in error path in br_multicast_query().
drivers/net/tulip/eeprom.c: fix bogus "(null)" in tulip init messages
sky2: Avoid rtnl_unlock without rtnl_lock
ipv6: Send netlink notification when DAD fails
drivers/net/tg3.c: change the field used with the TG3_FLAG_10_100_ONLY constant
ipconfig: Handle devices which take some time to come up.
mac80211: Fix memory leak in ieee80211_if_write()
mac80211: Fix (dynamic) power save entry
ipw2200: use kmalloc for large local variables
ath5k: read eeprom IQ calibration values correctly for G mode
ath5k: fix I/Q calibration (for real)
ath5k: fix TSF reset
ath5k: use fixed antenna for tx descriptors
libipw: split ieee->networks into small pieces
mac80211: Fix sta_mtx unlocking on insert STA failure path
rt2x00: remove KSEG1ADDR define from rt2x00soc.h
net: add ColdFire support to the smc91x driver
asix: fix setting mac address for AX88772
ipv6 ip6_tunnel: eliminate unused recursion field from ip6_tnl{}.
net: Fix dev_mc_add()
...
This patch makes it possible to reuse the minstrel rate control ops
from another rate control module. This is useful in preparing for the
new 802.11n implementation of minstrel, which will reuse the old code
for legacy stations.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch cleans up the debugfs read function for the statistics by
using simple_read_from_buffer instead of its own semi-broken hack.
Also removes a useless member of the minstrel debugfs info struct.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I discovered that if EMBEDDED=y, one can accidentally build a mac80211 stack
and drivers w/ no rate control algorithm. For drivers like RTL8187 that don't
supply their own RC algorithms, this will cause ieee80211_register_hw to
fail (making the driver unusable).
This will tell kconfig to provide a warning if no rate control algorithms
have been selected. That'll at least warn the user; users that know that
their drivers supply a rate control algorithm can safely ignore the
warning, and those who don't know (or who expect to be using multiple
drivers) can select a default RC algorithm.
Signed-off-by: Andres Salomon <dilinger@collabora.co.uk>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix memory leak and use kmalloc() instead of kzalloc() as we are going
to overwrite the allocated buffer.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently hardware with !IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK and
IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS will never enter PSM due to the
conditions in the power save entry functions.
Fix those conditions.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 34e895075e introduced sta_mtx
locking into sta_info_insert() (now sta_info_insert_rcu), but forgot
to unlock this mutex on one of the error paths. Fix this by adding
the missing mutex_unlock() call for the case where STA insert fails
due to an entry existing already. This may happen at least in AP mode
when a STA roams between two BSSes (vifs).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Drivers can now advertise to cfg80211 that they have
multiple MAC addresses reserved for a device, but we
don't currently make use of that in mac80211.
Change that and assign different addresses to new
virtual interfaces (if addresses are available) in
order to make it easier for users to use multiple
virtual interfaces; they no longer need to always
assign a new MAC address manually.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The current software scan implemenation in mac80211 returns to the operating
channel after each scanned channel. However, in some situations (e.g. no
traffic) it would be nicer to scan a few channels in a row to speed up
the scan itself.
Hence, after scanning a channel, check if we have queued up any tx frames and
return to the operating channel in that case.
Unfortunately we don't know if the AP has buffered any frames for us. Hence,
scan only as many channels in a row as the pm_qos latency and the negotiated
listen interval allows us to.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
when an IBSS merge happened, the supported rates for the newly added station
were left empty, causing the rate control module to be initialized with only
the basic rates.
also the section of the ibss code which deals with updating supported rates for
an already existing station fails to inform the rate control module about the
new rates. as i don't know how to fix this (minstrel does not have an update
function), i have just added a comment for now.
Signed-off-by: Bruno Randolf <br1@einfach.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The noise value as is won't be used, isn't
filled by most drivers and doesn't really
make a whole lot of sense on a per packet
basis -- proper cfg80211 survey support in
mac80211 will need to be different.
Mark the struct member as deprecated so it
will be removed from drivers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Handling HT configuration changes involved setting the channel
with the new HT parameters and then issuing a rate_update()
notification to the driver.
This behavior changed after the off-channel changes. Now, the channel
is not updated with the new HT params in enable_ht() - instead, it
is now done when the scan work terminates. This results in the driver
depending on stale information, defaulting to non-HT mode always.
Fix this by passing the new channel type to the driver.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit e1dd33f60ced091114e4aacf141e0d03b88d3e13 changed cfg80211 to
allow association commands while in associated state to enable support
for roaming within an ESS. However, this was not enough to resolve all
cases with mac80211 which needs some additional handling of the
reassociation case to clear internal state with the BSS that was in use
previously.
This patch makes ieee80211_mgd_assoc() accept a valid reassociation
command and clean the association state with the previous BSS. This
fixes roaming between BSSes in an ESS when using wpa_supplicant with
-Dnl80211.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If authentication has already been performed when the WLAN interface is
stopped, (sometimes) the ieee80211_work_purge would corrupt some
ieee80211_work-structures. The outcome is this (cleaned up):
[ 2252.398681] WARNING: at net/mac80211/work.c:995 ieee80211_work_purge
[ 2252.466430] Backtrace:
[ 2252.529266] (ieee80211_work_purge+0x0/0xcc [mac80211])
[ 2252.546875] (ieee80211_stop+0x0/0x4c0 [mac80211])
Additionally, one would get this, going on regarless of the WLAN interface
state, going on forever:
[ 2252.859985] wlan0: direct probe to 00:90:4c:60:04:00 (try -996717525)
[ 2253.055419] wlan0: direct probe to 00:90:4c:60:04:00 (try -996717524)
[ 2253.250610] wlan0: direct probe to 00:90:4c:60:04:00 (try -996717523)
[ 2253.446014] wlan0: direct probe to 00:90:4c:60:04:00 (try -996717522)
[ 2253.641357] wlan0: direct probe to 00:90:4c:60:04:00 (try -996717521)
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently if a driver does not set hw.max_listen_interval a listen
interval of 1 is negotiated with the AP. Thus, the AP could drop
buffered frames for us after just one beacon interval which can
easily happen with the current powersave and scan implementation.
To avoid this issue increase the default interval to 5 which should
be a reasonable safe default.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, ieee80211_drop_unencrypted is called
from management and data frame context, and the
different contexts pass different frames. This
could lead to it processing an 802.3 frame as an
802.11 frame when MFP is enabled.
Move the MFP part of ieee80211_drop_unencrypted
into a new function that is only called for mgmt
frames.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This implements a new command to register for action frames
that userspace wants to handle instead of the in-kernel
rejection. It is then responsible for rejecting ones that
it decided not to handle. There is no unregistration, but
the socket can be closed for that.
Frames that are not registered for will not be forwarded
to userspace and will be rejected by the kernel, the
cfg80211 API helps implementing that.
Additionally, this patch adds a new command that allows
doing action frame transmission from userspace. It can be
used either to exchange action frames on the current
operational channel (e.g., with the AP with which we are
currently associated) or to exchange off-channel Public
Action frames with the remain-on-channel command.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
802.11-2007 7.3.1.11 mandates that we need to
reject action frames we don't handle by setting
the 0x80 bit in the category and returning them
to the sender, so do that. In AP mode, hostapd
is responsible for this.
Additionally, drop completely malformed action
frames or ones that should've been encrypted as
unusable, userspace shouldn't see those.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix a copy bug introduced by
commit 47846c9b0c
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Wed Nov 25 17:46:19 2009 +0100
mac80211: reduce reliance on netdev
This manifested itself only in debug messages
and in the debugfs rename failure that would
always happen due to trying to rename the dir
over itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 4cd24eaf0c
("net: use netdev_mc_count and netdev_mc_empty when appropriate")
added this hunk to net/mac80211/iface.c:
__dev_addr_unsync(&local->mc_list, &local->mc_count,
- &dev->mc_list, &dev->mc_count);
+ &dev->mc_list, dev->mc_count);
which is definitely not correct, introduced a warning (reported
by Stephen Rothwell):
net/mac80211/iface.c: In function 'ieee80211_stop':
net/mac80211/iface.c:416: warning: passing argument 4 of '__dev_addr_unsync' makes pointer from integer without a cast
include/linux/netdevice.h:1967: note: expected 'int *' but argument is of type 'int'
and is thus reverted here.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For hardware with IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL the rate controller is not
initialized. However, calling functions such as ieee80211_beacon_get result
in the rate_control_get_rate function getting called, which is accessing
(in this case uninitialized) rate control structures unconditionally.
Fix by exiting the function before setting the rates for HW with
IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL set. The initialization of the ieee80211_tx_info
struct is intentionally still executed.
Signed-off-by: Juuso Oikarinen <juuso.oikarinen@nokia.com>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch replaces dev->mc_count in all drivers (hopefully I didn't miss
anything). Used spatch and did small tweaks and conding style changes when
it was suitable.
Jirka
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In associated state, when bringing an interface down, existing
BA sessions are torn down. When this is in progress, nothing
prevents mac80211 from accepting another BA session start request.
Use a new station flag to fix this.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Even if the null data frame is not acked by the AP, mac80211
goes into power save. This might lead to loss of frames
from the AP.
Prevent this by restarting dynamic_ps_timer when ack is not
received for null data frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In particular, several occurances of funny versions of 'success',
'unknown', 'therefore', 'acknowledge', 'argument', 'achieve', 'address',
'beginning', 'desirable', 'separate' and 'necessary' are fixed.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <daniel@caiaq.de>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Junio C Hamano <gitster@pobox.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
The current mac80211 implementation enables power save if there
is no Tx traffic for a specific timeout. Hence, PS is triggered
even if there is a continuous Rx only traffic(like UDP) going on.
This makes the drivers to wait on the tim bit in the next beacon
to awake which leads to redundant sleep-wake cycles.
Fix this by restarting the dynamic ps timer on receiving every
data packet.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
CC: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
rate_control_alloc is not used by anything outside of
ieee80211_init_rate_ctrl_alg. Both are in rate.c; there's no reason to make
rate_control_alloc visible outside of it.
Signed-off-by: Andres Salomon <dilinger@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
get_tx_stats() driver operation is not currently used anywhere in mac80211
and there are no plans to use it in the not-so-near future. So it can go
without anyone missing it.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When userspace requests a deauth while the
authentication work is pending in the auth
(not probe) state, we do not properly abort
the work and then things get confused.
Fix that and also improve the checks here
to include the correct virtual interface,
just in case two virtual interfaces would
ever try to connect to the same BSS.
Also fix a bug -- need to use list_del_rcu
instead of just list_del to free a work
item.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In AP mode, the only mode where the parameter
is supposed to be valid, we never assign it!
Fix that to allow drivers to avoid parsing
the TIM IE for the value.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This file helps debugging HT channels since it displays if we are on
ht20 or ht40+/ht40-
Signed-off-by: Benoit Papillault <benoit.papillault@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When there is a need to restart/reconfig hw, tear down all the
aggregation queues and let the mac80211 and driver get in-sync to have
the opportunity to re-establish the aggregation queues again.
Need to wait until driver re-establish all the station information before tear
down the aggregation queues, driver(at least iwlwifi driver) will reject the
stop aggregation queue request if station is not ready. But also need to make
sure the aggregation queues are tear down before waking up the queues, so
mac80211 will not sending frames with aggregation bit set.
Signed-off-by: Wey-Yi Guy <wey-yi.w.guy@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Many drivers would like to sleep during station
addition and removal, and currently have a high
complexity there from not being able to.
This introduces two new callbacks sta_add() and
sta_remove() that drivers can implement instead
of using sta_notify() and that can sleep, and
the new sta_add() callback is also allowed to
fail.
The reason we didn't do this previously is that
the IBSS code wants to insert stations from the
RX path, which is a tasklet, so cannot sleep.
This patch will keep the station allocation in
that path, but moves adding the station to the
driver out of line. Since the addition can now
fail, we can have IBSS peer structs the driver
rejected -- in that case we still talk to the
station but never tell the driver about it in
the control.sta pointer. If there will ever be
a driver that has a low limit on the number of
stations and that cannot talk to any stations
that are not known to it, we need to do come up
with a new strategy of handling larger IBSSs,
maybe quicker expiry or rejecting peers.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We can now easily determine whether we already
have probe response information for the BSS we
are asked to connect to, in which case there's
little point in probing the BSS again.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Upstream radiotap has adopted the namespace
proposal David Young made and I then took care
of, for which I had adapted the radiotap parser
as a library outside the kernel. This brings
the in-kernel parser up to speed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Reinette found the reason for the warnings that
happened occasionally when a hw-offloaded scan
finished; her description of the problem:
mac80211 will defer the handling of scan requests if it is
busy with management work at the time. The scan requests
are deferred and run after the work has completed. When
this occurs there are currently two problems.
* The scan request for hardware scan is not fully populated
with the band and channels to scan not initialized.
* When the scan is queued the state is not correctly updated
to reflect that a scan is in progress. The problem here is
that when the driver completes the scan and calls
ieee80211_scan_completed() a warning will be triggered
since mac80211 was not aware that a scan was in progress.
The reason is that the queued scan work will start
the hw scan right away when the hw_scan_req struct
has already been allocated. However, in the first
pass it will not have been filled, which happens
at the same time as setting the bits. To fix this,
simply move the allocation after the pending work
test as well, so that the first iteration of the
scan work will call __ieee80211_start_scan() even
in the hardware scan case.
Bug-identified-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We only reply to probe request if either the requested SSID is the
broadcast SSID or if the requested SSID matches our own SSID. This
latter case was not properly handled since we were replying to different
SSID with the same length as our own SSID.
Signed-off-by: Benoit Papillault <benoit.papillault@free.fr>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rate control should not be called to update the tx status
when HW does the RC.
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When injecting frames, mac80211 currently looks for the first AP
interface that matches the source address of the injected frame.
This breaks when such a frame is directed at a STA that has been moved
to a VLAN. This patch fixes it by using sta_info_get_bss instead of
sta_info_get, which also finds stations belonging to a VLAN interface
of the same BSS as the AP interface.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an injected frame gets buffered for a powersave STA or filtered
and retransmitted, mac80211 attempts to parse the radiotap header
again, which doesn't work because it's gone at that point.
This patch adds a new flag for checking the availability of a radiotap
header, so that it only attempts to parse it once, reusing the tx info
on the next call to ieee80211_tx().
This fixes severe issues with rekeying in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When looking for a matching interface, __ieee80211_rx_handle_packet
loops over all active interfaces, looking for matching stations.
Because AP VLAN interfaces are not processed as part of this loop, it
needs to use sta_info_get_bss instead of sta_info_get in order to find
a STA that has been moved to a VLAN.
This fixes issues with aggregation setup/teardown.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Use a more compact and readable format for "agg_status" to reduce the
stack frame to less than 1024 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The maximal size of the "ht_capa" file is 430 bytes. In most cases,
it's much shorter. Use a 512 byte long buffer. 1024 bytes is too much
and causes a warning with CONFIG_FRAME_WARN=1024.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Because DTIM information is required for powersave
but is only conveyed in beacons, wait for a beacon
before enabling powersave, and change the way the
information is conveyed to the driver accordingly.
mwl8k doesn't currently seem to implement PS but
requires the DTIM period in a different way; after
talking to Lennert we agreed to just have mwl8k do
the parsing itself in the finalize_join work.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I got below kernel oops when I try to bring down the network interface if
ftrace is enabled. The root cause is drv_ampdu_action() is passed with a
NULL ssn pointer in the BA session tear down case. We need to check and
avoid dereferencing it in trace entry assignment.
BUG: unable to handle kernel NULL pointer dereference
Modules linked in: at (null)
IP: [<f98fe02a>] ftrace_raw_event_drv_ampdu_action+0x10a/0x160 [mac80211]
*pde = 00000000
Oops: 0000 [#1] SMP DEBUG_PAGEALLOC
[...]
Call Trace:
[<f98fdf20>] ? ftrace_raw_event_drv_ampdu_action+0x0/0x160 [mac80211]
[<f98dac4c>] ? __ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session+0xfc/0x220 [mac80211]
[<f98d97fb>] ? ieee80211_sta_tear_down_BA_sessions+0x3b/0x50 [mac80211]
[<f98dc6f6>] ? ieee80211_set_disassoc+0xe6/0x230 [mac80211]
[<f98dc6ac>] ? ieee80211_set_disassoc+0x9c/0x230 [mac80211]
[<f98dcbb8>] ? ieee80211_mgd_deauth+0x158/0x170 [mac80211]
[<f98e4bdb>] ? ieee80211_deauth+0x1b/0x20 [mac80211]
[<f8987f49>] ? __cfg80211_mlme_deauth+0xe9/0x120 [cfg80211]
[<f898b870>] ? __cfg80211_disconnect+0x170/0x1d0 [cfg80211]
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Filtered frames not only need their control information
cleared to avoid wrong checks, but also need to have
jiffies and vif assigned so they can be processed or
expired.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, the remain_on_channel work callback needs
to track in its own data structure whether the work
was just started or not. By reordering some code this
becomes unnecessary, the generic wk->started variable
can still be 'false' on the first invocation and only
be 'true' on actual timeout invocations, so that the
extra variable can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
What a stupid mistake. In
commit 813d766940
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Sun Jan 17 01:47:58 2010 +0100
mac80211: move control.hw_key assignment
I inserted code testing the wrong flags field,
which means that the test is almost always true
(it's really testing for the peer's WMM support)
and thus the later parts of the stack assume hw
crypto will be done even if that's not true.
Obviously, that broke software crypto. Maxim
said so specifically, and Jochen probably uses
some cipher that iwl3945 doesn't support in
hardware, which might also explain that Maxim
reports that even hw crypto is broken.
Fix this to test the right flags field.
Reported-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Reported-by: Jochen Friedrich <jochen@scram.de>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_work_rx_mgmt currently enqueues various management frames,
including deauth and disassoc frames, however the function
ieee80211_work_rx_queued_mgmt does not handle these, as they should
only occur if the AP is buggy. It does emit a WARN_ON when this happens
though, and several users have reported such instances.
Fix the WARN_ON by not queueing such frames in the first place.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Johannes noticed that I had incorrectly documented the context of
update_tkip_key() driver operation. It must be atomic because all
RX code is run inside rcu critical section.
Reported-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Pavel Roskin reported a crash in ieee80211_tx_h_select_key():
http://marc.info/?l=linux-wireless&m=126419655108528&w=2
This is a regression from patch "mac80211: move control.hw_key assignment".
Fix it as suggested by Johannes, adding an else statement to make sure
that tx->key is not accessed when it's null.
Compile-tested only.
Reported-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Tested-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_tx_h_select_key might decide that a frame
need not be encrypted at all, in which case it will
clear tx->key. In that case it may crash if a key
was previously selected, e.g. as the default key.
This is also due to my patch
"mac80211: move control.hw_key assignment".
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The loop that passes non-data frames to all relevant vifs inside the
__ieee80211_rx_handle_packet keeps a pointer to the previous sdata to
avoid having to make unnecessary copies of the frame it's handling.
This led to a bug that caused it to apply the ieee80211_rx_data state
to the wrong interface, thereby either missing the rx.sta pointer or
having it assigned where it shouldn't be.
This breaks (among other things) aggregation on some vifs, as action
frame exchages are dropped to the cooked monitor interface due to
rx->sta being NULL.
Fix this by restructuring the loop so that it prepares the rx data just
before making the skb copy and calling the rx handlers.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When a TKIP key is updated, we should pass the station
pointer instead of just the address, since drivers can
use that to store their own data. We also need to pass
the virtual interface pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"mac80211: move control.hw_key assignment" changed an if-else into two
separate if statments, but the if-else is needed to prevent
dereferencing a null info->control.hw_key. This fixes avoids a lock-up
during association on my machine when using WEP.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
First, both beacons and probe responses can be used for IBSS merge.
Next, sdata->u.ibss.bssid was always true (and thus IBSS merge was
disabled). We should use sdata->u.ibss.fixed_bssid instead.
Signed-off-by: Benoit Papillault <benoit.papillault@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee82011_sta_find_ibss() and ieee80211_sta_merge_ibss() are always
called with a defined state. So it's useless to check it or set it in
those function.
Signed-off-by: Benoit Papillault <benoit.papillault@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In an earlier commit,
mac80211: disable software retry for now
Pavel Roskin reported a problem that seems to be due to
software retry of already transmitted frames. It turns
out that we've never done that correctly, but due to
some recent changes it now crashes in the TX code. I've
added a comment in the patch that explains the problem
better and also points to possible solutions -- which
I can't implement right now.
I disabled software retry of failed/filtered frames
because it was broken. With the work of the previous
patches, it now becomes fairly easy to re-enable it
by adding a flag indicating that the frame shouldn't
be modified, but still running it through the transmit
handlers to populate the control information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When mac80211 asks a driver to encrypt a frame, it
must assign the control.hw_key pointer for it to
know which key to use etc. Currently, mac80211 does
this whenever it would software-encrypt a frame.
Change the logic of this code to assign the hw_key
pointer when selecting the key, and later check it
when deciding whether to encrypt the frame or let
it be encrypted by the hardware. This allows us to
later simply skip the encryption function since it
no longer modifies the TX control.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no value in setting a flag that will
never be checked after this point, this seems
to be legacy code -- I think previously the
flag was used to check whether to encrypt the
frame or not. Now, however, the flag need not
be set, and setting it actually interferes if
the frame will be processed again later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When an skb survived a round-trip through the driver
and needs to be re-used, its control information is
definitely not valid any more, the driver will have
overwritten it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This TX handler is used only for assigning the
station pointer in the control information, so
give it a better name. Also move it before rate
control.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Code directly scaling by HZ and rounding can be more efficiently
and clearly performed with msecs_to_jiffies.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The WMM AC selection added to the monitor mode selection function
accidentally assigns non-QoS data frames to the same AC as mgmt frames
(VO). This is not serious, but should be fixed anyway. This patch
assigns them to the BE AC instead.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While testing the pid rate controller in mac80211_hwsim, I noticed
that once the controller reached 54 Mbit rates, it would fail to
lower the rate when necessary. The debug log shows:
1945 186786 pf_sample 50 3534 3577 50
My interpretation is that the fixed point scaling of the target
error value (pf) is incorrect: the error value of 50 compared to
a target of 14 case should result in a scaling value of
(14-50) = -36 * 256 or -9216, but instead it is (14 * 256)-50, or
3534.
Correct this by doing fixed point scaling after subtraction.
Signed-off-by: Bob Copeland <me@bobcopeland.com>
Acked-by: Stefano Brivio <stefano.brivio@polimi.it>
Acked-by: Mattias Nissler <mattias.nissler@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch fixes memory leak in ieee80211_send_probe_req, which
is introduced in 7c12ce8b85:
mac80211: use Probe Request template when sending a direct scan
The patch is against the latest wireless-test tree.
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <tom.leiming@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Normally 5GHz does not have a concept of long vs short slot time,
however the slot time that it ends up using is the same as for 2.4 GHZ
and use_short_slot == true
Because of that, it makes more sense to force use_short_slot = true
whenever 5 GHz is being used, so that this particular check does not
have to be in every single driver that uses this flag.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When ieee80211_offchannel_return is called, it needs to re-enabled TX
queues that have been stopped in ieee80211_offchannel_stop_beaconing or
ieee80211_offchannel_stop_station. It happens if we are doing a scan with an
IBSS interface. In this case, the interface stopped transmitting.
Signed-off-by: Benoit Papillault <benoit.papillault@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_set_power_mgmt is meant for STA interfaces only. Moreover,
since sdata->u.mgd.mtx is only initialized for STA interfaces, using
this code for any other type of interface (like creating a monitor
interface) will result in a oops.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Benoit Papillault <benoit.papillault@free.fr>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To make U-APSD client mode effective, we must not wake up from dynamic power
save when transmitting frames. So if dynamic power save is enabled, it needs
check the queue the transmitted packet is in and decide if we need to wake
up or not.
In a perfect world, where all packets would have correct QoS tags, U-APSD
enabled queues should not trigger wakeup from power save. But in the real
world, where very few packets have correct QoS tags, this won't work. For
example, if only voip class has U-APSD enabled and we send a packet in voip
class, but the packets we receive are in best effort class, we would receive
the packets with the legacy power save method. And that would increase
latencies too much from a voip application point of view.
The workaround is to enable U-APSD for all qeueus and still use dynamic ps
wakeup for all other queues except voip. That way we can still save power
with a voip application and not sacrifice latency. Normal traffic (in
background, best effort or video class) would still trigger wakeup from
dynamic power save.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently dynamic ps check is in ieee80211_xmit(), but it's cleaner
to have a separate tx handler for this. Also this is a prerequisite for
U-APSD client mode which needs to know the queue frame is in.
Also need_dynamic_ps() function is embedded to the tx handler.
No functional changes expect that the code is run in a later phase than
originally.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Because it's not yet decided how to configure which queues are U-APSD
enabled, add a debugfs interface for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add Unscheduled Automatic Power-Save Delivery (U-APSD) client support. The
idea is that the data frames from the client trigger AP to send the buffered
frames with ACs which have U-APSD enabled. This decreases latency and makes it
possible to save even more power.
Driver needs to use IEEE80211_HW_UAPSD to enable the feature. The current
implementation assumes that firmware takes care of the wakeup and
hardware needing IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK is not yet supported.
Tested with wl1251 on a Nokia N900 and Cisco Aironet 1231G AP and running
various test traffic with ping.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The type argument to DEBUGFS_ADD() isn't used
and can be removed, it's around from before
the conversion to debugfs_remove_recursive().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since commit "mwl8k: handle station database update for AP's sta entry
via ->sta_notify()", mwl8k every now and then gets a command timeout
when ifconfig'ing a STA interface down. This turns out to be due to
mwl8k_stop() being called while the work queue item that was scheduled
by mwl8k_sta_notify() to remove the STA entry for the associated AP is
still queued, and the former disables interrupts so that when the
latter eventually runs, a command completion interrupt is never seen.
Fix this by changing ieee80211_stop_device() so that the workqueue is
flushed before drv_stop() is called, instead of doing it the other way
around as is done now. (As ->stop() is allowed to sleep, there isn't
any reason for drivers to queue work from within it.)
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
sparse pointed out that I made a mistake converting
the return value of ieee80211_assoc_success to bool,
this place should return false instead of one of the
enum values (which would be true).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If frames are transmitted on 4-addr ap vlan interfaces with no station,
they end up being transmitted unencrypted, even if the ap interface
uses WPA. This patch add some sanity checking to make sure that this
does not happen.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the per-vif station changes, sta_info_get on the ap sdata no
longer returns entries for stations on ap vlans. This causes issues
with hostapd, which currently always passes the ap interface name to
nl80211 calls. This patch provides bug compatibility with the earlier
versions until hostapd is fixed.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To detect incoming 4-addr stations, hostapd needs to receive a 4-addr
data frame from the remote station, so that it can create the AP VLAN
for it. With this patch, the mlme code emits a 4-addr nullfunc frame
immediately after assoc. On the AP side it also drops 4-addr nullfunc
frames to the cooked monitor mode interface, if the interface hasn't
been fully set up to receive 4-addr data frames yet.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Kalle and Lennert reported problems with the new work
code, and at least Kalle's problem I was able to trace
to a missing jiffies initialisation.
I also ran into a problem where occasionally I couldn't
connect, which seems fixed with kicking the work items
after scanning.
Finally, also add some sanity checking code to verify
that we're not adding work items while an interface is
down -- that case could lead to something similar to
what Lennert was seeing.
There still seems to be a race condition that we're
trying to figure out separately.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Tested-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Tested-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As mac80211 now has a separate function for creating Probe Request templates,
better to use it when sending direct Probe Requests to an AP. Only the
bssid needs to be updated in the template before sending it.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Certain type of hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, need a template
for the Probe Request. Create a function ieee80211_probereq_get() which
creates the template and drivers send it to hardware.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To avoid duplicate code, use ieee80211_[pspoll|nullfunc]_get() to get
templates for PS Poll and Nullfunc frames in mlme.c.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some hardware, for example wl1251 and wl1271, handle the transmission
of power save related frames in hardware, but the driver is responsible
for creating the templates. It's better to create the templates in mac80211,
that way all drivers can benefit from this.
Add two new functions, ieee80211_pspoll_get() and ieee80211_nullfunc_get()
which drivers need to call to get the frame. Drivers are also responsible
for updating the templates after each association.
Also new struct ieee80211_hdr_3addr is added to ieee80211.h to make it
easy to calculate length of the Nullfunc frame.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Extend struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask to actually use a bitfield mask
instead of just a single fixed or maximum rate index. This change
itself does not modify the behavior (except for debugfs files), but it
prepares cfg80211 and mac80211 for a new nl80211 command for setting
which rates can be used in TX rate control.
Since frames are now going through the rate control algorithm
unconditionally, the internal IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RCALGO flag can now
be removed. The RC implementations can use the rate_idx_mask value to
optimize their behavior if only a single rate is enabled.
The old max_rate_idx in struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control is maintained
(but commented as deprecated) for backwards compatibility with existing
RC implementations. Once these implementations have been updated to
use the more generic rate_idx_mask, the max_rate_idx value can be
removed.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If the basic rate set is configured to not include the lowest rate
(e.g., basic rate set = 6, 12, 24 Mbps in IEEE 802.11g mode), the AP
should not send out broadcast frames at 1 Mbps. This type of
configuration can be used to optimize channel usage in cases where
there is no need for backwards compatibility with IEEE 802.11b-only
devices.
In AP mode, mac80211 was unconditionally using the lowest rate for
Beacon frames and similarly, with all rate control algorithms that use
rate_control_send_low(), the lowest rate ended up being used for all
broadcast frames (and all unicast frames that are sent before
association). Change this to take into account the basic rate
configuration in AP mode, i.e., use the lowest rate in the basic rate
set instead of the lowest supported rate when selecting the rate.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make addba_resp_timer aware the HT_AGG_STATE_REQ_STOP_BA_MSK mask
so that when ___ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session() is issued the timer
will quit. Otherwise when suspend happens before the timer expired,
the timer handler will be called immediately after resume and
messes up driver status.
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Mac80211 callback to driver set_coverage_class() sets slot time and ACK
timeout for given IEEE 802.11 coverage class. The callback is optional,
but it's essential for long distance links.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Turek <8an@praha12.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When ieee80211_monitor_select_queue encounters data frames, it selects
the WMM AC based on skb->priority and assumes that skb->priority
contains a valid 802.1d tag. However this assumption is incorrect, since
ieee80211_select_queue has not been called at this point.
If skb->priority > 7, an array overrun occurs, which could lead to
invalid values, resulting in crashes in the tx path.
Fix this by setting skb->priority based on the 802.11 header for QoS
frames and using the default AC for all non-QoS frames.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I forgot to convert the radiotap length to
CPU endian, which sparse found thankfully.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Various missing sanity checks caused rejected action frames to be
interpreted as channel switch announcements, which can cause a client
mode interface to switch away from its operating channel, thereby losing
connectivity. This patch ensures that only spectrum management action
frames are processed by the CSA handling function and prevents rejected
action frames from getting processed by the MLME code.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Commit 'mac80211: fix skb buffering issue' added an ->ndo_select_queue()
for monitor interfaces which can end up dereferencing ieee802_1d_to_ac[]
beyond the end of the array for injected data packets (as skb->priority
isn't guaranteed to be zero or within [0:7]), which then triggers the
WARN_ON in net/core/dev.c:dev_cap_txqueue(). Fix this by always setting
the priority to zero on injected data frames.
Signed-off-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This reverts commit 53623f1a09.
This was inadvertantly missed in "mac80211: fix skb buffering issue",
and is required with that patch to restore proper queue operation.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
"mac80211: fix skb buffering issue" is based on what will become 2.6.34,
so it includes an incompatible usage of sta_info_get. This patch will
need to be effectively reverted when merging for 2.6.34.
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The start_seq_num is taken from the station's tid_seq[tid].
This is fine, except tid_seq sequence counter is shifted
by 4 bits to accommodate for frame fragmentation.
Both (iwlagn & ath9k) were unaffected by this minor glitch,
because they don't read the *ssn for the AMPDU_TX_START action.
Signed-off-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Setting the mac address from user space was buggy. For example, when
executing this command:
ip link set wlan0 address 00:1f:df:88:cd:55
mac80211 used the address 01:00:00:1f:df:88 instead. It was shifted two
bytes.
The reason was that the addr (type of void *) provided to
ieee80211_change_mac() is actually of type struct sockaddr, not just the
mac address array. Also the call to eth_mac_addr() expects the address to
be struct sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On a 32 bit system (in this case an omap 3430 system) gcc warned about
pointer conversion:
net/mac80211/work.c: In function 'ieee80211_remain_on_channel_timeout':
net/mac80211/work.c:534: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size
net/mac80211/work.c: In function 'ieee80211_remain_done':
net/mac80211/work.c:1030: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size
net/mac80211/work.c: In function 'ieee80211_wk_remain_on_channel':
net/mac80211/work.c:1056: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size
net/mac80211/work.c: In function 'ieee80211_wk_cancel_remain_on_channel':
net/mac80211/work.c:1072: warning: cast from pointer to integer of different size
Fix it by casting the pointers to unsigned long instead. This makes the
compiler happy again.
Compile-tested only.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Remove the forgotten linux/wireless.h inclusion from mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since I removed the master netdev, we've been
keeping internal queues only, and even before
that we never told the networking stack above
the virtual interfaces about congestion. This
means that packets are queued in mac80211 and
the upper layers never know, possibly leading
to memory exhaustion and other problems.
This patch makes all interfaces multiqueue and
uses ndo_select_queue to put the packets into
queues per AC. Additionally, when the driver
stops a queue, we now stop all corresponding
queues for the virtual interfaces as well.
The injection case will use VO by default for
non-data frames, and BE for data frames, but
downgrade any data frames according to ACM. It
needs to be fleshed out in the future to allow
chosing the queue/AC in radiotap.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.32]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To make it easier to notice cases of calling sleeping ops in atomic context,
annotate driver-ops.h with appropiate might_sleep() calls. At the same time,
also document in mac80211.h the op functions with missing contexts.
mac80211 doesn't seem to use get_tx_stats anywhere currently. Just to be on
the safe side, I documented it to be atomic, but hopefully the op can be
removed in the future.
Compile-tested only.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
There's no need to be requeueing the work struct
since we check for the scan after removing items
due to possible timeouts.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
All its members (vif, mac_addr, type) are now available
in the vif struct directly, so we can pass that instead
of the conf struct. I generated this patch (except the
mac80211 and header file changes) with this semantic
patch:
@@
identifier conf, fn, hw;
type tp;
@@
tp fn(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
-struct ieee80211_if_init_conf *conf)
+struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
{
<...
(
-conf->type
+vif->type
|
-conf->mac_addr
+vif->addr
|
-conf->vif
+vif
)
...>
}
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When, for instance, a new IBSS peer is found, userspace
wants to be notified. Add events for all new stations
that mac80211 learns about.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This changes mac80211 to allow being off-channel for
any type of work, not just the 'remain-on-channel'
work. This also helps fast transition to a BSS on a
different channel.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This implements the new remain-on-channel cfg80211
command in mac80211, extending the work interface.
Also change the work purge code to be able to clean
up events properly (pretending they timed out.)
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The off-channel operations for going into power save mode (station
mode) or stop beaconing (AP/IBSS) are not limited to scanning. Move
these into a separate file and allow them to be used for other
purposes, too.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
cfg80211 offers private data for each BSS struct,
which mac80211 uses. However, mac80211 uses internal
and external (cfg80211) BSS pointers interchangeably
and has a hack to put the cfg80211 bss struct into
the private struct.
Remove this hack, properly converting between the
pointers wherever necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, we insert all user-specified IEs before the HT
IE for association, and after the HT IE for probe requests.
For association, that's correct only if the user-specified
IEs are RSN only, incorrect in all other cases including
WPA. Change this to split apart the user-specified IEs in
two places for association: before the HT IE (e.g. RSN),
after the HT IE (generally empty right now I think?) and
after WMM (all other vendor-specific IEs). For probes,
split the IEs in different places to be correct according
to the spec.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Refactor the code to reserve an skb of the right size
(instead of hoping 200 bytes are enough forever), and
also put HT IE generation into an own function.
Additionally, put the HT IE before the vendor-specific
WMM IE. This still leaves things not quite ordered
correctly, due to user-specified IEs, add a note about
that for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The station we're authenticating/associating with
may not always be an AP in the sense that word is
mostly understood, so print only the MAC address
of the peer instead.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to use auth/assoc for different purposes
other than MLME, it needs to be split up. For other
purposes, a generic work handling (potentially on
another channel) will be useful.
To achieve that, this patch moves much of the MLME
work handling out of mlme into a new work API. The
API can currently handle probing a specific AP,
authentication and association. The MLME previously
handled probe/authentication as one step and will
continue to do so, but they are separate in the new
work handling.
Work items are RCU-managed to be able to check for
existence of an item for a specific frame in the RX
path, but they can be re-used which the MLME right
now will do for its combined probe/auth step.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As a first step of generalising management work,
this renames a few things and puts more information
directly into the struct so that auth/assoc need
not access the BSS pointer as often -- in fact it
can be removed from auth completely. Also since the
previous patch made sure a new work item is used
for association, we can make the different data a
union.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 currently hangs on to the auth state by
keeping it on the work list. That can lead to
confusing behaviour like rejecting scans while
authenticated to any AP (but not yet associated.)
It also means that it needs to keep track of the
work struct while associated for when it gets
disassociated (or disassociates.)
Change this to free the work struct after the
authentication completed successfully and
allocate a new one for associating, thereby
letting cfg80211 manage the auth state. Another
change necessary for this is to tell cfg80211
about all unicast deauth frames sent to mac80211
since now it can no longer check the auth state,
but that check was racy anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've long lacked a good confirmation that frames
have really gone out, e.g. before going off-channel
for a scan. Add a flush() operation that drivers
can implement to provide that confirmation, and use
it in a few places:
* before scanning sends the nullfunc frames
* after scanning sends the nullfunc frames, if any
* when going idle, to send any pending frames
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of always using netif_running(sdata->dev)
use ieee80211_sdata_running(sdata) now which is
just an inline containing netif_running() for now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 does not propagate failed hardware reconfiguration
requests. For suspend and resume this is important due to all
the possible issues that can come out of the suspend <-> resume
cycle. Not propagating the error means cfg80211 will assume
the resume for the device went through fine and mac80211 will
continue on trying to poke at the hardware, enable timers,
queue work, and so on for a device which is completley
unfunctional.
The least we can do is to propagate device start issues and
warn when this occurs upon resume. A side effect of this patch
is we also now propagate the start errors upon harware
reconfigurations (non-suspend), but this should also be desirable
anyway, there is not point in continuing to reconfigure a
device if mac80211 was unable to start the device.
For further details refer to the thread:
http://marc.info/?t=126151038700001&r=1&w=2
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When mac80211 suspends it calls a driver's suspend callback
as a last step and after that the driver assumes no calls will
be made to it until we resume and its start callback is kicked.
If such calls are made, however, suspend can end up throwing
hardware in an unexpected state and making the device unusable
upon resume.
Fix this by preventing mac80211 to schedule dynamic_ps_disable_work
by checking for when mac80211 starts to suspend and starts
quiescing. Frames should be allowed to go through though as
that is part of the quiescing steps and we do not flush the
mac80211 workqueue since it was already done towards the
beginning of suspend cycle.
The other mac80211 issue will be hanled in the next patch.
For further details see refer to the thread:
http://marc.info/?t=126144866100001&r=1&w=2
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When fixed bssid is requested when joining an ibss network, incoming
beacons that match the configured bssid cause mac80211 to create new
sta entries, even before the ibss interface is in joined state.
When that happens, it fails to bring up the interface entirely, because
it checks for existing sta entries before joining.
This patch fixes this bug by refusing to create sta info entries before
the interface is fully operational.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
IEEE-802.11n spec says the RX highest data rate field does
not specify the highest supported RX data rate if its not set.
Ignore it if not set then. Refer to section 7.3.56.4
Cc: johannes@sipsolutions.net
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When debugging you want to be lazy and not have to parse
bits yourself so let mac80211 debugfs do the parsing for you.
This is what I get against my WRT610N:
root@tux:~# cat /sys/kernel/debug/ieee80211/phy0/stations/00\:22\:6b\:aa\:bb\:01/ht_capa
ht supported
cap: 0x000e
HT20/HT40
SM Power Save disabled
No RX STBC
Max AMSDU length: 7935 bytes
No DSSS/CCK HT40
ampdu factor/density: 2/6
MCS mask: ff ff 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
MCS rx highest: 0
MCS tx params: 0
Cc: johannes@sipsolutions.net
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The MCS set is 16 bits so when debugging ensure the full 16 bits
are represented. Current reading would make you think its only
8 bits.
Cc: johannes@sipsolutions.net
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When hw rate control is used, these parameters have
no meaning because the hardware cannot get at them
right now, so disallow setting them. Also clean up
the function a bit.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Clean out some cruft that could use an already existing
sta_info struct -- that case cannot happen. Also, there's
a bug there -- if allocation/insertion fails then it is
possible that we are left in a lingering state where
mac80211 waits for the AP, cfg80211 waits for mac80211,
but the AP has already replied. Since there's no way to
indicate an internal error, pretend there was a timeout,
i.e. that the AP never responded.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In some situations it is required that a system be
configured with no support for 40 MHz channels in
the 2.4 GHz band. Rather than imposing any such
restrictions on everybody, allow configuration a
system like that with a module parameter. It is
writable at runtime but only takes effect at the
time of the next association.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Enable spatial multiplexing in mac80211 by telling the
driver what to do and, where necessary, sending action
frames to the AP to update the requested SMPS mode.
Also includes a trivial implementation for hwsim that
just logs the requested mode.
For now, the userspace interface is in debugfs only,
and let you toggle the requested mode at any time.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Move the A-MSDU handling code from mac80211 to cfg80211 so that more
drivers can use it. The new created function ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s
converts an A-MSDU frame to a list of 802.3 frames.
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: Zhu Yi <yi.zhu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The mac80211 tkip code won't call update_tkip_key, if rx packets
are received without KEY_FLAG_UPLOADED_TO_HARDWARE. This can happen on
first packet because the hardware key stuff is called asynchronously with
todo workqueue.
This patch workaround that by tracking if we sent the key to the driver.
Signed-off-by: Gregor Kowski <gregor.kowski@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The payload alignment warning enabled by MAC80211_DEBUG_PACKET_ALIGNMENT is
difficult. To fix it, a firmware change is needed but in most cases that's
very difficult. So the benefit from the warning is low and most probably
it just creates more confusion for people who just enable all warnings
(like it did for me).
Remove the unaligned IP payload warning and the kconfig option. But
leave the unaligned packet warning, it will be enabled with
MAC80211_VERBOSE_DEBUG.
Signed-off-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's not all that useful to have the vif/sdata pointer,
we'd rather refer to the interfaces by their name.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For bluetooth 3, we will most likely not have
a netdev for a virtual interface (sdata), so
prepare for that by reducing the reliance on
having a netdev. This patch moves the name
and address fields into the sdata struct and
uses them from there all over. Some work is
needed to keep them sync'ed, but that's not
a lot of work and in slow paths anyway.
In doing so, this also reduces the number of
pointer dereferences in many places, because
of things like sdata->dev->dev_addr becoming
sdata->vif.addr.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The station management currently uses the virtual
interface, but you cannot add the same station to
multiple virtual interfaces if you're communicating
with it in multiple ways.
This restriction should be lifted so that in the
future we can, for instance, support bluetooth 3
with an access point that mac80211 is already
associated to.
We can do that by requiring all sta_info_get users
to provide the virtual interface and making the RX
code aware that an address may match more than one
station struct. Thanks to the previous patches this
one isn't all that large and except for the RX and
TX status paths changes has low complexity.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My
commit 77fdaa12ce
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Jul 7 03:45:17 2009 +0200
mac80211: rework MLME for multiple authentications
inadvertedly broke WMM because it removed, along with
a bunch of other now useless initialisations, the line
initialising sdata->u.mgd.wmm_last_param_set to -1
which would make it adopt any WMM parameter set. If,
as is usually the case, the AP uses WMM parameter set
sequence number zero, we'd never update it until the
AP changes the sequence number.
Add the missing initialisation back to get the WMM
settings from the AP applied locally.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.31+]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
I noticed yesterday, because Jeff had noticed
a speed regression, cf. bug
http://bugzilla.intellinuxwireless.org/show_bug.cgi?id=2138
that the SM PS settings for peers were wrong.
Instead of overwriting the SM PS settings with
the local bits, we need to keep the remote bits.
The bug was part of the original HT code from
over two years ago, but unfortunately nobody
noticed that it makes no sense -- we shouldn't
be overwriting the peer's setting with our own
but rather keep it intact when masking the peer
capabilities with our own.
While fixing that, I noticed that the masking of
capabilities is completely useless for most of
the bits, so also fix those other bits.
Finally, I also noticed that PSMP_SUPPORT no
longer exists in the final 802.11n version, so
also remove that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a definition of the amount of TX headroom reserved by mac80211 itself
for its own purposes. Also add BUILD_BUG_ON to validate the value.
This define can then be used by drivers to request additional TX headroom
in the most efficient manner.
Signed-off-by: Gertjan van Wingerde <gwingerde@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch ("mac80211: Use correct sign for mesh active path
refresh.") was actually a bug. Reverted it and improved the
explanation of how mesh path refresh works.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Paths to mesh portals were being timed out immediately after each use in
intermediate forwarding nodes. mppath->exp_time is set to the expiration time
so assigning it to jiffies was marking the path as expired.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Memset should be given the size of the structure, not the size of the pointer.
The semantic patch that makes this change is as follows:
(http://coccinelle.lip6.fr/)
// <smpl>
@@
type T;
T *x;
expression E;
@@
memset(x, E, sizeof(
+ *
x))
// </smpl>
Signed-off-by: Julia Lawall <julia@diku.dk>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This part was missed in "cfg80211: implement get_wireless_stats",
probably because sta_set_sinfo already existed and was only handling
dBm signals.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
On a 32-bit machine, BIT() macro does not give the required
bit value if the bit is mroe than 31. In ieee802_11_parse_elems_crc(),
BIT() is suppossed to get the bit value more than 31 (42 (id of ERP_INFO_IE),
37 (CHANNEL_SWITCH_IE), (42), 32 (POWER_CONSTRAINT_IE), 45 (HT_CAP_IE),
61 (HT_INFO_IE)). As we do not get the required bit value for the above
IEs, crc over these IEs are never calculated, so any dynamic change in these
IEs after the association is not really handled on 32-bit platforms.
This patch fixes this issue.
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Vasanthakumar Thiagarajan <vasanth@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not only ps_sdata but also IEEE80211_CONF_PS is to be considered
before restoring PS in scan_ps_disable(). For instance, when ps_sdata
is set but CONF_PS is not set just because the dynamic timer is still
running, a sw scan leads to setting of CONF_PS in scan_ps_disable
instead of restarting the dynamic PS timer.
Also for the above case, a null data frame is to be sent after
returning to operating channel which was not happening with the
current implementation. This patch fixes this too.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <vnatarajan@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Kalle Valo <kalle.valo@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
hwsim testing has revealed that when the MLME
recalculates the idle state of the device, it
sometimes does so before sending the final
deauthentication or disassociation frame. This
patch changes the place where the idle state
is recalculated, but of course driver transmit
is typically asynchronous while configuration
is expected to be synchronous, so it doesn't
fix all possible cases yet.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
My patch "mac80211: correctly place aMPDU RX reorder code"
uses an skb queue for MPDUs that were released from the
buffer. I intentially didn't initialise and use the skb
queue's spinlock, but in this place forgot that the code
variant that doesn't touch the spinlock is needed.
Thanks to Christian Lamparter for quickly spotting the
bug in the backtrace Reinette reported.
Reported-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Bug-identified-by: Christian Lamparter <chunkeey@googlemail.com>
Tested-by: Reinette Chatre <reinette.chatre@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
An earlier optimization on removing unnecessary traffic on cooked
monitor interfaces ("mac80211: reduce the amount of unnecessary traffic
on cooked monitor interfaces ") ended up removing quite a bit more
than just unnecessary traffic. It was not supposed to remove TX status
reporting for injected frames, but ended up doing it by checking the
injected flag in skb->cb only after that field had been cleared with
memset.. Fix this by taking a local copy of the injected flag before
skb->cb is cleared.
This broke user space applications that depend on getting TX status
notifications for injected data frames. For example, STA inactivity
poll from hostapd did not work and ended up kicking out stations even
if they were still present.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <j@w1.fi>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Lennert Buytenhek noticed that delBA handling in mac80211
was broken and has remotely triggerable problems, some of
which are due to some code shuffling I did that ended up
changing the order in which things were done -- this was
commit d75636ef9c
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Feb 10 21:25:53 2009 +0100
mac80211: RX aggregation: clean up stop session
and other parts were already present in the original
commit d92684e660
Author: Ron Rindjunsky <ron.rindjunsky@intel.com>
Date: Mon Jan 28 14:07:22 2008 +0200
mac80211: A-MPDU Tx add delBA from recipient support
The first problem is that I moved a BUG_ON before various
checks -- thereby making it possible to hit. As the comment
indicates, the BUG_ON can be removed since the ampdu_action
callback must already exist when the state is != IDLE.
The second problem isn't easily exploitable but there's a
race condition due to unconditionally setting the state to
OPERATIONAL when a delBA frame is received, even when no
aggregation session was ever initiated. All the drivers
accept stopping the session even then, but that opens a
race window where crashes could happen before the driver
accepts it. Right now, a WARN_ON may happen with non-HT
drivers, while the race opens only for HT drivers.
For this case, there are two things necessary to fix it:
1) don't process spurious delBA frames, and be more careful
about the session state; don't drop the lock
2) HT drivers need to be prepared to handle a session stop
even before the session was really started -- this is
true for all drivers (that support aggregation) but
iwlwifi which can be fixed easily. The other HT drivers
(ath9k and ar9170) are behaving properly already.
Reported-by: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Lennert Buytenhek noticed a remotely triggerable problem
in mac80211, which is due to some code shuffling I did
that ended up changing the order in which things were
done -- this was in
commit d75636ef9c
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Tue Feb 10 21:25:53 2009 +0100
mac80211: RX aggregation: clean up stop session
The problem is that the BUG_ON moved before the various
checks, and as such can be triggered.
As the comment indicates, the BUG_ON can be removed since
the ampdu_action callback must already exist when the
state is OPERATIONAL.
A similar code path leads to a WARN_ON in
ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session, which can also be removed.
Cc: stable@kernel.org [2.6.29+]
Cc: Lennert Buytenhek <buytenh@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not including net/atm/
Compiled tested x86 allyesconfig only
Added a > 80 column line or two, which I ignored.
Existing checkpatch plaints willfully, cheerfully ignored.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Enable logging of more configuration data when tracing
is enabled. Except for the channel frequency this is
only useful with the binary trace format, but that can
be recorded and replayed with trace-cmd and I will be
working on a plugin that reports all the information.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
As indicated by the comment, the aMPDU RX reorder code
should logically be after ieee80211_rx_h_check(). The
previous patch moved the code there, and this patch now
hooks it up in that place by introducing a list of skbs
that are then processed by the remaining handlers. The
list may be empty if the function is buffering the skb
to release it later.
The only change needed to the RX data is that the crypto
handler needs to clear the key that may be set from a
previous loop iteration, and that not everything can be
in the rx flags now.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This code should be part of RX handlers, so move it
to the place where it belongs without changing it.
A follow-up patch will do the changes to hook it up.
The sole purpose of this code move is to make the
other patch readable, it doesn't change the code at
all except that it now requires a different static
function declaration (which will go away too).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The RX flags should soon be used only for flags
that cannot change within an a-MPDU, so move the
cooked monitor flag into the RX status flags.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Speedup ieee80211_remove_interfaces() by factorizing synchronize_rcu() calls
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix the following htmldocs warnings:
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:322): No description found for parameter 'drv_unblock_wk'
Warning(net/mac80211/sta_info.h:322): No description found for parameter 'drv_unblock_wk'
Signed-off-by: Jaswinder Singh Rajput <jaswinderrajput@gmail.com>
Cc: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Cc: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <randy.dunlap@oracle.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a missing rcu_read_unlock() before jumping out
of the ieee80211_change_station() function in the
error case.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
ieee80211_local.wstats is a remnant from the
days when we still had to worry about wireless
extensions in mac80211 -- it can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This is sometimes useful to debug HT issues
as it shows what exactly the stack thinks
the peer supports.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
With WEXT, it happens frequently that the SME
requests an authentication but then deauthenticates
right away because some new parameters came along.
Every time this happens we print a deauth message
and send a deauth frame, but both of that is rather
confusing. Avoid it by aborting the authentication
process silently, and telling cfg80211 about that.
The patch looks larger than it really is:
__cfg80211_auth_remove() is split out from
cfg80211_send_auth_timeout(), there's no new code
except __cfg80211_auth_canceled() (a one-liner) and
the mac80211 bits (7 new lines of code).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Right now all frames mac80211 hands to the driver
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set to
request TX status. This isn't really necessary, only
the injected frames need TX status (the latter for
hostapd) so move setting this flag.
The rate control algorithms also need TX status, but
they don't require it.
Also, rt2x00 uses that bit for its own purposes and
seems to require it being set for all frames, but
that can be fixed in rt2x00.
This doesn't really change anything for any drivers
but in the future drivers using hw-rate control may
opt to not report TX status for frames that don't
have the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS flag set.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Acked-by: Ivo van Doorn <IvDoorn@gmail.com> [rt2x00 bits]
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's very likely that not many devices will support
four-address mode in station or AP mode so introduce
capability bits for both modes, set them in mac80211
and check them when userspace tries to use the mode.
Also, keep track of 4addr in cfg80211 (wireless_dev)
and not in mac80211 any more. mac80211 can also be
improved for the VLAN case by not looking at the
4addr flag but maintaining the station pointer for
it correctly. However, keep track of use_4addr for
station mode in mac80211 to avoid all the derefs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We've accumulated a number of options for wiphys
which make more sense as flags as we keep adding
more. Convert the existing ones.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When mac80211 resumes, it currently first sets suspended
to false so the driver can start doing things and we can
receive frames.
However, if we actually receive frames then it can end
up starting some work which adds timers and then later
runs into a BUG_ON in the timer code because it tries
add_timer() on a pending timer.
Fix this by keeping track of the resuming process by
introducing a new variable 'resuming' which gets set to
true early on instead of setting 'suspended' to false,
and allow queueing work but not receiving frames while
resuming.
Reported-by: Maxim Levitsky <maximlevitsky@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's enough code to have its own file, I think.
Especially since I'm going to add to it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the flags moved into skb->cb, there's no
longer a need to have the encrypt bool passed
into the function, anyone who requires it set
to 0 (false) can just set the flag directly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Not assigning the vif pointer causes an oops.
This patch fixes it.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some devices implement the entire rate control in
firmware in some way, like wl1271 or like iwlwifi
which does some things in software but not a lot.
Therefore generic software rate control is rather
useless for them and just adds avoidable overhead
to the transmit path.
It's fairly simple to let drivers indicate that
they do not need rate control, but they need to
fulfil a number of conditions that we encode in
WARN_ONs.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The netdev broadcast address cannot change from
all-ones so there's no need to use it; we can
instead hard-code it. Since we already have an
instance in tkip.c, which will be shared if it
is marked static const, doing this reduces text
size at no data/bss cost.
The real motivation for this is, of course, the
desire to get rid of almost all uses of netdevs
in mac80211 so that auditing their use becomes
easier.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If we move the rcu sections a little, there's
no need to touch the device refcount.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some code currently assumes that there's a valid
rate pointer even in the HT case, but there can't
be. To reduce reliance on that, remove the rate
pointer from the RX data struct and pass it where
it's needed.
Also, for now, in radiotap announce HT frames as
having a DYN channel type, and remove their rate
from cooked monitor radiotap completely (it isn't
present in the regular monitor radiotap either.)
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The RX data contains the netdev, which is
duplicated since we have the sdata, and the
RX status pointer, which is duplicate since
we have the skb. Remove those two fields to
have fewer fields that depend on each other
and simply load them as necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The reorder buffer handling is written in a quite
peculiar style (especially comments) and also has
a quirk where it invokes the entire reorder code
in ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf() for just a
handful of lines in it with a special argument.
Split out ieee80211_release_reorder_frames which
can then be invoked from BAR handling and other
reordering code, clean up code and comments and
remove function arguments that are now unused from
ieee80211_sta_manage_reorder_buf().
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When we receive a michael MIC failure report from the
hardware we currently do not check whether it is actually
reported on a frame that is destined to us. It shouldn't
be possible to get a michael MIC failure report on other
frames, but it also doesn't hurt to verify.
Also, since we then don't need the station struct that
early, move looking it up a bit later in the RX path.
Finally, while at it, a few code cleanups in the area.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The entire aggregation code currently operates on the
hw pointer and station addresses, but that needs to
change to make stations purely per-vif; As one step
preparing for that make the aggregation code callable
with the station, or by the combination of virtual
interface and station address.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Instead of filtering by device, directly look up by sdata.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In order to handle association and authentication in AP mode,
hostapd needs access to the tx status info of its own frames
through a cooked monitor interface. Without this patch the
cooked monitor interfaces also passed on tx status information
for packets from other virtual interfaces. This creates a
significant performance issue on embedded system. Hostapd
tries to work around this by installing a Linux Socket Filter
that only captures the frames it's interested in, however
data duplication and socket filter matching still uses up
enough CPU cycles to be very noticeable on small systems.
This patch ensures that tx status information of non-injected
frames does not make it to cooked monitor interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
commit 2171abc586
Author: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Date: Thu Oct 29 08:34:00 2009 +0100
mac80211: fix addba timer
left a problem in there, even if the timer was
never started it could be deleted and then added.
Linus pointed out that del_timer_sync() isn't
actually needed if we make the timer able to
deal with no longer being needed when it gets
queued _while_ we're in the locked section that
also deletes it. For that the timer function only
needs to check the HT_ADDBA_RECEIVED_MSK bit as
well as the HT_ADDBA_REQUESTED_MSK bit, only if
the former is clear should it do anything.
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Cooked monitor interfaces cannot currently receive Probe Request
frames when the interface is in station mode. However, we do not
process Probe Request frames internally in the station MLME, so there
is no point in queueing the frame here. Remove Probe Request frames
from the queued frame list to allow cooked monitor interfaces to
receive these frames.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Without this patch, broadcast frames from the station behind a
4-addr AP VLAN would be reflected back to the source.
Fix this by checking the 4-addr flag before bridging multicast
frames in the cell.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
RANN (Root Annoucement) frame TX. Send an action frame every second
trying to build a path to all nodes on the mesh.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Resulting object files have the same MD5 as before.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
BSSID is now set to the TA.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This sets the AID field correctly for mesh peer confirm frames.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Increase hopcount and convert metric to LE before forwarding the RANN
action frame.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update the PERR IE frame format according to latest draft (3.03).
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Process the RANN (Root Annoucement) Frame and try to find the HWMP
root station by sending a PREQ.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The max MCS index is 76, fix the higher check to allow through
frames received at MCS 76. This is a non-issue for current drivers
as MCS 76 is only possible with a device supporting 4 spatial
streams.
While at it change the WARN_ON() on invalid HT rates to a WARN()
to provide more useful information. This will help debug issues
when the driver is passing up a bogus HT rate value.
The rate must map to a valid MCS index which can be any of the
values in the set [0 - 76] (inclusive).
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In some situations it might be useful to run a network with an
Access Point and multiple clients, but with each client bridged
to a network behind it. For this to work, both the client and the
AP need to transmit 4-address frames, containing both source and
destination MAC addresses.
With this patch, you can configure a client to communicate using
only 4-address frames for data traffic.
On the AP side you can enable 4-address frames for individual
clients by isolating them in separate AP VLANs which are configured
in 4-address mode.
Such an AP VLAN will be limited to one client only, and this client
will be used as the destination for all traffic on its interface,
regardless of the destination MAC address in the packet headers.
The advantage of this mode compared to regular WDS mode is that it's
easier to configure and does not require a static list of peer MAC
addresses on any side.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Print the FSM state strings instead of just the numbers.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since the HWMP IEs are now all optional and the action code is fixed,
allow the HWMP code to find and process each IE on the path
selection action frames.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <rpaulo@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add MAC80211_VERBOSE_MHWMP_DEBUG, a debugging option for HWMP
frame processing.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update the format of path selection frames according to latest
draft (3.03).
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update the length and format of the peer link management action frames.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The Mesh Configuration Formation Info field contains the number of
neighbors. This means that the beacon must be updated every time a
peer joins or leaves.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Update the mesh time to live field to 31 according to draft 3.03.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This updates the Mesh Configuration IE according to the latest
draft (3.03).
Notable changes include the simplified protocol IDs.
Signed-off-by: Rui Paulo <rpaulo@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Reviewed-by: Andrey Yurovsky <andrey@cozybit.com>
Tested-by: Brian Cavagnolo <brian@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Some devices require that all frames to a station
are flushed when that station goes into powersave
mode before being able to send frames to that
station again when it wakes up or polls -- all in
order to avoid reordering and too many or too few
frames being sent to the station when it polls.
Normally, this is the case unless the station
goes to sleep and wakes up very quickly again.
But in that case, frames for it may be pending
on the hardware queues, and thus races could
happen in the case of multiple hardware queues
used for QoS/WMM. Normally this isn't a problem,
but with the iwlwifi mechanism we need to make
sure the race doesn't happen.
This makes mac80211 able to cope with the race
with driver help by a new WLAN_STA_PS_DRIVER
per-station flag that can be controlled by the
driver and tells mac80211 whether it can transmit
frames or not. This flag must be set according to
very specific rules outlined in the documentation
for the function that controls it.
When we buffer new frames for the station, we
normally set the TIM bit right away, but while
the driver has blocked transmission to that sta
we need to avoid that as well since we cannot
respond to the station if it wakes up due to the
TIM bit. Once the driver unblocks, we can set
the TIM bit.
Similarly, when the station just wakes up, we
need to wait until all other frames are flushed
before we can transmit frames to that station,
so the same applies here, we need to wait for
the driver to give the OK.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/usb/cdc_ether.c
All CDC ethernet devices of type USB_CLASS_COMM need to use
'&mbm_info'.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The internal scan request mac80211 uses to
scan for IBSS networks was set up to contain
no channels at all because n_channels wasn't
set after setting up the channels array. Fix
this to properly scan for networks.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, in IBSS mode, a single creator would go into
a loop trying to merge/scan. This happens because the IBSS timer is
rearmed on finishing a scan and the subsequent
timer invocation requests another scan immediately.
This patch fixes this issue by checking if we have just completed
a scan run trying to merge with other IBSS networks.
Signed-off-by: Sujith <Sujith.Manoharan@atheros.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since we have a TODO item to make all station
management dependent on virtual interfaces, I
figured I'd start with pushing such a change
to drivers before more drivers start using the
ieee80211_find_sta() API with a hw pointer and
cause us grief later on.
For now continue exporting the old API in form
of ieee80211_find_sta_by_hw(), but discourage
its use strongly.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently it is possible to request a scan on only
disabled channels, which could be problematic for
some drivers. Reject such scans, and also ignore
disabled channels that are given. This resuls in
the scan begin/end event only including channels
that are actually used.
This makes the mac80211 check for disabled channels
superfluous. At the same time, remove the no-IBSS
check from mac80211 -- nothing says that we should
not find any networks on channels that cannot be
used for an IBSS, even when operating in IBSS mode.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Since sometimes mac80211 queues up a scan request
to only act on it later, it must be allowed to
(internally) cancel a not-yet-running scan, e.g.
when the interface is taken down. This condition
was missing since we always checked only the
local->scanning variable which isn't yet set in
that situation.
Reported-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The multi-line code in this macro wasn't wrapped
in do {} while (0) so we cannot use it in an if()
branch safely in the future -- fix that.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For some strange reason the netif_running() check
ended up after the actual type change instead of
before, potentially causing all kinds of problems
if the interface is up while changing the type;
one of the problems manifests itself as a warning:
WARNING: at net/mac80211/iface.c:651 ieee80211_teardown_sdata+0xda/0x1a0 [mac80211]()
Hardware name: Aspire one
Pid: 2596, comm: wpa_supplicant Tainted: G W 2.6.31-10-generic #32-Ubuntu
Call Trace:
[] warn_slowpath_common+0x6d/0xa0
[] warn_slowpath_null+0x15/0x20
[] ieee80211_teardown_sdata+0xda/0x1a0 [mac80211]
[] ieee80211_if_change_type+0x4a/0xc0 [mac80211]
[] ieee80211_change_iface+0x61/0xa0 [mac80211]
[] cfg80211_wext_siwmode+0xc7/0x120 [cfg80211]
[] ioctl_standard_call+0x58/0xf0
(http://www.kerneloops.org/searchweek.php?search=ieee80211_teardown_sdata)
Cc: Arjan van de Ven <arjan@infradead.org>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
It's not right to do something here when returning an
error, and hostapd should never have relied on it as
it only fixes up a small part of the problem anyway.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This variable is set once, and tested once.
However, the code path that can set it is
mutually exclusive with the code path that
tests it, so the test is always true. Thus
we also don't need to set it either and can
just remove the variable.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We drop nullfunc frames, but not qos-nullfunc frames,
even though those could be used for PS state control
as well.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When mac80211 is asked to buffer multicast frames
in AP mode, it will not set the flag indicating
that the frames should be sent after the DTIM
beacon for those frames buffered in software. Fix
this little inconsistency by always setting that
flag in the buffering code path.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
